SECTION 15041

DISINFECTION OF PIPING

DECEMBER 2014 PWS CONTRACT NO. 13-40UTIL 15041-1

SECTION 15041


PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION This section describes requirements for disinfection by chlorination of potable and

recycled water mains, services, pipe appurtenances and connections. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. REFERENCES:

This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this

section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other

standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly.

In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed

documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.

Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect

at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the

Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the

issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents

issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the

last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the

following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version

associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version

with a later date, discontinued or replaced.

Reference Title

AWWA B300 Standard for Hypochlorites

AWWA B301 Standard for Liquid Chlorine

AWWA C600 Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances

AWWA C605 Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe

and Fittings for Water

AWWA C651 Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains

AWWA Manual

M11

Steel Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation

AWWA C604 Installation of Buried Steel Water Pipe 4-In. and Larger


15041-2 PWS CONTRACT NO. 13-40UTIL DECEMBER 2014

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

All water mains and appurtenances taken out of service for inspection, repairs, or other

activity shall be disinfected before they are returned to service.

All new water mains and temporary high lines shall be disinfected prior to connection to

the City's existing system.

All components incorporated into a connection to the City's existing system shall be

disinfected prior to installation. 1.05 SUBMITTALS

A written disinfection and dechlorination plan signed by a certified chlorinator shall be

submitted to the Engineer for review and approval prior to starting disinfection or dechlorination

operations. Plan for disinfection method and procedure shall include equipment used to inject

the chlorine solution, gauges or scales to measure the rate at which chlorine is injected,

qualifications of personnel, testing location and schedule, source of water and water disposal

locations. Personnel performing the disinfection shall demonstrate a minimum of five years

experience in the chlorination and dechlorination of pipelines. Qualification of certified testing laboratory.

Four copies of bacteriological test results to the Construction Manager upon completion

of each test.

Emergency Response Plan. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Chlorination and dechlorination shall be performed by competent individuals

knowledgeable and experienced in the operation of the necessary application and safety

equipment in accordance with applicable Federal, State and Local laws and regulations. The

transport, storage and handling of these materials shall be performed in accordance with Code of

Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910.120 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response,

CFR 49.172 Hazardous Materials Regulations, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the

California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5194. 1.07 CONCURRENT DISINFECTION AND HYDROSTATIC TESTING

The specified disinfection of the pipelines may be performed concurrently with the

hydrostatic testing in accordance with Section 15044. In the event repairs are necessary, as

indicated by the hydrostatic test, additional disinfection may be required by the Construction

Manager in accordance with this specification.



1.08 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS

Prior to connection to existing mains, disinfection and bacteriological testing shall be

performed in accordance with this specification, and hydrostatic testing shall be performed per

Section 15044. A City Connection Permit is required authorizing connection to an existing

system shall and be given only on the basis of acceptable hydrostatic, disinfection and

bacteriological test results. Connection to existing mains shall be performed in accordance with

Section 15050.

PART 2 -- MATERIALS

2.01 CHLORINE (GAS)

Liquid chlorine contains 100-percent available chlorine and is packaged in steel

containers in net weights of 68.1kg (150 lb.) or 907.2kg (1 ton).

Liquid chlorine shall be used with appropriate gas flow chlorinators, heaters, and

injectors to provide a controlled, high-concentration solution feed to the water. The chlorinators

and injectors shall be the vacuum-operated type.

2.02 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE (LIQUID)

Sodium hypochlorite is available in liquid form in glass or plastic containers, ranging in

size from 0.95 L (1 Qt.) to 18.93 L (5 Gal.). The solution contains approximately 10% to 15%

available chlorine.

2.03 TABLET OR GRANULAR HYPOCHLORITE

Tablet or granular hypochlorite may be used if a solution container is utilized to provide a

continuous feed method. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL

Disinfection of pipelines shall not proceed until all appurtenances and any necessary

sample ports have been installed and the Construction Manager provides authorization.

Every effort shall be made to keep the water main and its appurtenances clean and dry

during the installation process.

All piping, valves, fittings, and appurtenances which become contaminated during

installation shall be cleaned, rinsed with potable water, and then sprayed or swabbed with a 5

percent sodium hypochlorite disinfecting solution prior to installation.



Water mains under construction that become flooded by storm water, runoff, or

groundwater shall be cleaned by draining and flushing with metered potable water until clear

water is evident. Upon completion, the entire main shall be disinfected using a method approved

by the Construction Manager. 3.02 METHODS

A. CHLORINE (GAS):

Only vacuum-operated equipment shall be used. Direct-feed chlorinators, which operate

solely from gas pressure in the chlorine cylinder, shall not be permitted. The equipment shall

incorporate a backflow prevention device at the point of connection to the potable water source

used to fill the line being tested.

The chlorinating agent shall be applied at the beginning of the system to be chlorinated

and shall be injected through a corporation stop, a hydrant, or other approved connection to

ensure treatment of the entire system being disinfected.

Only a certified, licensed chlorination and testing contractor shall perform gas

chlorination work. The chlorination contractor must also possess a Grade II Treatment Plant

Operator Certification from the State of California if required by the Construction Manager.

B. SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION (LIQUID):

Sodium hypochlorite solution shall be used for cleaning and swabbing piping and

appurtenances immediately prior to installation and for disinfecting all components of

connections to the City's existing system.

Sodium hypochlorite solution may be used for the initial disinfection of newly installed

water mains. The solution shall be applied at a terminus of the system to be chlorinated using an

injector which can adjust the amount of solution being injected into the piping system. The

solution shall be injected in the appropriate concentration to achieve the specified concentration

range of chlorine throughout the entire piping system. Where pumping equipment is used in

conjunction with an injector, an integral backflow prevention device shall be used and connected

to the potable water supply.

Water trucks, pumping equipment, piping, appurtenances and all other equipment in

contact with potable water shall be disinfected prior to use.

Sodium hypochlorite solution may also be used to increase the total chlorine residual if

the concentration from the initial chlorination of the system is found to be low. The solution shall

be added to the system in sufficient amounts at appropriate locations to ensure that the

disinfecting solution is present at a concentration within the specified range throughout the

piping system.



3.03 PROCEDURE FOR DISINFECTING WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES

The pipeline shall be filled at a rate not to exceed 1,135 liters per minute (300 GPM) or a

velocity of 0.3m per second (1 foot per second), whichever is less.

Disinfection shall result in a total chlorine concentration of not less than 25-mg/l.

This concentration shall be evenly distributed throughout the system to be disinfected, using a

continuous feed method of chlorination.

All valves shall be operated with the disinfection solution present in the pipeline. All

appurtenances such as air-vacuum relief valves, blowoffs, hydrants, backflow prevention

devices, and water service laterals shall be flushed with the treated water a sufficient length of

time to ensure a chlorine concentration within the specified range in all components of each

appurtenance. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.)

The Construction Manager will verify the presence of the disinfection solution

throughout the system by sampling and testing for acceptable chlorine concentrations at the

various appurtenances and/or at the test ports provided by the Contractor. Areas of the system

found to be below the specified chlorine concentration level shall receive additional flushing as

noted above and/or additional disinfection solution as necessary. (Note the limitations for

discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.) Addition of disinfection solution after the initial

charging of the line shall be made by either the liquid chlorine (gas) method, or the sodium

hypochlorite method as directed by the Construction Manager.

The chlorinated water shall be retained in the system for a minimum of 24 hours. The

Construction Manager will test the total chlorine residual. The system shall contain a total

chlorine residual of not less than 80% of the initial total chlorine residual before the 24-hour

soaking period began. If the total chlorine residual has decreased more than 20%, the system

shall be soaked for an additional 24-hour period. If the total chlorine residual has not deceased

after this additional 24-hour period, the system shall be flushed in accordance with the procedure

detailed herein. If the total chlorine residual has decreased, the system shall be flushed in

accordance with the procedure detailed herein, and shall be re-disinfected.

Following a successful retention period as determined by the Construction Manager, the

chlorinated water shall be flushed from the system at its extremities and at each appurtenance,

using potable water from a source designated by the Construction Manager. The minimum water

velocity during flushing shall be 0.9 meters per second (3 feet per second) or as directed by the

Construction Manager. Flushing shall continue until the replacement water in the new system is

equal in chlorine residual to the potable source of supply as verified by the City. (Note the

limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.)

The Contractor shall contract with a State certified sampling laboratory to perform

sampling, transport samples and perform bacteriological sampling and testing as specified

herein.



3.04 DISCHARGE OF CHLORINATED WATER

Indiscriminate onsite disposal or discharge to sewer systems, storm drains, drainage

courses or surface waters of chlorinated water is prohibited.

In locations where chlorine neutralization is required, the reducing agent shall be applied

to the water as it exits the piping system. The Contractor shall monitor the chlorine residual

during the discharge operations. Total residual chlorine limits in these locations, and for the

discharge of chlorinated water from the testing of pipelines to surface waters of the San Diego

Region are as follows: Total Residual Chlorine Effluent Limitations 30-Day Average - 0.002 mg/l Average Daily Maximum - 0.008 mg/l Instantaneous Maximum - 0.02 mg/l

The various methods of dechlorination available can remove residual chlorine to

concentrations below standard analytical methods of detection, 0.02 mg/l, which will assure

compliance with the effluent limit. The Contractor will perform all necessary tests, keeping and

providing records to the Construction Manager to ensure that the total residual chlorine effluent

limitations listed above are met.

In locations where no hazard to the environment is evident based on the joint examination

described above, the chlorinated water may be broadcast for dust control on the surface of the

immediate site. Care shall be exercised in broadcasting the water to prevent runoff.

3.05 BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING

The Contractor shall employ a State certified laboratory to perform bacteriological

sampling and testing of all new system installations. The testing methodology employed by the

City shall be as set forth in "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water"

(current edition). Testing requirements are as set forth in the California Domestic Water Quality

and Monitoring Regulations and commensurate with current requirements for surface water

testing. The testing laboratory will analyze the samples for the presence of coliform bacteria and

heterotrophic-type bacteria (heterotrophic plate count). The evaluation criteria employed by the

City for a passing test sample is as follows:

Coliform bacteria: no positive sample, and

Heterotrophic plate count (HPC): 500 colony forming units/ml or less. 3.06 REDISINFECTION

If the initial disinfection fails to produce satisfactory bacteriological test results, the

pipeline system shall be re-flushed and re-sampled. If the second set of samples does not produce

satisfactory results, the pipeline system shall be re-chlorinated, flushed, and re-stamped. The



chlorination, flushing, and sampling procedure shall continue until satisfactory results are

obtained. Re-disinfection and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3.07 DISINFECTING TIE-INS AND CONNECTIONS

Pipes, fittings, valves and all other components incorporated into tie connections with the

City's existing system shall be spray disinfected or swabbed with a liquid chlorine solution in

accordance with AWWA C651 and as specified herein. Upon connection to the main, the line

shall be flushed as directed by the Construction Manager. Disinfection by this method is

generally limited to assemblies of 20' or less in length. Alternate methods such as

"predisinfection" prior to installation in accordance with AWWA C651 may be required at the

discretion of the Construction Manager.

** END OF SECTION **



THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

TESTING OF GRAVITY

SEWER PIPELINES


SECTION 15043

TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWER PIPELINES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

The Contractor shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies and shall

perform all labor required to complete the work as indicated on the Drawings and specified

herein.

This section covers the performance of all pipeline flushing and testing, complete, for

sanitary sewer system piping as specified herein and in accordance with the requirements of the

Contract Documents.

1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS

Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the General

Provisions.

1.03 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS

Submittals shall be made in accordance with the General Provisions.

The Contractor shall submit in writing all proposed plans for testing, and for water

conveyance, control and disposal. The Contractor shall also submit written notice 48 hours in

advance of the proposed testing schedule for review and concurrence of the Construction

Manager.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED)

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

Temporary valves, plugs, bulkheads, and other air pressure testing and water control

equipment and materials shall be provided by the Contractor subject to the Construction

Manager's review. No materials shall be used which will be injurious to pipeline structure and

future function. Air test gages shall be laboratory-calibrated annually. At the discretion of the

Construction Manager, gages shall be recalibrated by a certified laboratory at the Contractor's

expense prior to the leakage test.

TESTING OF GRAVITY

SEWER PIPELINES


PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

Unless otherwise specified, water for testing will be furnished by the Contractor; and, the

Contractor shall make all necessary provisions for conveying the water from the Agency-

designated source to the points of use.

Release of water from pipelines, after testing has been completed, shall be performed as

directed by the Construction Manager.

All testing operations shall be performed in the presence of the Construction Manager.

3.02 SEWER PIPE CLEANING

All sewer pipe shall be thoroughly flushed with clean water, from access-hole to access-

hole with an appropriately sized inflatable ball.

All construction debris and water shall be removed from each access-hole prior to

removal of expandable plugs.

Water used in flushing the new sewer mains and laterals shall not be discharged into the

existing sewer system.

3.03 TESTING OF PIPELINE

A. GENERAL:

All gravity sewer pipes and service laterals shall be tested for exfiltration and/or

infiltration and deflection, as specified. Sewer pipelines shall be backfilled prior to testing.

All leakage tests of sanitary sewer systems shall be in conformance with SSPWC Section 306-

1.4.1.

Water Exfiltration Test shall be in conformance with SSPWC Section 306-1.4.2.

Water Infiltration Test shall be in conformance with SSPWC Section 306-1.4.3.

Unless otherwise specified, infiltration will be measured by the Contractor using measuring

devices approved by the Construction Manager.

Air Pressure Test shall be in conformance with SSPWC Section 306-1.4.4.

At the Contractor's option, joints may be air tested individually, joint by joint, with the

use of specialized equipment. The Contractor shall submit its joint testing procedure for the

Construction Manager's review and approval prior to testing. Prior to each test, the pipe at the

joint shall be wetted with water. The maximum test pressure shall be 3.0 psi unless otherwise

specified. The minimum allowable pressure drop shall be 1.0 psi over a 30-second test period.

TESTING OF GRAVITY

SEWER PIPELINES


Water Pressure Test shall be in conformance with SSPWC Section 306-1.4.5.

B. DEFLECTION TEST:

All flexible and semi-rigid main line pipe shall be tested in accordance with SSPWC

Sections 306-1.2.12 and 306-1.2.13 for deflection, joint displacement, or any other obstruction

by passing a rigid mandrel through the pipe by hand, not less than 30 days after completion of the

trench backfill, but prior to permanent resurfacing. The mandrel shall be a full circle, solid

cylinder, or a rigid, non-adjustable, odd-numbered leg (9 leg minimum) steel cylinder, accepted

by the Construction Manager as to design and manufacture. Unless otherwise specified, the

circular cross section of the mandrel shall have a diameter of at least 95 percent of the specified

average inside diameter of the pipe and the minimum length of the circular portion of the

mandrel shall be equal to the nominal diameter of the pipe. Obstructions encountered by the

mandrel shall be corrected by the Contractor.

3.04 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INSPECTION

A closed circuit television inspection shall ne conducted of new sewer lines after sewer

pipe cleaning and mandrel testing.

Closed circuit television inspections shall be performed in accordance with the SSPWC,

500-1.1.5. Video documentation shall be provided in digital format (DVD).

All defects and evidence of reverse slope by ponding of water or dips in pipe alignment

revealed by the closed circuit television inspection shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the

Construction Manager at the Contractor’s expense.


TESTING OF GRAVITY

SEWER PIPELINES



HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF

PRESSURE PIPELINES


SECTION 15044

HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section describes the requirements and procedures for pressure and leakage testing

of all pressure mains.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. REFERENCES:















Reference Title

ASTM F2164 Standard Practice for Field Leak Testing of Polyethylene (PE)

and Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pressure Piping Systems

Using Hydrostatic Pressure

AWWA C600 Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their

Appurtenances

AWWA C605 Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure

Pipe and Fittings for Water

AWWA C651 Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains

AWWA Manual M11 Steel Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation

AWWA C604 Installation of Buried Steel Water Pipe 4-In. and Larger


PRESSURE PIPELINES


Reference Title

PPI TN-46 Guidance for Field Hydrostatic Testing of High Density

Polyethylene Pressure Pipes

1.03 REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO TESTING

Provide testing procedure submittal including testing pressure, testing schedule, test

bulkhead locations, and water supply details.

All piping, valves, fire hydrants, services, and related appurtenances shall be installed

prior to testing.

The pipe trench shall have trench zone backfill placed and compacted with a minimum of

2.5 ft. of material over the pipe.

All concrete anchor blocks shall be allowed to cure a sufficient time to develop a

minimum strength of 13.79 MPa (2,000 psi) before testing.

Pressure tests on exposed and aboveground piping shall be conducted only after the entire

piping system has been installed and attached to pipe supports, hangers or anchors as shown on

the Approved Plans.

Steel pipelines shall not be tested before the mortar lining and coating on all pipe lengths

within the line have been in place for a minimum of fourteen (14) days. Cement-mortar lined

pipe shall not be filled with water until a minimum of eight hours has elapsed after the last joint

has been mortared.

1.04 CONCURRENT HYDROSTATIC TESTING AND DISINFECTION OF PIPELINES

Hydrostatic testing of pipelines shall be performed prior to or concurrently with the

disinfection operations in accordance with Section 15041. In the event repairs are necessary, as

indicated by the hydrostatic test, the Construction Manager may require additional disinfection in

accordance with Section 15041.

1.05 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS

Hydrostatic testing shall be performed prior to connections to existing mains.

A City Connection Permit authorizing connection to the existing system shall be given only on

the basis of acceptable hydrostatic, disinfection and bacteriological test results. Connection to

existing mains shall be performed in accordance with Section 15050.


PRESSURE PIPELINES


PART 2 -- MATERIALS

2.01 WATER

Potable water shall be used for hydrostatic testing of potable and recycled water mains.

Potable water shall be supplied by a Construction Manager-approved source. Make-up

water for testing shall also be potable water.

A chlorinated water solution, in accordance with Section 15041, shall be used to charge

the line and for make-up water when hydrostatic testing and disinfection operations are

combined.

Meet all applicable state and local requirements for disposal of testing water.

2.02 CONNECTIONS

A. Testing water shall be supplied through a metered connection equipped with a

backflow prevention device in accordance with Section 15112 at the point of

connection to the potable water source used.

B. The Contractor shall provide any temporary piping needed to deliver potable

water to the piping that is to be tested. Temporary piping shall be in accordance

with Section 15050.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

All water systems shall be pre-tested to insure passage of test prior to scheduling official

test with inspector.

The Contractor shall provide the Construction Manager with a minimum of 48 hours'

notice prior to the requested date and time for hydrostatic tests.

The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment for testing.

Temporary blocking during the tests will be permitted only at temporary plugs, caps or

where otherwise directed by the Construction Manager.

All valves and appurtenances shall be operated during the test period. The test shall be

conducted with valves in the open position. The Contractor is not permitted to operate any

valves on the City’s system.


PRESSURE PIPELINES


At the onset of testing, all valves, air vacuum assemblies, blowoffs, and services shall be

monitored for possible leakage and repairs made, if necessary, before the test proceeds. The

appurtenances shall be monitored through the duration of the testing.

For pipe with porous lining, such as cement mortar, the pipe shall be filled with water and

placed under a slight pressure for a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours prior to the actual

hydrostatic test.

Testing shall be made before connecting the new line with the existing City pipes and

mains.

The pipeline should be filled at a rate such that the velocity of flow is less than 1 fps.

Maximum length of pipe to be included in any one (1) test shall not exceed 2,500 linear

feet or vertical elevation difference of 58 feet.

3.02 FIELD TEST PROCEDURE

Before applying the specified test pressure, care shall be taken to release all air within the

pipe and appurtenances to be tested. Air shall be released through services, fire hydrants, air

release valves, or other approved locations.

The leakage shall be considered as the total amount of water pumped into the pipeline

during the test period.

Apply and maintain the test pressure by means of a hydraulic force pump.

Maintain the test pressure for the following duration by restoring it whenever it falls an

amount of 5 psi:

Pipe Diameter (inches) Hours 18 and less 4 20 to 36 8 Greater than 36 24

After the test pressure is reached, use a meter to measure the additional water added to

maintain the pressure. This amount of water is the loss due to leakage in the piping system. The

allowable leakage for various sizes of PUC & DIP with rubber gaskets are shown in the

following table:


PRESSURE PIPELINES


TYPE OF PIPE: P.V.C. & D.I.P. CLASSES: 150 & 200 Pipe Sizes Allowable Leakage (inches) Gals/4 hrs/1000’ of pipe 4” .33 Gals 6” .50 Gals 8” .66 Gals Pipe Sizes Allowable Leakage (inches) Gals/4 hrs/1000’ of pipe 10” .83 Gals. 12” .99 Gals. 14” 1.16 Gals. 16” 1.32 Gals. 18” 1.49 Gals.

20” 1.66 Gals. 24” 1.98 Gals.

The allowable leakage for welded steel pipe shall be zero gallons.

The allowable leakage for piping having threaded, brazed, or welded (including solvent

welded) joints shall be zero gallons.

Repair and retest any pipes showing leakage rates greater than that allowed in the above

criteria.

3.03 TEST PRESSURE

Test pressures shall be as specified in Section 15050. Pressure shall be maintained for a

duration shown in section 3.2 and shall be repumped when it falls an amount of 5 p.s.i.

The test pump gauge and meter shall be connected to the water main at a location other

than the highest point in the line, in order to allow release of air from the high point. Means shall

be provided for accurately measuring the quantity of water pumped through a meter and pumped

into the pipe immediately, during and after the test period in order to maintain or restore the

initial test pressure. All pipe, fittings, valves, services and appurtenances shall be subjected to

the hydrostatic test and irrespective of the measured quantity of leakage, all detectable leaks shall

be repaired by the Contractor at the contractor’s expense and no cost to Carlsbad Municipal

Water District.


PRESSURE PIPELINES


If a tested system is damaged or a leak occurs after official test the entire system or

portion of system will be retested as directed by Construction Manager.


PIPING SYSTEMS


SECTION 15050

PIPING SYSTEMS

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies systems of process piping, general requirements for piping systems

and requirements for maintenance of potable water service.

Detailed specifications for the components listed on the Piping System Specification

Sheets are found in other sections of Division 15. This section shall be used in conjunction with

those sections.

B. DEFINITIONS:

Pressure terms used in Section 15050 and elsewhere in Division 15 are defined as

follows:

1. MAXIMUM: The greatest continuous pressure at which the piping

system operates.

2. TEST: The hydrostatic pressure used to determine system acceptance.


A. REFERENCES:













PIPING SYSTEMS




Reference Title

AASHTO

M36/M36M

Metallic (Zinc or Aluminum) Coated Corrugated Steel

Culverts and Underdrains

ANSI A13.1 Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems

ANSI B1.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)

ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125,

250, and 800

ANSI B16.3 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Class 150 and 300

ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

ANSI B16.9 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings

ANSI B16.11 Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded

ANSI B16.12 Cast Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings

ANSI B16.22 Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure

Fittings

ANSI B16.26 Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes

ANSI B31.1 Power Piping

ANSI B31.3 Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping

ASME Section IX Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Welding and Brazing

Qualifications

ASTM A47 Malleable Iron Castings

ASTM A53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and

Seamless

ASTM A74 Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings

ASTM A105/A105M Forgings, Carbon Steel, for Piping Components

ASTM A106 Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service

ASTM A126 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves,

Flanges, and Pipe Fittings

ASTM A197 Cupola Malleable Iron

ASTM A234/A234M Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for

Moderate and Elevated Temperatures

ASTM A312/A312M Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe

ASTM A403/A403M Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings

PIPING SYSTEMS


Reference Title

ASTM A536 Ductile Iron Castings

ASTM A570/A570M Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality

ASTM B88 Seamless Copper Water Tube

ASTM C76 Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe

ASTM C296 Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe

ASTM C443-REV A Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer

and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets

ASTM C564 Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings

ASTM D1248 Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials

ASTM D1784 Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and

Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds

ASTM D1785 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80,

and 120

ASTM D2241 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR)

ASTM D2513 Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings

ASTM D2665 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent

Pipe and Fittings

ASTM D2996 Filament-Wound Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe

ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride)

(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings

ASTM D3261 Butt Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for

Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing

ASTM D4174 Cleaning, Flushing, and Purification of Petroleum Fluid

Hydraulic Systems

ASTM D4101 Propylene Plastic Injection and Extrusion Materials

ASTM F441 Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe,

Schedules 40 and 80

AWWA C105 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Piping for Water

and Other Liquids

AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 Inch Through 48 Inch,

for Water and Other Liquids

AWWA C111 Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure

Pipe and Fittings

AWWA C115 Flanged Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pipe with Threaded

Flanges

PIPING SYSTEMS


Reference Title

AWWA C151 Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or

Sand-Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids

AWWA C200 Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches and Larger

AWWA C205 Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel

Water Pipe--4 In. and Larger--Shop Applied

AWWA C206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe

AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Services--Sizes 4 In.

through 144 In.

AWWA C208 Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings

AWWA C209 Cold-Applied Tape Coating for Special Sections,

Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines

AWWA C210 Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior

of Steel Water Pipe

AWWA C214 Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water

Pipelines

AWWA C301 Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type, for

Water and Other Liquids

AWWA C303 Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe--Steel Cylinder Type,

Pretensioned, for Water and Other Liquids


Appurtenances

AWWA C651 Disinfecting Water Mains

AWWA C900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 Inches Through

12 Inches, for Water

AWWA M11 Steel Pipe--A Guide for Design and Installation

CISPI 301 Specification Data for Hubless Cast Iron Sanitary System

with No-Hub Pipe and Fittings

FEDSPEC

L-C-530B(1)

Coating, Pipe, Thermoplastic Resin or Thermosetting Epoxy

MIL-H-13528B Hydrochloric Acid, Inhibited, Rust Removing

MIL-STD-810C Environmental Test Methods

SAE J1227 Assessing Cleanliness of Hydraulic Fluid Power Components

and Systems

UPC Uniform Plumbing Code

PIPING SYSTEMS


B. FITTINGS AND COUPLING COMPATIBILITY:

To assure uniformity and compatibility of piping components, fittings and couplings for

grooved end piping systems shall be furnished by the same manufacturers.

1.03 TEMPORARY ABOVEGROUND POTABLE WATER PIPE (HIGH LINE)

High line piping shall be provided where water service is to be maintained and as

required by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. High line piping and appurtenances shall be

furnished, installed, disinfected, connected, maintained, and removed by the CONTRACTOR.

Bacteriological sampling and testing shall be performed by a State of California Certified testing

laboratory.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide a submittal showing connections to water services,

pipe layout, materials, sizing, flow calculations, schedule and duration of use, and disinfection

for all high line piping. The submittal shall be reviewed and accepted by the CONSTRUCTION

MANAGER prior to ordering or delivery of any materials.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPING MATERIALS

Unless otherwise specified, piping materials, including pipe, gaskets, fittings, connection

and joint assemblies, linings and coatings, shall be selected from those listed on the piping

system specification sheets. Piping materials shall conform to detailed specifications for each

type of pipe and piping appurtenance specified in other sections of Division 15.

2.02 PIPING IDENTIFICATION

A. PLASTIC CODING MARKERS:

Plastic markers for coding pipe shall conform to ANSI A13.1 and shall be as

manufactured by W. H. Brady Company, Seton Name Plate Corporation, Marking Services Inc.,

or equal. Markers shall be the mechanically attached types that are easily removable; they shall

not be the adhesive applied type. Markers shall consist of pressure sensitive legends applied to

plastic backing which is strapped or otherwise mechanically attached to the pipe. Legend and

backing shall be resistant to petroleum based oils and grease and shall meet criteria for humidity,

solar radiation, rain, salt, fog and leakage fungus, as specified by MIL-STD-810C. Markers shall

withstand a continuous operating temperature range of -40 degrees F to 180 degrees F. Plastic

coding markers shall not be the individual letter type but shall be manufactured and applied in

one continuous length of plastic.

Markers bearing the legends on the background colors specified in the PIPESPEC shall

be provided in the following letter heights:

PIPING SYSTEMS


Outside pipe diameter,a

inches

Letter height,

inches

Less than 1-1/2 1/2

1-1/2 through 3 1-1/8

Greater than 3 2-1/4 a Outside pipe diameter shall include insulation and jacketing.

In addition, pipe markers shall include uni- and bi-directional arrows in the same sizes as

the legend. Legends and arrows shall be white on blue or red backgrounds and black on other

specified backgrounds.

B. PLASTIC TRACER TAPE:

Tracer tape shall be 6 inches wide, colored the same as the background colors as

specified in Underground Service Alert of Southern California.(for ex. Potable Water-Dark

BLUE, Sewage-DARK GREEN, Reclaimed Water-PURPLE) and made of inert plastic material

suitable for direct burial. Tape shall be capable of stretching to twice its original length and shall

be as manufactured by Allen Systems, W. H. Brady Co., Seton Name Plate Corporation,

Marking Services Inc., or equal.

Two messages shall be printed on the tape. The first message shall read "CAUTION

CAUTION CAUTION PIPE BURIED BELOW" with bold letters approximately

2 inches high. The blank shall be filled with the Piping Service identified in Table A, paragraph

15050-3.07. The second message shall read "CALL CARLSBAD DEPT OF PUBLIC

WORKS 760/438-2722" with letters approximately 3/4 inch high. Both messages shall be

printed at maximum intervals of 2 feet.

C. MAGNETIC TRACER TAPE:

Polyethylene magnetic tracer tape shall be as manufactured by Allen Systems, W. H.

Brady Co., Seton Name Plate Corporation, Marking Services Inc., or equal. Tape shall be acid

and alkali-resistant, 3 inches wide, 0.005 inch thick, and have 1500 psi strength and 140 percent

elongation value. The tape shall be colored the same as the background colors as specified in

Underground Service Alert of Southern California and shall be inscribed with the same messages

specified for Plastic Tracer Tape.

2.03 VALVES

Valves of the same size and service shall be provided by a single valve manufacturer.

Packing shall be nonasbestos material. Actual length of valves shall be within 1/16 inch (plus or

minus) of the manufacturer's specified length. Flanges shall meet the requirement of ANSI

B16.5. Push-on and mechanical joints shall meet the requirements of AWWA C111. Valve

operators are specified in Sections 15184 and 15185.

PIPING SYSTEMS


2.04 PRODUCT DATA

Product data on piping materials shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300

where specified.

Piping layout drawings shall be transmitted to the Construction Manager a minimum of 2

weeks prior to construction. Drawings shall be original layouts by the Contractor; photocopies

of contract drawings are not acceptable.

2.05 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT

Polyethylene encasement shall be as indicated below and shall be selected from the City

and CMWD’s Approved Materials List. Polyethylene materials shall be kept out of direct

sunlight exposure. Polyethylene encasement shall be provided for the following conditions

unless otherwise specified:

1. Steel pipe shall be corrosion protected as shown.

a. Polyethylene encasement shall completely encase and cover all

buried metal surfaces. All bolted connections shall be coated with

wax tape prior to polyethylene encasement.

b. Polyethylene wrap shall be used for the protection of buried valves

in conjunction with wax tape. Polyethylene wrap shall be a

minimum 0.012" thick polyethylene plastic in accordance with

AWWA C105.

2.. Polyethylene wrap and sleeves shall be clear for use with potable water

and purple for use with recycled water.

3. Polyethylene sleeves shall be used for the protection of buried ductile iron

pipe and fittings in addition to wax tape coating of nuts and bolts.

Polyethylene sleeves shall be a minimum 0.012" thick polyethylene plastic

in accordance with AWWA C105. Where the use of a sleeve is not

practical, the fittings may be wrapped with polyethylene sheeting of equal

thickness and taped as noted below.

3. Polyethylene sleeves shall be secured with polyethylene or vinyl adhesive

tape or plastic tie straps at the ends and quarter points along the sleeve in a

manner that will hold the sleeve securely in place during backfill.

Polyethylene wrap shall be secured with polyethylene or vinyl adhesive

tape in a manner that will hold the wrap securely in place during backfill.

Polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape a minimum of 2" wide or plastic tie

straps shall be used to secure polyethylene encasement.

PIPING SYSTEMS


2.06 TEMPORARY ABOVEGROUND POTABLE WATER PIPE (HIGH LINE)

High line piping layout, materials and appurtenances shall be provided as indicated on the

approved submittal.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. LOCATION:

Piping shall be provided as specified except for adjustments to avoid architectural and

structural features and shall be coordinated with electrical construction.

B. PIPING SIZES:

Where the size of piping is not specified, the Contractor shall provide piping of the sizes

required by UPC. Unless specified otherwise, small piping (less than 1 inch in diameter)

required for services not described by UPC shall be 1/2 inch.

C. TEMPORARY ABOVEGROUND POTABLE WATER PIPE (HIGH LINE)

All high line piping, fittings, and service connections shall be furnished, installed,

maintained, repaired and removed upon completion of the Work by the CONTRACTOR.

All pipe, valves, fittings, hose and connections furnished by the CONTRACTOR shall be

of good quality, clean, and suitable for conveying potable water. The CONTRACTOR shall be

responsible for disinfecting all high lines, connections, and flushing prior to use. Following

disinfection and acceptance of the high line by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, the

CONTRACTOR shall maintain continuous service through the high line piping to all consumers

normally served both directly and indirectly by existing potable water pipelines.

The high line pipe shall be installed in such a manner that it will not present a hazard to

vehicular nor pedestrian traffic and will not interfere with access to homes and driveways along

its route.

Valves shall be installed at 200' intervals in residential/commercial areas or as directed by

the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

Pressure reducing valves (PRV) shall be provided as required or as directed by the

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

If progress in making repairs to the high line is inadequate, the CONSTRUCTION

MANAGER, may order necessary corrective measures. Corrective measures may consist of

PIPING SYSTEMS


directing City personnel or another contractor to complete the work. All costs for corrective

measures shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

C. PIPE SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE AND SEISMIC BRACING:

1. GENERAL: Piping shall be supported by anchor brackets, guides, saddles

or hangers. Acceptable types of supports, guides, saddles, hangers and structure attachments for

general pipe support, expansion/ contraction and for seismic bracing, as well as anchorage

details, are shown on the drawings. Minimum spacing shall be as specified for supports and for

seismic bracing. Where a specific type of support or anchorage is indicated on the drawings,

then only that type shall be used there. Piping shall be vertically supported by anchor brackets,

guides, saddles or hangers and shall be seismically braced where indicated to resist lateral load.

Supports shall be provided on each run at each change of direction. Pipe supports shall be

hot-dip or mechanically galvanized. Unless otherwise specified, existing pipes and supports

shall not be used to support new piping.

2. PIPING CONNECTIONS TO MACHINES: Piping at machine

connections shall be aligned in all planes to permit insertion of bolts at bolted connections or

coupling screwed connections without using jacks, come-a-longs or other mechanical means to

align field piping with the connections at the machines. Bolts shall not be forced into mating

flange bolt holes and shall be capable being withdrawn using finger pressure alone. The use of

‘dutchmen’ mitered sections or similar specials to achieve the required alignment with machine

connections is strictly prohibited.

D. ANCHORAGE FOR BURIED PIPING:

All plugs, caps, tees and bends in buried pressure piping systems shall be anchored by

means of reaction backing or restrained joints as specified.

E. BEDDING AND BACKFILL:

Bedding and backfill for buried piping shall be as shown and specified.

F. EQUIPMENT CONNECTION FITTINGS

Where shown, equipment connection fittings as specified in Section 15085 shall be

provided between field piping systems and equipment inlet and outlet connections.

G. FLEXIBILITY

Unless otherwise specified, piping passing from concrete to earth shall be provided with

two pipe couplings or flexible joints as specified in Section 15085.

PIPING SYSTEMS


3.02 PIPING IDENTIFICATION

A. PIPE CODING:

After application of the specified coating and insulation systems, exposed piping, interior

and exterior, and piping in ceiling spaces, pipe trenches, pipe chases and valve boxes shall be

identified with plastic markers as specified in paragraph 15050-2.02 A. Legend markers and

directional arrows shall be located at each side of walls, floors and ceilings, at one side of each

piece of equipment, at piping intersections, and at approximately 50-foot centers.

B. PLASTIC TRACER TAPE:

A single line of tape as specified in paragraph 15050-2.02 B shall be provided as shown

at the top of the pipezone above the centerline of all buried pipe. For pipelines buried 8 feet or

greater below finished grade, contractor shall provide a second line of tape 12 inches below

finished grade, above and parallel to each buried pipe. Tape shall be spread flat with message

side up before backfilling.

C. MAGNETIC TRACER TAPE:

For all nonmetallic buried piping, polyethylene magnetic tracer tape shall be provided at

the top of the pipe zone above the centerline of all buried pipe. For pipelines buried 8 feet or

greater below final grade, the Contractor shall provide a second line of plastic tracer tape 12

inches below finished grade, above and parallel to each buried pipe. Tape shall be spread flat

with message side up before backfilling.

3.03 VALVE IDENTIFICATION

Stainless steel tags bearing the specified valve number stamped in 1/4-inch high letters

shall be installed on exposed valve flanges in a position visible from floor level. Flangeless

valves 8 inches in diameter and larger shall have tags attached to the valve body by self-tapping

corrosion resistant metal screws. Flangeless valves 6 inches in diameter and smaller shall have

tags attached to the valve stem by stainless steel wire. Wire shall be 0.063 inch minimum.

3.04 TESTING

A. GENERAL:

Upon completion of piping, but prior to application of insulation on exposed piping, the

Contractor shall test the piping systems. Pressures, media and test durations shall be as specified

in the PIPESPEC. Equipment which may be damaged by the specified test conditions shall be

isolated. Testing shall be performed using calibrated test gages and calibrated volumetric

measuring equipment to determine leakage rates. Each test gage shall be selected so that the

specified test pressure falls within the upper half of the gage's range. Unless otherwise specified,

the Contractor shall notify the Construction Manager 24 hours prior to each test.

PIPING SYSTEMS


Unless otherwise specified, testing, as specified herein, shall include existing piping

systems which connect with new pipe systems. Existing pipe shall be tested to the nearest

existing valve. Any piping which fails the test shall be repaired. Repair of existing piping will

be considered and paid for as extra work.

Where testing existing chlorine and sulfur dioxide systems to the nearest isolation valve,

Contractor shall provide a tee in the line adjacent to the valve. The branch outlet on the tee shall

be valved and used for cleaning, pressure testing, draining, and drying the line. Unless otherwise

indicated, the existing chlorine or sulfur dioxide system shall not be shut down during testing or

connecting the tee and valve. Prior to placing the line in service, the valve on the branch outlet

shall be plugged or sealed with a blind flange or threaded plug. Contractor shall be responsible

for all damage to the existing system as a result of this work.

B. GAS, AIR, AND VAPOR SYSTEMS:

The Contractor shall test steam lines hydrostatically in accordance with the ASME

procedure for testing pressure piping.

Unless otherwise specified, the testing medium for other gas, air and vapor systems shall

be as follows:

Pipeline size Specified test pressure Testing medium

2 inch and smaller 75 psi or less Air or water

2 inch and smaller Greater than 75 psi Water

Greater than 2 inch 3 psi or less Air or water

Greater than 2 inch Greater than 3 psi Water

The allowable leakage rate for hazardous gas systems, insulated systems, and systems

tested with water shall be zero at the specified test pressure throughout the specified test period.

Hazardous gas systems shall include sulfur dioxide, chlorine, propane, sludge gas and natural gas

systems.

The allowable leakage rate for other systems tested with air shall be based on a maximum

pressure drop of 5 percent of the specified test pressure for the duration of the period. Prior to

starting a test interval using air, the air shall be at ambient temperature and specified test

pressure.

C. LIQUID SYSTEMS:

Pressurized pipeline shall be tested in accordance with Section 15044. Gravity sewer

pipe shall be tested in accordance with 15043. Leakage shall be zero at the specified test pressure

throughout the specified duration for the following systems: exposed piping and buried or

exposed piping carrying liquid chemicals. Unless otherwise specified, leakage from other buried

PIPING SYSTEMS


liquid piping systems shall be less than 0.02 gallon per hour per inch diameter per 100 feet of

buried piping.

D. CHLORINE AND SULFUR DIOXIDE SYSTEMS: NOT USED

E. HYDRAULIC AND LUBE OIL SYSTEMS: NOT USED

F. DRAINS:

Drain systems, other than pumped drain systems, shall be tested in accordance with UPC.

3.05 CLEANING AND FLUSHING

A. GENERAL:

Piping systems shall be cleaned following completion of testing and prior to connection

to operating, control, regulating or instrumentation equipment. The Contractor may, at his

option, clean and test sections of buried or exposed piping systems. Use of this procedure,

however, will not waive the requirement for a full pressure test of the completed system. Water

and Recycled Water systems shall be cleaned and disinfected in accordance with Section 15041.

B. TEMPORARY SCREENS: NOT USED

C. GAS AND AIR SYSTEMS:

Unless otherwise specified, gas and air system piping 6 inches in diameter and smaller

shall be blown out, using air or the testing medium specified. Piping larger than 6 inches shall be

cleaned by having a swab or "pig" drawn through the separate reaches of pipe. After connection

to the equipment, it shall then be blown out using the equipment. Upon completion of cleaning,

the piping shall be drained and dried with an airstream. Sludge gas, natural gas and propane

systems shall be purged with nitrogen and a nitrogen pad maintained at 10 psi until put in

service. Chlorine and sulfur dioxide systems shall be cleaned in accordance with paragraph

15050-3.05 E.

D. LIQUID SYSTEMS:

Potable water and Recycled Water systems shall be cleaned and disinfected in accordance

with Section 15041.

E. HYDRAULIC AND FLUID POWER OIL SYSTEMS: NOT USED

F. POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS:

Potable water piping systems shall be flushed and disinfected in accordance with AWWA

C651 And Section 15041.

PIPING SYSTEMS


3.06 CONNECTION TO EXISTING FACILITIES (WET TAPS AND CUT-IN

INSTALLATIONS)

Wet taps and Cut-ins shall be in accordance with Section 02146

3.07 PIPING SPECIFICATION SHEETS (PIPESPEC)

Piping and valves for groupings of similar plant processes or types of service lines are

specified on individual piping specification sheets (PIPESPEC). Piping services are grouped

according to the chemical and physical properties of the fluid conveyed and/or by the

temperature or pressure requirements. Each grouping of services (PIPESPEC) is identified by a

piping system number. Piping services specified in the PIPESPEC and on the drawings are

alphabetically arranged by designated service symbols as shown in Table A. Table A also

indicates the system number and fluid category.

Table A, Piping Services

Symbol Service System Category

1W Potable Water 7 Potable

2W Nonpotable Water 11 Nonpotable

CD Chemical Drain 25 Drain

CW Potable Water 7 Potable

DSF Diesel Fuel 18 Fuel Oil

D Drain 24 Drain

EE Engine Exhaust 31 Air

FA Foul Air 22 Air

IA Instrument Air 2 Air

PD Pumped Drainage 12 Wastewater

RA Return Air Air

RS Raw Sewage (Gravity) 12A Wastewater

Raw Sewage (Pressure) 12B Wastewater

RWR/RW Reclaimed Water 9 Reclaimed

S Sewer 12A Wastewater

SD Storm Drain 24 Drain

VP Petroleum Vent 18 Fuel Oil

PIPING SYSTEMS


3.07 PIPING SPECIFICATION SHEETS--PIPESPEC

Piping Symbol/Service: IA--Instrument Air System--2

SA--Service Air

Test Requirements:

Medium: Ref. spec paragraph 15050-3.04 B.

Pressure: 200 psig

Duration: 120 minutes

Gasket Requirements:

Flange: Compressed gasketing consisting of organic fibers (Kevlar)

and neoprene binder

Push-on/Mech Cpl: N/A

Exposed Pipe and Valves:

(See drawings for pipe size and valve type)

(1/2" and smaller)

Pipe: Copper tube; ASTM B88, Type L, drawn. Ref. spec Section

15057.

Conn; brass compression type.

Ftgs; brass compression type, Swagelok, Gyrolok, or equal.

OR (for all piping within and downstream of bubble panels)

Stainless Steel: 316/316L pipe and fittings. Refer to Section

15067.

Conn: Screwed or welded

(3/4" thru 2")

Pipe: Copper tube; ASTM B88, Type L, drawn.

Conn; solder type with threaded adapters or valves.

Ftgs; wrought copper or bronze, ANSI B16.22.

OR (for all piping within and downstream of bubble panels)

Stainless Steel: 316/316L pipe and fittings. Refer to Section

15067.

Conn: Screwed or welded

(2" and smaller)

Valves: Ball; Jamesbury Fig. 351, Nibco T-580, or equal.

Globe; Crane 7TF or 17TF, Lunkenheimer 123 or 214, or

equal.

Lift check; Lunkenheimer 1616, Crane 366E, or equal.

PIPING SYSTEMS



Piping Symbol/Service: 2 (continued)

(2 1/2" thru 6")

Pipe: Steel; ASTM A53, ERW, Grade B, black, no lining. Ref.

spec Section 15061.

Conn; butt weld, flanged for valves.

Ftgs; steel, ASTM A234, ANSI B16.9; ends to match pipe.

Valves: Ball; Jamesbury 5150-31-2200TT, Nibco F-510, or equal.

Check; Ported plate style designed for use with pulsating

flow; Hoerbiger Depend-A-Check or Compact-A-Check,

Dienes Type DL-RF, or equal.

Buried and Encased Pipe and Valves:

(See drawings for pipe size and valve type. Omit coatings on encased pipe.)

(2" and smaller)

Pipe: Copper tube; ASTM B88, Type K, annealed or drawn.

Conn; solder type.

Ftgs; wrought copper or bronze, ANSI B16.22.

Valves: Ball; same as exposed with extension stem and valve box.

(2 1/2" thru 6")

Pipe: Steel; same as exposed with polyethylene tape coating. Field

application of coating to all couplings. Ref. spec Section

15061.

Conn; same as exposed with coating.

Ftgs; same as exposed with coating.

Valves: Ball; same as exposed with extension stem and valve box.

Coating M-1 per spec Section 09900.

Remarks:

Pipe materials for immersed service air piping shall be:

(2" and smaller)

Pipe: Stainless steel; ASTM A312, Schedule 40S. Ref. spec

Section 15067.

Conn; threaded, ANSI B1.20.1.

Ftgs; ASTM A403, material, ends and wall thickness to

match pipe.

PIPING SYSTEMS



Piping Symbol/Service System--7

1W--Potable Water (may also be called CW-City Water)

HW – Potable Hot Water

Test Requirements: Medium: Water; ref. spec paragraph 15050-3.04 C. Pressure: 150 psig Duration: 60 minutes Gasket Requirements: Flange: Compressed gasketing consisting of organic fibers (Kevlar)

and neoprene binder Push-on/Mech Cpl: EPDM Exposed Pipe and Valves (INDOORS): (See drawings for pipe size and valve type. See Remarks for insulation requirements.) (3" and smaller) Pipe: When not otherwise indicated: Copper tube; ASTM B88, Type L, drawn. Ref. spec Section

15057. Conn; solder type with threaded or flanged adapters for

valves. Ftgs; wrought copper or bronze, ANSI B16.22. Insullation: See Remarks Between seal water panel and pumps: Stainless Steel: 316/316L pipe and fittings. Refer to Section

15067. Conn: Screwed or welded (2" and smaller) Valves: Ball; Jamesbury Fig. 351, Nibco T-580, or equal. Globe; Crane 7TF or 17TF, Lunkenheimer 123 or 214, or

equal. Swing check; Crane 137, Lunkenheimer 230, or equal.

PIPING SYSTEMS




(2 1/2" and larger)

Valves: Butterfly; ref. spec Section 15103. Substitute Type B on

2-1/2-inch lines.

Swing check; spring loaded per spec Section 15118. Exposed Pipe and Valves (OUTDOORS): (See drawings for pipe size and valve type. See Remarks for insulation requirements.) (3" and smaller)

Pipe: PVC; ASTM D1784, Class 12454-B, NSF certified, ASTM

D1785, Sch. 80. Ref. spec Section 15064.

Conn; plain end; solvent weld.

Ftgs; PVC, Sch. 80, socket type.

Valves: Ball; PVC, true union, socket type, Chemtrol Tru Block TU

Series, Asahi/ America Duo Bloc TU Series, GSR TU Series,

or equal, with PTFE seats and Viton O-rings.

Diaphragm; PVC body, PTFE diaphragm, Chemtrol Series

PD, Posacon 677, Asahi/ America, or equal.


(See drawings for pipe size and valve type. Omit coating on

encased pipe. See Remarks for insulation requirements.)

(3" and smaller)


D1785, Sch. 80. Ref. spec Section 15064.

Conn; plain end; solvent weld.

Ftgs; PVC, Sch. 80, socket type.

Valves: Ball; PVC, true union, socket type, Chemtrol Tru Block TU

Series, Asahi/ America Duo Bloc TU Series, GSR TU Series,

or equal, with PTFE seats and Viton O-rings.

Diaphragm; PVC body, PTFE diaphragm, Chemtrol Series

PD, Posacon 677, Asahi/ America, or equal.

(4" to 12”)

Pipe: PVC; per AWWA C900, DR 14. Ref. spec Section 15064.

Restrained push-on rubber gasket joint. Flanged adapters for

valves.

Ftgs; ductile iron per spec Section 15062; coating, lining and

ends to match pipe.

PIPING SYSTEMS




Valves: Gate, Resilient Seated; ref. spec Section 15102, with exten-

sion stem and valve box. Coating M-1 per spec Section

09900.

Remarks:

1. Manual air vents shall be provided at the high points and drains provided at the low points

of each reach of pipeline as specified in paragraph 15095-3.03.

2. Exposed piping at the Electrical/Generator Building shall be insulated per Section 15250.

3. Systems shall be disinfected per City requirements.

4. Hot water piping shall be insulated.

PIPING SYSTEMS



Piping Symbol/Service: RWR--Reclaimed Water System--9

RW -Recycled Water

Test Requirements:

Medium: Water; ref. spec paragraph 15050-3.04 C.

Pressure: (200) psig

Duration: 4 hours



and neoprene binder

Push-on/Mech Cpl: Nitrile or Neoprene



(3" and smaller)

Pipe: Steel; ASTM A53, galvanized. Ref. spec Section 15061.

Conn; taper threaded, ANSI B1.20.1. Flanged adapters for

2-1/2 inch, 3 inch valves.

Ftgs; malleable iron, ASTM A197, ANSI B16.3, Class 150,

galvanized.

(2" and smaller)



equal.

Swing check; Crane 137, Lunkenheimer 230, or equal.

(4" thru 8")

Pipe: Steel; ASTM A53, ERW, Grade B, black, with cement

mortar lining. Ref. spec Section 15061.

Conn; grooved mech pipe coupling or flanged.

Ftgs; malleable iron, ductile iron, or steel, per spec Section

15061; ends and lining to match pipe.

(2 1/2" thru 8")

Valves: Butterfly; Ref. spec Section 15103. Swing check;

spring loaded per spec Section 15118.

PIPING SYSTEMS




(10" thru 24")

Pipe: Steel; same as 8 inch, or AWWA C200, minimum 3/8 inch

thick unless otherwise specified, with cement mortar lining.

Ref. spec Section 15061.

Conn; same as 8 inch. See Remarks.

Ftgs; steel, ASTM A234, or fabricated steel, AWWA C208.

Lining and ends to match pipe.

Valves: Butterfly; ref. spec Section 15103.

Swing check; spring loaded per spec Section 15118.


(See drawings for pipe size and valve type. Omit coating on concrete encased pipe.)

(3" and smaller)


D1785, Sch. 80. Ref. spec Section 15064. Provide magnetic

tracer tape. See Remarks.

Conn; plain end; solvent weld with threaded or flanged

adapters for valves.

Ftgs; PVC, Sch. 80, socket weld.

Valves: Gate; ref. spec Section 15101, with extension stem and valve

box. Coating M-1 per spec Section 09900.

(4" to 12")

Pipe: PVC; per AWWA C900, DR 14. Conn; restrained

push-on rubber gasket joint. Flanged adapters for valves.

Steel; where identified on drawings, ASTM A53, ERW,

Grade B, black, with cement mortar lining or AWWA C200

with cement mortar lining and coating, Ref. spec Section

15061.

Ftgs; ductile iron per spec Section 15062; ends to match pipe.

Valves:

Gate; Resilient seated. ref. spec Section 15102, with

extension stem and valve box. Coating M-1 per spec Section

09900.

PIPING SYSTEMS




(14" to 48")

Pipe: PVC; per AWWA C905, DR 18. Ref. spec Section 15064.

Conn; Push-on rubber gasket joint. Flanged adapters for

valves.

OR, where indicated on the drawings,

Steel, same as 4” to 12”, Ref. spec Section 15061.

Ftgs; Steel per Section 15061 Steel coating, lining and ends

to match pipe.

Valves: Gate; Resilient seated pipe 16” or smaller, ref. spec Section

15102, with extension stem and valve box

Butterfly; Resilient seated. 18” or larger, ref. spec Section

15103, with extension stem and valve box.

Coating M-1 per spec Section 09900.

Remarks:



2. Irrigation piping shall be per Landscape drawings.

3. All piping shall meet City standards for recycled and reclaimed water.

PIPING SYSTEMS



Piping Symbol/Service: 2W--Nonpotable City Water System--11

Test Requirements:


Pressure: 150 psig




and neoprene binder




(2" and smaller)


Conn; taper threaded, ANSI B1.20.1.


galvanized. Ends to match pipe.



equal.

Swing check; Crane 137, Lunkenheimer 230, or equal.

(2" and smaller)(inside the wet well)

Pipe: Stainless steel; ASTM A312, Schedule 40S. Ref. spec

Section 15067.

Conn; threaded, ANSI B1.20.1.


match pipe.

Valves: Ball or Globe as shown; 316 SS; ends to match pipe.

(2 1/2" thru 8")

Pipe: Steel; ASTM A53, ERW, Grade B, black, no lining. Ref.

spec Section 15061.

Conn; butt weld, grooved mech pipe coupling or flanged.

Ftgs; malleable iron, ductile iron, or steel per spec Section

15061; ends to match pipe.

PIPING SYSTEMS




Valves: Butterfly; ref. spec Section 15103. Substitute Type B on

2-1/2-inch lines.



(See drawings for pipe size and valve type. Omit coating on encased pipe.)

(3" and smaller)


D1785, Sch. 80. Ref. spec Section 15064. Provide magnetic

tracer tape. COLOR SHALL BE PURPLE

Conn; plain end; solvent weld with threaded or flanged

adapters for valves.

Ftgs; PVC, Sch. 80, socket weld.


(4" thru 12")

Pipe:

PVC; per AWWA C900, DR 14. Ref. spec Section 15064.

COLOR SHALL BE PURPLE

Conn; grooved end or restrained push-on rubber gasket joint.

Flanged adapters for valves.

Ftgs; ductile iron per spec Section 15062; coating, lining and

ends to match pipe.

Valves:

Gate; Resilient seated. ref. spec Section 15102, with

extension stem and valve box. Coating M-1 per spec Section

09900.

PIPING SYSTEMS




Remarks:



PIPING SYSTEMS


3.07 PIPING SPECIFICATION SHEETS--PIPESPEC Piping Symbol/Service: RS--Raw Sewage (GRAVITY) System—12A S- Sewer (from Restroom) Test Requirements: 40” and smaller pipe: water, 15043, 15063 & SSPWC 3.06-

1.4. 42” and larger pipe: see Sections 15043, 15059 or 15072 Gasket Requirements: Flange: Compressed gasketing consisting of organic fibers (Kevlar)

and neoprene binder Push-on/Mech Cpl: Nitrile or Neoprene unless otherwise indicated Exposed Pipe and Valves: (See drawings for pipe size, material and valve type) (Same as Buried and Encased) Buried and Encased Pipe and Valves: (See drawings for pipe size and valve type. Omit coating on encased pipe.) Restroom Drainage: Pipe: Cast iron soil pipe (CISP); ASTM A74. Conn; service hub and spigot compression type or hubless

cast iron sanitary system per CISPI 301. Ftgs; CISP, ASTM A74, joint options to match pipe. Valves: None Gravity Sewer: (40” and smaller) Pipe: PVC Gravity Sewer, Ref. spec 15063. Conn; ASTM F477, elastomeric gaskets. Ftgs; fabricated fittings as specified. OR (for the Lift Station discharge only) Pipe: Ductile iron; AWWA C151. Ref. spec Section 15062.

Fusion epoxy lining per spec Section 15061. Conn; flanges, push-on, or mechanical joint as indicated on

the drawings. Ftgs; ductile iron per spec Section 15062; lining and ends to

match pipe. Coat with tape wrap per spec Section 09900 System M-1.

Valves: None.

PIPING SYSTEMS



Piping Symbol/Service: 12A (continued)

(42” and larger) Open-Cut Installation: See System 12A Note 1

Pipe: Fiberglass Reinforced Polymer Mortar Pipe per spec Section

15059.

Conn; ASTM D4161, elastomeric gaskets

Ftgs; FRPM or CCFRPM Tee Base Manholes and fabricated

fittings as specified in the drawings

OR

Pipe Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe, per spec Section

15072.

Conn; ASTM C443 and ASTM D4161, elastomeric gaskets

Ftgs; polymer or concrete manhole as specified in the

drawings;

Valves: None.

Microtunnel Installation:

Pipe: Fiberglass Reinforced Polymer Mortar Pipe per spec Section

15059.

Conn; ASTM D4161, elastomeric gaskets

Ftgs; FRPM or CCFRPM Tee Base Manholes and fabricated

fittings as specified in the drawings

OR

Pipe Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe, per spec Section

15072.

Conn; ASTM C443 and ASTM D4161, elastomeric gaskets

Ftgs; polymer or concrete manhole as specified in the

drawings;

Valves: None.

PIPING SYSTEMS



Piping Symbol/Service: 12A (continued)

NOTE: DESIGN FOR GRAVITY PIPE LARGER THAN 42 INCHES HAS BEEN BASED ON

USING FRPM OR CCFRPM PIPE..

Flow Diversion:

(42”)

Pipe: Reinforced Concrete Pipe, Ref. spec 15056.

Conn; ASTM C443, elastomeric gaskets.

Ftgs; as specified.

PIPING SYSTEMS



Piping Symbol/Service: PD--Pumped Drainage System—12B

RS--Raw Sewage (PRESSURE) (Remark 2)

Test Requirements:


Pressure: 30 psig




and neoprene binder



(See drawings for pipe size, material and valve type)

Force Main Pipe, and Lift Station Pump Suction Pipe:

(2" and smaller)




galvanized.

Valves: Eccentric plug; per spec Section 15110. Install valve with

seat upstream.

Swing check; Lunkenheimer 230, Crane 137, or equal.

(2 1/2" thru 8")

Pipe: Steel; ASTM A53 ERW, Grade B, black, no lining. Ref.

spec Section 15061.

Conn; butt weld, or flanged.

Ftgs; steel per spec Section 15061; ends to match pipe.

Valves: Eccentric plug; per spec Section 15110. Install valve with

seat upstream.


PIPING SYSTEMS



Piping Symbol/Service: 12B (continued)

(10” and larger)

Pipe: Steel; AWWA C200, 1/4 inch thick, with fusion epoxy

lining. Ref. spec Section 15061. See Remarks.

Conn; same as 8 inch. See Remarks.

Ftgs; steel, ASTM A234, or fabricated steel, AWWA C208.

Lining and ends to match pipe.

See Remarks.

Valves: As indicated on the drawings; valve types are not

interchangeable.

Eccentric Plug; per spec Section 15110 with dielectric

isolation.

Ball: per spec Section 15129 with dielectric isolation.


Wastewater Air

Release & Vacuum Valves: per spec Section 15166.

Lift Station Pump Discharge Pipe:

(2 ½" and smaller): Stainless Steel, ASTM A312, Ref. spec Section 15067

Conn; taper threaded

Ftgs; ASTM A403

(3" and larger): Stainless steel; ASTM A778. Schedule 10. Ref. spec Section

15067.

Conn; butt weld or flanged, couplings where indicated.


match pipe.

Valves: As indicated on the drawings; valve types are NOT

interchangeable.

Eccentric Plug; per spec Section 15110 with dielectric

isolation.

Ball: per spec Section 15129 with dielectric isolation.


PIPING SYSTEMS





(See drawings for pipe size and valve type. Omit coating on encased pipe.)

Force Main:

Pipe: HDPE; AWWA C906, Ref. spec Section 15065.

Conn; butt-fusion per ASTM D2657.

Ftgs; Fittings shall conform to the applicable requirements of

AWWA C906 for the joining methods specified in paragraph

15065-3.02 B

OR

(4" and larger where indicated

on drawings near lift station)

Pipe: Ductile iron; AWWA C151. Ref. spec Section 15062.

Ceramic epoxy lined per Section 09900 and Section 15062.

Conn; mechanical joint or push-on rubber gasket joint;

restrained .

Ftgs; ductile iron, per spec Section 15062; coating, lining and

ends to match pipe. Coat with tape wrap per Section 09900

System M-1.

Wall penetration to ground: Steel; same as exposed. Coat with tape wrap per

Section 09900 System M-1.

Valves: Eccentric Plug; per spec Section 15110.

Remarks:



2. System 12B applies to suction and discharge piping for all pumps (even if not under

pressure) and other smaller diameter piping associated with the suction and discharge

piping. In addition to the specified fusion bonded epoxy lining, pump suction piping within

the wet well and at the start of encasement in the wet well wall shall be coated with fusion

bonded epoxy specified in Section 15061. Exterior fusion epoxy coating shall extend into

concrete one inch to ensure corrosion protection. Coating shall be discontinued in most of

the wall to improve bonding between concrete and pipe.

PIPING SYSTEMS




3. Buried and encased couplings shall be fusion epoxy lined and coated per Specification

Section 09961; tape wrap per Section 09900 System M-1.

4. Submerged and encased pump suction piping 10” and larger shall be 3/8-inch thick steel.

PIPING SYSTEMS



Piping Symbol/Service: DSF--Diesel Fuel System--18

VP--Petroleum Vent

Test Requirements:

Medium: Fuel oil; ref. spec paragraph 15050-3.04 E.

Pressure: 150 psig (pressure piping)

5 psig (nonpressure piping)




and neoprene binder



(2" and smaller)

Pipe: Steel; ASTM A106, seamless, Grade B, black, pickled. Ref.

spec Section 15061.

Conn; threaded or socket weld with threaded adapters for

valves.

Ftgs; forged steel, ASTM A105, ANSI B16.11, pressure

Class 3000, pickled.

Double Containment: Required for fill line between fill

station and fuel tank. See spec Section 15073.

Valves: Lubricated plug; cast iron, PTFE coated plug, Nordstrom Fig.

142, Walworth Fig. 1796, or equal.

Lift check; Crane 27TF, Lunkenheimer 231, or equal.

Remarks:

1. The cleaning (pickling) solution used shall comply with Mil-H-13528B. Immediately

following pickling and rinsing procedures, steel pipe and fittings shall be coated inside and

outside with a rust and corrosion preventative system, and the ends sealed to prevent the

entry of dirt.

PIPING SYSTEMS



Piping Symbol/Service: FA--Foul Air System--22

Test Requirements:

Medium: Air; ref. spec paragraph 15050-3.04 B.

Pressure: 3 psig


Gasket Requirements, 16” and smaller:

Flange: Gylon gasketing, Garlock style 3504

Push-on/Mech Cpl: PTFE



(6" and smaller)

Pipe: PVC; ASTM D1784, Class 12454-B, ASTM D2665, Sch.80.

Ref. spec Section 15064.

Conn; plain end, solvent weld.

Ftgs; PVC, socket type, ASTM D2467.

Valves: Ball; PVC Chemtrol Tru Bloc TU Series, Asahi/America

Duo Bloc TU Series, GSR TU Series, or equal, with PTFE

seats and EPDM 0-rings.

(8" and larger) FRP Ductwork; ref. spec Section 13234

Valves: Butterfly; ref. spec Section 15103.

Buried and Encased Pipe and Valves: (See drawings for pipe size and valve type)

Pipe: HDPE; AWWA C906, Ref. spec Section 15065.

Conn; butt-fusion per ASTM D2657.

Ftgs; Fittings shall conform to the applicable requirements of

AWWA C906 for the joining methods specified in paragraph

15065-3.02 B

PIPING SYSTEMS




Valves: None

Remarks: None

PIPING SYSTEMS



Piping Symbol/Service: D—Drain System--24

RWP--Rainwater Pipe

SD--Storm Drain

V--Vent

Test Requirements:

Medium: In accordance with Section 712, Uniform Plumbing Code.

Pressure: In accordance with Section 712, Uniform Plumbing Code.

Duration: In accordance with Section 712, Uniform Plumbing Code.

RCP, 14” and larger: per Section 15056



and neoprene binder

Push-on/Mech Cpl: Nitrile or neoprene


(See drawings for pipe size.)

(3" and smaller)



Ftgs; cast iron, threaded drainage fittings, ASTM A126,

ANSI B16.12, galvanized.

Valves: None

(4" and larger)

Pipe: Ductile iron; AWWA C151. Ref. spec Section 15062.

Conn; flanged or mechanical.

Ftgs; ductile iron, per spec Section 15062; ends to match

pipe.

Valves: None

Buried and Encased Pipe and Valves

(See drawings for pipe size.)

PIPING SYSTEMS




(8" and smaller)

Pipe: PVC; ASTM D1784, Class 12454-B, ASTM D2665, Sch. 40.

Ref. spec Section 15063. Provide magnetic tracer tape.

Conn; plain end, solvent weld.

Ftgs; PVC, socket type, DWV, ASTM D2665.

Valves: None

(10" and 12")

Pipe: PVC; ASTM D3034, SDR 35. Provide magnetic tracer tape.

Conn; Push-on with nitrile gasket.

Ftgs; PVC or IPS cast iron; ends to match pipe.

Valves: None

(14" and larger)

Pipe: Reinforced concrete pipe (RCP); ref. spec Section 15056.

Conn; ASTM C443, rubber gasket type.

Ftgs; concrete manhole and drain inlets as specified on the

drawings.

Valves: None

PIPING SYSTEMS



Piping Symbol/Service: CD—Chemical, Condensate Drain System--25

VC--Chemical Vent

Test Requirements:

Medium: In accordance with Section 712, Uniform Plumbing Code.

Pressure: In accordance with Section 712, Uniform Plumbing Code.

Duration: In accordance with Section 712, Uniform Plumbing Code.


Flange: N/A




(All sizes)

Pipe: PP; ASTM D4101, Sch. 40, flame retardant. Ref. spec

Section 15064.

Conn; ref. spec Section 15064.

Ftgs; PP, socket type coil fused DWV. Ref. spec Section

15064.

Valves: None



Pipe: PP; same as exposed. Provide magnetic tracer tape.

Conn; ref. spec Section 15064.

Ftgs; same as exposed.

Valves: None

Remarks:

PIPING SYSTEMS



Piping Symbol/Service EE--Engine Exhaust System--31

Test Requirements:

Medium: None

Pressure: None

Duration: None


Flange: See Remarks



(See drawings for pipe size)

All Pipe: Carbon Steel; Schedule 40; Type 321 or 316seamless,

welded.

Conn; butt weld, flanged for equipment connections.

Ftgs; ASTM A403, material, thickness, and end connections

to match pipe.

Remarks:

1. Pipe and fittings shall be insulated with Thermo rap, see Section 16232.

2. Flange gasket shall be flat, full-face, graphoil suitable for temperatures to 1200 degrees F.


REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE


SECTION 15056


PART 1--GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies reinforced concrete pipe (RCP), gaskets, and accessories for open cut

installation of storm drains and gravity sewer as specified. This section also contains specifications

for manhole tees/elbows and other specialized pipe sections together with fittings and

appurtenances.

Perform the work specified to provide reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) complete and in place

including miscellaneous fittings and specials required for proper completion of the Work.

RCP for sanitary sewer applications shall be provided with PVC liners for protection

against corrosion. Liners shall be locked into the concrete by means of tee-shaped extensions with

joint overlaps welded, providing a continuous protective barrier against corrosion. Joint overlaps

shall extend a minimum of ½” from the near joint edge and be sealed with a 1” weld strip.

Comply with applicable provisions of the Supplemental Provisions, CMWD Standard

Specifications, and SSPWC except as otherwise shown and specified.

Alternate pipe material designs shall be subject to approval by the CONSTRUCTION

MANAGER prior to procurement of the pipe to be provided by the CONTRACTOR.

B. REQUIREMENTS:

1. DESIGN RESPONSIBILITY: The design and layout of pipe shall meet

the service conditions and the criteria specified in this Section and as shown on the Plans are the

responsibility of the Contractor. This design shall be performed by or under the supervision of a

Professional Engineer licensed by the State of California. The Contractor shall submit design

calculations for pipe reinforcing and wall thickness, class or D-Load demonstrating that the pipe

is capable of sustaining the maximum stresses imposed during installation and service.

The calculations shall take into account dead loads, live loads such as traffic and

railroad, and any other loads which may be reasonably anticipated.

The calculations shall include trench details and materials proposed for bedding

and backfill in accordance with Section 02223 and Section 02200 for review and approval by the

Construction Manager.



C. DEFINITIONS:

1. PIPE JOINT: The area approximately 12 inches each way from the

centerline of the visible gap between pipe lengths.

2. PIPE LENGTH: The pipe between two joints; part of a pipe section.

3. PIPE SECTION: The reach of pipeline between two successive manholes.


A. REFERENCES:

This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section

as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards,

those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event

of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the

requirements of this section shall prevail.










Reference Title

ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete

ASTM C14 Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and

Culvert Pipe

ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregate

ASTM C76 Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe

ASTM C114 Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement

ASTM C139 Concrete Masonry Units for Construction of Catch Basins and

Manholes

ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement

ASTM C289 Test Methods for Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of

Aggregates (Chemical Method)



Reference Title

ASTM C 361 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low-Head

Pressure Pipe

ASTM C443 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using

Rubber Gaskets

ASTM C478 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections

ASTM C497 Testing Concrete Pipe, Sections, or Tile

ASTM C 506

(AASHTO M 206)

Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert,

Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe

ASTM C655 Reinforced Concrete D-Load Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer

Pipe

ASTM C 1433 Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Box

Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers

ASTM D412 Test Method for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic

Rubbers and Thermoplastic Elastomers - Tension

ASTM D471 Test Method for Rubber Property – Effects of Liquid

ASTM D573 Test Method for Rubber – Deterioration in an Air Oven

ASTM D1149 Test Method for Rubber Deterioration - Surface Ozone

Cracking in a Chamber

ASTM D1171 Test Method for Rubber Deterioration - Surface Ozone

Cracking Outdoors or Chamber (Triangular Specimens)

ASTM D2240 Test Method for Rubber Property – Durometer Hardness

AWWA C302 Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe Non-Cylinder Type for


SSPWC Standard Specification for Public Works Construction

“Greenbook”, latest edition.

B. FACTORY INSPECTION AND TESTING:

One percent of the total number of pipes, with a minimum of three pipe lengths, of each

class, size and wall type shall be tested unless otherwise specified. Materials used in the

manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of the applicable

referenced standards.



The CONTRACTOR shall perform said material tests at no additional cost to the OWNER.

The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will witness all testing conducted by the CONTRACTOR;

provided, that the CONTRACTOR's schedule is not delayed for the convenience of the

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. In addition to those tests specifically required, the

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may request additional samples of any material for testing by the

OWNER. The additional samples shall be furnished at no additional cost to the OWNER. The

Construction Manager shall be notified of the place and time of testing 1 week prior to the

commencement of testing.

If any tested pipe should fail, two additional pipes shall be tested. Failure of any of the

additional pipe so tested shall be cause for the rejection of that lot of manufactured pipe.

1. CONCRETE COMPRESSION TESTS: Compression tests shall be as

specified in ASTM C76, Section 11.4.1.

2. D-LOAD TESTS: All pipe shall be subject to a D-Load test at the

manufacturer's plant. Pipe shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C76, Section 11.3 and

ASTM C497. Loads used for testing shall be the load to produce the 0.01-inch crack or the

design test load, whichever is less.

3. HYDROSTATIC TEST: Pipes shall be subjected to a hydrostatic test

made by applying suitable bulkheads at each end of the pipe and filling the pipe with water. At

the CONTRACTOR's option, the pipe may be soaked under reduced pressure prior to application

of the test pressure. The presoaking period shall not exceed 48 hours.

Acceptance hydrostatic tests shall be made at 15 psi internal pressure. The pipe

shall withstand the test pressure prescribed above for at least 20 minutes without cracking and

with no leakage appearing on the exterior surface. Moisture appearing on the surface of the pipe

in the form of damp spots or beads adhering to the surface will not be considered as leakage.

Slow forming beads of water that result in minor dripping which seal and dry up upon retesting

of the individual pipe unit under the prescribed test pressure will be considered acceptable.

Joints shall be subjected to hydrostatic test of the rubber gasket joints in

accordance with ASTM C 361 except that test pressure shall be a minimum of 5 psi.

4. PVC LINER PULL TEST: PVC liner shall be subject to a pull test

performed on a minimum of one lined pipe section for each 500 feet of pipe produced for the

project. The pull test of the liner shall be performed on a 1 inch to 3 inch length of liner. Unless

otherwise directed by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, the location of the tests shall be

within two feet of the end of the pipe which is up during manufacturing, except that a minimum

distance between the test location and the end of the sheet shall be 6 inches. In the event that one

pipe fails to withstand the required test, the manufacturer shall have the right to perform the test

on the liner in two other sections of pipe selected by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER from

the same run as the original test pipe. If these two pipe sections successfully pass the test, the

remainder of the pipe on that run will be accepted. If tests on either of these pipes fail, the

remainder in that run will not be accepted until a pull test of the liner in each of the pipe sections



has satisfactorily passed the test. Locations of the additional pull tests shall be determined by the

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. The liner in the test pipe which passes the pull test may be

repaired by heat fusion welding and shipped to the project site.

The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may require additional pull tests at no

additional cost to Owner if visual inspection reveals bumps or imperfections that may indicate

improper embedment of the liner.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

Submit Manufacturer's fabrication / design drawings. Drawings shall illustrate details of

wall thickness, pipe joint, joint gasket, and reinforcement. Reinforcement details shall include

the type of cage, the location of the cages in the pipe wall, the size and spacing of circumferential

and longitudinal reinforcing steel, and the cross-sectional area of reinforcing steel in each cage

per lineal foot of pipe. The gasket details shall include the diameter of the cross section and the

circumferential length. Submittals shall also include the design pipe size, D-load, cement type,

concrete strength and steel areas, and types and placement of reinforcement.

Layout drawings shall illustrate placement of each pipe length including fittings. Pipe

lengths and joints shall be identified with a numbering system.

A certified affidavit of compliance for all pipe and other products or materials furnished

under this Section, as specified in the reference standards and per Paragraph 1.02. B.

The Contractor shall provide certified copies of laboratory reports from the gasket

supplier indicating conformance with the specified requirements of Section 15075 and this

specification for each shipment of gaskets.

Design Calculations for wall thickness, pipe class and stiffness and product data as

necessary to fully describe all materials, components, and finished products and to show

conformance with the Contract Documents.

Submit PVC liner field joints shop drawings, installation procedures and testing

procedures for spark testing and joint weld testing including PVC liner manufacturer’s product

data.

Submit recommended repair methods and procedures for defects and damage to PVC

liner for RCP, structures and lined manholes including PVC liner manufacturer’s product data.

PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01 CONCRETE MIXES

Concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 76 with the exceptions,

amendments and additions herein:



1. Cement shall be ASTM C150, Type II, and shall not contain more than 0.6

percent total alkali, or the sum of the sodium oxide (NaO,), and potassium

oxide (KO), calculated as sodium oxide (NaO + 0.658KO), determined in

accordance with ASTM C114.

2. Aggregates shall be nonreactive when tested in accordance with ASTM

C289 and evaluated in accordance with Appendix A-1 of ASTM C 33.

Aggregates found to be potentially reactive shall not be allowed unless

approved in writing by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

3. Admixtures shall not be used unless specified or approved by the


4. Minimum 564 pounds of cement per cubic yard of concrete. Provide

maximum 4 inch slump.

2.02 FABRICATION

A. PIPE:

Pipe sections shall be made in normal lengths of at least 8 feet except where shorter

lengths are required to meet special conditions. Shorter lengths shall be used only where shown

on the Plans. To accommodate changes in alignment or curved alignments of the pipeline, pipe

ends may be beveled. Pipe ends shall not be beveled more than 5 degrees.

Pipe shall be vertically cast be in accordance with ASTM C 361 using a wet cast process

utilizing inner and outer forms, vibrated, and steam- or water-cured. Pipe manufactured by the

dry cast method is unacceptable.

Form oils or release agents shall not contain any material or substances as would

penetrate or otherwise retard concrete set at the formed surface. Concrete with a minimum slump

of 2-1/2 inches shall be used for manufacture of the pipe using the vertical cast process.

In no case shall pipe be less than that specified under ASTM C 76 provisions for Class

III, Walls "B", or "C." Wall".

B. REINFORCEMENT:

Minimum protective cover of concrete over the inner reinforcement cage shall be 1¼

inches.

Circumferential reinforcement shall have a minimum cover of 1¼ inch from the inside

surface and shall have a minimum cover of 1 ¼ inch from the outside surface of the pipe except

where additional cover is specified. Conditions permitting less cover shall not apply to the above

case. Reinforcing steel for each length of pipe shall be held in place throughout the casting

operation. Lift holes are not acceptable.



C. JOINTS AND GASKETS:

Joint Design shall include provision for two rubber gaskets for all PVC lined pipe and all

pipe greater than or equal to 42-inches. Include two threaded test ports, with threaded PVC

plugs, one at the top of the pipe and one near the bottom of the pipe, for testing the annular space

between the two rubber gaskets.

Gaskets shall be synthetic rubber containing not less than 50 percent neoprene and shall

comply with the requirements of SSPWC Section 208-3 and ASTM C361.

D. FITTINGS:

Fittings may be fabricated from steel plate cement mortar-lined and coated, or from

mitered end concrete-pipe provided the maximum angle of any miter cut is 15 degrees and the

maximum deflection for a mitered bend shall be 30-degrees. Steel plate fittings shall confirm to

the dimensional requirements of AWWA C208 Table 2. Steel plate shall conform to AWWA

C301. Minimum plate thickness shall be 1/4 inch and shall be designed to limit deflection under

full external design load to one percent of the diameter. Mortar lining thickness shall be a least 1-

1/4 inch and coating thicknesses shall be at least 3/4 inch except outlets less than 10 inches shall

have 3/8 inch thick lining. Cement mortar coating shall be reinforced with 2 by 4 by 13 gauge

galvanized welded wire mesh of the sulfuring type. For noncentrifugally applied coating, the

wire mesh shall be stud-welded to the cylinder. Bell adapters shall be fabricated from steel plate

and shall be accurately dimensioned for a rubber gasket joint. Cement and aggregates for fittings

shall be the same as specified for pipe. The reinforcing steel for mitered end concrete pipe joints

shall be equal or greater than the reinforcing steel for the mitered end concrete pipe.

2.03 PIPE MARKING

Each pipe section shall be identified by indicating the following:

1. Name of manufacturer.

2. Date of manufacture.

3. Inside diameter of pipe, in inches.

4. Length of pipe, in feet.

5. Class of pipe or D-load in pounds/ft./ft.

6. Top of pipe if elliptical reinforcing or partial circumference PVC lining is used.

7. Sequential numbering of each piece of pipe.



2.04 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE LINING

The PVC liner shall extend around 360 degrees around the inside circumference of the

pipe, and shall have the characteristics specified in SECTION 09881. The lining color shall be

white.

Joint and welding strips shall have the same corrosion resistance as the sheet lining

material. The joint and welding strips shall be applied by thermal welding methods in the field

after pipe joint assembly and testing.

The lining shall be supplied as pipe-size sheets, fabricated to specified dimensions by

shop welding extruded sheets together at the lining manufacturer's plant.

For pipe installations placed below ground water levels, an unobstructed weep channel,

transverse to the locking extensions, shall be provided by removing the locking extensions not

less than one inch or more than four inches. Weep channels shall generally be located mid-point

on each pipe length or on eight foot or sixteen foot centers.

Once cast into the concrete of the pipe, the lining shall be permanently and physically

attached to the concrete by the T-Lock mechanism and shall not rely on an adhesive bond unless

otherwise specified at a specific location. The lining shall withstand a 15 pound per square inch

back hydrostatic pressure applied to the under surface of the lining without losing anchorage or

without rupture or leakage.

2.05 PIPE ACCEPTANCE AND REPAIRS

Provided pipe shall be subject to inspection and approval by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. Pipe shall be substantially free of fractures and surface roughness. Permissible variations for internal diameter, wall thickness, length of two opposite sides, length of pipe, position of reinforcement shall be within the limits given in SECTION 12 of ASTM C76. In addition, the pipe shall be subject to rejection due to the following:

1. Any shattering or flaking of concrete or other conditions indicating an

improper concrete mix or molding.

2. Any exposed reinforcing steel or voids around the reinforcing steel.

3. Defects (voids, rock pockets, honeycombing, bug holes, etc.) in the pipe

wall, bell, or spigot that cannot be corrected by patching with approved

method and materials.

4. Bell or spigot dimensional irregularities that cannot be corrected by

grinding and/or patching with epoxy mortar. Field grinding or patching

shall not be acceptable.

5. PVC lining that is not securely embedded into the concrete.



6. Improperly cured pipe.

Pipe may be repaired if made necessary due to occasional imperfections in manufacture or damage during handling. All defect identified during manufacture shall be repaired at the manufacturing facility. It will be considered acceptable if, in the opinion of the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, the repairs are sound and properly finished and cured, and the repaired pipe conforms to the requirements of the Specifications.

Repairs shall provide an interior pipe surface free from honeycombing or roughness and presents a finished, smooth, uniform, continuous surface."

Any breaks or defects in the gasket bearing area of either the bell or spigot shall not extend over more than 24 inches or 10 percent, whichever is smaller, of the circumference of the pipe. If the accumulated damage exceeds this requirement and, in the opinion of the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, the damage is detrimental to the use of the pipe, it will be rejected."

2.06 PIPE SYSTEM TESTING MATERIALS

Pressure testing equipment materials shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR subject to

the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER's review. No materials shall be used which would be injurious

to the public, personnel, adjacent improvements, nor the pipeline structure and future function.

Pressure test gages shall be laboratory-calibrated test gages and shall be recalibrated by a certified

laboratory at the CONTRACTOR's expense prior to the leakage test.

PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Deliver RCP with manufacturer information clearly stenciled on each pipe segment.

Provide safe storage location for the RCP that supports the pipe barrel and prevents any loading of the pipe bell.

Protect the RCP spigot and bell from impacts during movement and storage.

All RCP shall be handled with a pipe sling or strap that makes contact at two locations on a pipe segment.

3.02 PIPE INSTALLATION

A. GENERAL

Reinforced concrete pipe shall be installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's

recommendations and in accordance with the requirements of SSPWC Subsection 306-1.2 and

Section 02223. The interior of the pipeline shall be cleaned as the work progresses.



Excavation: Bell holes shall be excavated at each joint to provide full length barrel

support of the pipe and to prevent point loading at the bells or couplings.

Pipe bedding or trench subgrade beneath the pipe shall be compacted and graded to

provide a uniform and continuous support beneath the pipe at all points between the bell holes or

pipe joints.

Unless otherwise required, all pipe shall be laid straight between the changes in

alignment and at uniform grade between changes in grade. Pipes installed in straight lines or

grades shall have a uniform end gap all around the pipe joint. CONTRACTOR shall lay the pipe

with the bell end of the pipe facing upstream. Pipe laying shall proceed in the upstream

direction.

For standard and beveled pipe lengths where it is necessary to deflect the pipe joint to achieve the required line or grade, the amount of joint "pull" shall not exceed 50 percent of the pipe manufacturer's recommendation.

3.03 LINE AND GRADE

The line and grade of any one pipe shall not deviate more than that specified in the

following table. The allowable deviation is not cumulative.

Pipe length, feet

Maximum deviation per

pipe length, feet

8 0.06

10 0.09

12 0.11

16 0.14

Check the vertical and horizontal alignment of each pipe segment during installation. This

checking shall be performed by CONTRACTOR's senior field personnel other than the installation

crewmembers.

3.04. JOINTING:

A. GENERAL:

Care shall be taken to avoid dragging the spigot on the ground or allowing it to be

damaged by contact with gravel, crushed stone, or other hard objects.

Assembled pipe joints shall be kept in compression until the placement of the initial

backfill is complete.



B. MATING SURFACES:

Joint mating surfaces shall be cleaned immediately prior to jointing.

C. NEOPRENE GASKET PIPE JOINTS:

After the subgrade has been prepared as specified, the rubber gaskets shall be placed in

the grooves on the spigot, and the spigot end of the pipe then entered into the bell of the

adjoining pipe and pushed into position. Care shall be taken to avoid twisting or cutting the

gaskets when jointing the pipe. The inside surface of the bell, the gasket grooves and the gaskets

shall be lubricated immediately prior to jointing with a compound recommended by the

Manufacturer which will facilitate the telescoping of the joint.

D. CHECKING OF PIPE JOINTS:

For pipe 42-inches inside diameter and larger, each pipe joint shall be inspected by

CONTRACTOR from the inside of the installed piece of pipe before the next piece of pipe is

connected. The inspection shall include the checking of proper joint gaps and gasket placement,

and damaged or chipped joints. The Contractor shall verify the vertical and horizontal alignment

of the pipeline during installation by comparing the width of gaps at the top, springline and

bottom of each joint. Gaps exceeding manufacturer's maximum allowable limits and/or with

potentially rolled or pinched gaskets and/or with top and bottom gaps of different widths shall be

corrected before the next piece of pipe is installed. Presence of misplaced gaskets shall be

checked by use of a feeler gage inserted into the pipe joint. If a pipe section which has been

previously installed is moved or dislodged in the process of installing the next pipe section, those

pipe joints which have been previously checked and which may have been affected by the

moving or dislodging shall be rechecked. In addition, at the completion of each pipe installation

day, the CONTRACTOR shall again inspect the inside of the pipeline installed that day for

potential problems that may have developed since the individual joint inspections. All excessive

gaps and potential problems that may affect the passing of the leakage test shall be corrected by

CONTRACTOR before any more pipes are installed.

3.05 PVC LINING

Polyvinyl Chloride Lining System shall be provided in accordance with the requirements

of SECTION 09881, Plastic Lining for Structures. PVC liner shall be applied at field joints after

pipe joint assembly and testing.

3.06 FIELD TESTING AND INSPECTION

A. GENERAL:

Leakage tests shall be completed after pipelines have been cleaned of obstructions and

inspected by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. Leakage testing for PVC-lined pipe shall be

performed prior to installation of PVC strips at each pipe joint.



All pipes shall be tested both prior to and after backfilling. All leakage tests shall be

completed and approved prior to placing of backfill and/or permanent resurfacing. All testing

operations shall be performed in the presence of the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

When leakage exceeds the amount allowed by the Specifications, the CONTRACTOR, at

no additional cost to the OWNER, shall locate the leaks, submit a repair procedure(s) for the

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER's review and approval, and make the necessary repairs or

replacements to reduce the leakage to the specified limits. All proposed repair procedures shall

be accompanied by a letter from the pipe manufacturer confirming that the procedure is

acceptable to them. Any individually detectable leaks shall be repaired, regardless of the results

of the tests. Pipe joint leakage repair solely with cement grout shall not be permitted. Pipes and

joints shall be tested and retested at no additional cost to the OWNER until accepted by the

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to

conduct the tests and repairs and to perform any and all work incidental thereto. The pressure

gages supplied by the CONTRACTOR shall be of a type, calibration, and accuracy acceptable to

the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may request a

certification of the gages by a reliable testing firm, as necessary, and may compare these gages

with an OWNER-owned gage at any time.

If water is used for cleaning or testing, release of water after testing has been completed

shall be performed in accordance with applicable permits. CONTRACTOR will be responsible for

proper treatment and disposal of water released.

B. SECTION LEAKAGE TEST:

The CONTRACTOR shall submit a section testing procedure and equipment for the

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’s review and approval prior to testing.

Each section of pipeline shall be tested by closing the lower end of the pipe to be tested and

the inlet pipe of the upper manhole with stoppers and then filling the pipe and manhole with water

to a level 5 feet above the crown of the open pipe in the upper manhole or, if groundwater is present,

6 feet above the section's average adjacent groundwater level. The line shall be filled at least 1 hour

prior to testing and shall be tested for 6 hours minimum, maintaining the specified head by

measured additions of water. The sum of these additions shall be the measured leakage for the test

period. The allowable leakage shall not exceed 0.05 gallon per hour per inch of diameter per 100

feet of pipe being tested.

C. JOINT LEAKAGE TEST:

The CONTRACTOR shall submit a joint testing procedure and equipment for the

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’s review and approval prior to testing.

For pipes 42 inches in diameter and larger, the CONTRACTOR may test each individual

pipe joint for leakage with portable bulkheads or other testing apparatus as an alternative to testing



each section. Each joint shall be tested as an integral unit. The test pressure shall be equivalent to

the head of water specified for the section leakage test. The allowable leakage shall be the same as

that specified for the pipeline section leakage test. The Contractor shall record the test pressure,

time under pressure, and actual leakage of each joint tested.

D. VISUAL INSPECTION:

The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and/or his authorized representative will perform a

visual inspection of the pipe and liner upon substantial completion of the work. The

CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER to arrange for a

compatible time to conduct the inspection. Defects discovered by the inspection shall be corrected at

no additional cost to the OWNER. The pipeline shall then be reinspected to confirm satisfactory

correction of all defects previously identified.

E. PVC LINING INSPECTION:

After the lining has been installed and welded, all surfaces covered with lining, including

welds, shall be spark tested in accordance with Section 09881 with an approved electrical hole

detector (Tinker & Rasor Model No. AP-W with power pack) with the instrument set at 20,000

volts minimum.

All joint welds shall be physically tested as specified herein and in accordance with the

manufacturer’s recommendations as reviewed and accepted by the Construction Manager.

Holes in the liner revealed by the electrical hole detector and/or defective joint welds shall

be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations as reviewed and accepted by

the Construction Manager.

3.05 PIPELINE ACCEPTANCE

A. PIPE INSTALLATION QUALITY CONTROL:

1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY: The CONSTRUCTION

MANAGER may participate in any or all of the alignment checks or interior pipe inspections.

The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’s inspection, if implemented, will be for general

compliance only and will not relieve the CONTRACTOR from being fully responsible for the

overall installation quality including the proper alignment, grades, and the passing of the

specified leakage test. CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary access and safety equipment

to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER to facilitate said inspections. The CONTRACTOR shall

provide adequate allowance in its schedule for the inspections and quality controls specified

above in addition to those as may be specified elsewhere or required by the CONTRACTOR’s

standard procedures and/or recommended by the pipe manufacturer. The CONTRACTOR shall

also provide adequate allowance in its schedule for the possible removal and reinstallation of

pipes in order to meet the specified requirements, all at no additional cost/time to the OWNER.



The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER reserves the right to reject the repairing of

pipe joints needed to pass the specified leakage test. Such repairs may be allowed only at the

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’s discretion, and may require the installation of exterior

concrete collars designed for leakage and settlement in addition to interior repairs, or other

approved equivalent repair methods to ensure the integrity of the pipeline for the full design life,

at no additional cost to the OWNER. Repair of chipped joints, if approved by CONSTRUCTION

MANAGER, shall be made after the passing of the specified leakage test, as approved by

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. All proposed repair procedures shall be accompanied by a

letter from the pipe manufacturer confirming that the procedure is also acceptable to them.

**END OF SECTION**

COPPER TUBING, BRASS

AND BRONZE PIPE FITTINGS


SECTION 15057

COPPER TUBING, BRASS AND BRONZE PIPE FITTINGS

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials and installation of copper tubing, brass and bronze pipe

fittings and appurtenances.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and

are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest

edition of said standards unless otherwise called for.

Reference Title

ANSI B1.20.1 Pipe Treads, General Purpose

ANSI B16.18 Case Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

CMWD Standard Drawings.

Specification Sections 09900, 15041, 15044, 15062, and 15064.

1.04 SERVICE LATERAL WET TAP CONNECTIONS (NOT USED)

1.05 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION (NOT USED)

1.06 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape shall be used for all copper tubing, except that which is

bored or jacked, in accordance with Section 15050.

PART 2 -- MATERIALS

2.01 COPPER TUBING

Copper tubing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88 Type K or ASTM B 88

M (Metric) Type A seamless copper water tube. Copper tubing up to 1” diameter shall be soft;




2” may be soft or rigid. Components shall be selected from the Approved Materials List in

accordance with the Standard Drawings.

2.02 BRASS PIPE, NIPPLES, AND FITTINGS

Threaded nipples, brass pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM B 43, regular wall

thickness. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1. Fittings shall be flared or silver soldered pr

CMWD Standard Drawings W3 and W4.

2.03 BRONZE APPURTENANCES

Corporation stops, curb stops, meter and angle meter stops, meter flange adapters, and

bronze-bodied service saddles shall be selected from the Approved Materials List in accordance

with the Standard Drawings.

Fittings shall be flared type or silver soldered.

All items specified herein shall be manufactured of bronze conforming to ASTM B 62.

Service saddles shall be the double strap type. Service saddles shall be used on all

service and appurtenance connections on PVC piping. For piping materials other than PVC,

service and appurtenance connections shall be performed in accordance with the Approved

Drawings.

2.04 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES

Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section 05500 and the City of Carlsbad

Approved Materials List.


Warning/Identification Tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15050 and

shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 COPPER TUBING AND FITTINGS

Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compacting shall be performed in accordance with

CMWD Standard Drawings. Provide a minimum cover of 30” below finished street grade.

Cut tubing true and square and remove burrs.

Bends in soft copper tubing shall be long sweep. Shape bends with shaping tools. Form

bends without flattening, buckling, or thinning the tubing wall at any point.




Assemble copper tubing and fittings per the manufacturer’s recommendation in

accordance with the Standard Drawings.

Install warning/identification tape in accordance with Section 15050 and the Standard

Drawings.

All fittings shall be soldered or flared as shown on the City of Carlsbad Approved Plans

and Standard Drawings.

3.02 SERVICE SADDLES

Service saddles shall be located a minimum of 24” from any pipe joint or fittings.

Service saddles for connections shall be located a minimum of 24” from other saddles.

Additionally, multiple service saddles for connections that are installed on the same side of a

single pipe length shall be alternately staggered between 10o and 30o to prevent a weak plane in

the pipe.

The surface of the pipe shall be clean and all loose material shall be removed to provide a

hard, clean surface.

The service saddle shall be tightened in accordance with the manufacturer’s

recommendations to ensure a tight seal, using care to prevent damage or distortion of the service

saddle or corporation stop due to over-tightening.

The tap into the pipe shall be made in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s

recommendation. Tapping tools and shell cutters with internal teeth or double slots that will

retain the coupon shall be used.

3.03 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING

Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in accordance with

Section 15041.

3.04 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15044.






FRP MORTAR PIPE


SECTION 15059

FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYMER MORTAR PIPE

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

Perform the work specified to provide fiberglass reinforced polymer mortar pipe

complete and in place including miscellaneous fittings and specials required for proper

completion of the Work.

At the Contractor’s preference, fiberglass pipe may be centrifugally cast or filament

wound as specified herein. At the contractor’s preference, alternate pipe materials may be

provided where not otherwise specified. Alternate materials may include steel reinforced

polymer concrete pipe (polymer) per Section 15072 for open cut and micro-tunneling

installations or PVC lined concrete reinforced pipe per Section 15056 for open cut installations.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the design the provided pipe per the design

requirements and criteria listed herein. Contractor shall submit design calculation prepared,

signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of California and verified by

the manufacturer.

B. REQUIREMENT:

1. The furnished pipe shall have a minimum internal diameter of 52.5-inch

for nominal 54-inch diameter pipe.

2. Fiberglass pipe shall be provided by open cut (direct buried or cut and

cover), above ground (bridge), and microtunnel installation. Pipe shall be

provided in accordance with the performance, quality control and quality

assurance requirements of SSPWC (Greenbook), latest edition, Section

207-20 and Section 207-22 as modified herein and as specified herein.

3. Design Responsibility: The design and layout of pipe, manholes and

fittings shall meet the service conditions and the criteria specified in this

Section and as shown on the Plans are the responsibility of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall submit design calculations for wall thickness and

pipe stiffness class demonstrating that the pipe is capable of sustaining the

maximum stresses to be imposed during installation and service.

a. The calculations shall take into account ground loads, live loads,

jacking forces, estimated pipe string compression, eccentric forces

FRP MORTAR PIPE


due to steering (0.5 degree joint deflection), external loads such as

traffic and railroad, and any other loads which may be reasonably

anticipated.

b. The factor of safety and allowable jacking capacities shall be

shown and described. The allowable safe jacking capacity of the

pipe shall be 3.0 times greater than the maximum jacking forces

which may be imposed on the pipe by the microtunneling process

of installation as identified by theoretical calculations.

Maximum jacking loads applied to the pipe cylinder shall be

determined at the minimum wall thickness where the cross section

has been reduced.

c. Separate submittals shall be provided for microtunnel, above

ground (bridge), and open cut installation methods. Pipe shall be

designed and calculations provided in accordance with the

minimum parameters and requirements specified herein.

d. The calculations shall include trench details and materials

proposed for bedding and backfill in accordance with Section

02223 and Section 02200 for review and approval by the


e. The calculations shall include pipe expansion and contraction

resulting from varying atmospheric temperatures, as well as lateral

/ vertical bridge displacements. The calculations shall include

expansion joint design to accommodate thermal and bridge / pipe

displacements.

g. Exposed pipe provided for the Schedule A, Bridge crossing shall

be provided with a dark brown exterior to match the color of the

finished bridge structure. Coloration of the exterior shall be

achieved by introducing color into the exterior coat resin. Gel coats

applied to the exterior of the pipe shall not be used. The Contractor

shall be responsible to coordinate exterior color of pipe and bridge

and submit color samples for review.

C. DEFINITIONS:

1. CCFRPM: Centrifugally cast fiberglass reinforced polymer mortar pipe

2. FRP: Filament Wound fiberglass reinforced polymer mortar pipe.

3. PIPE JOINT: The area at centerline of the visible gap between pipe

lengths that are coupled together with a fiberglass sleeve coupling.

FRP MORTAR PIPE


4. PIPE LENGTH: The pipe between two joints; part of a pipe section.

5. PIPE SECTION: The reach of pipeline between two successive manholes.


A. REFERENCES:















Reference Title

ASTM D 2412 Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading

Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading.

ASTM D 3262 Standard Specification for “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-

Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Sewer Pipe.

ASTM D3567

Standard practice for Determining Dimensions of “Fiberglass”

(Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe and

Fittings

ASTM D3681

Test Method for Chemical Resistance of “Fiberglass” (Glass-

Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe in a Deflected

Condition

ASTM D3754 Test Method for Chemical Resistance of “Fiberglass” (Glass-

Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Sewer and Industrial

Pressure Pipe

ASTM D3839 Standard Guide for Underground Installation of “Fiberglass”

(Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe

ASTM D 4161

Standard Specification for “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-

Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible

Elastomeric Seals.

FRP MORTAR PIPE


Reference Title

ASTM F 447 Standard Specifications for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for

Joining Plastic Pipe.

ISO 9001 Total Quality Control Management System

SSPWC Standard Specification for Public Works Construction

“Greenbook”.

A. MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS

Manufacturer shall maintain a continuous Quality Control Program and shall provide the

Construction Manager with certified test reports.

Manufacturer shall provide ISO 9001 certificate by a third party confirming that all

ASTM Test reports are valid and up to date at the time of bid and fabrication of the furnished

product.

The manufacturer of pipe and fittings must demonstrate 10 consecutive years of

experience in producing similar type products of successful history of production for sewer

service in the United States with a minimum of 500,000 linear feet of pipe installed in similar or

larger diameters and provide upon request, references for a minimum 10 open-cut, 10 carrier

tunnel and 10 microtunnel projects with 48-inch and larger pipe sizes, demonstrating the

successful installation, grouting and joint integrity of the pipe design.

Pipe and fittings shall be the product of one manufacturer. All pipe shall be manufactured

specifically for this project. No pipe shall be furnished from stock unless approved by the


B. QUALIFICATION TESTING

Contractor shall submit a manufacturer’s affidavit that all provided materials have been

tested and meet or exceed the performance requirements of ASTM D2412, ASTM D3262,

ASTM D4161 and ASTM D3681 when tested using 1N sulfuric acid and SSPWC Section 207-

20.5.

The Contractor, at their expense, shall furnish certified test data as required by the Owner

to demonstrate compliance with specified performance requirements including but not limited to

quality control, quality assurance, strength, chemical and abrasion resistance, dimensional

tolerance, and suitability such that furnished pipe fulfill its specified function. Tests and testing

methods shall be subject to review and acceptance by the Owner.

The Owner or their designated representative shall be entitled to inspect pipes or witness

pipe fabrication and material testing at the manufacturer’s facilities at no additional cost to the

Owner. Such inspection shall in no way relieve the manufacturer of the responsibilities to

provide products that comply with the applicable standards and these Specifications. The

Contractor shall provide the Owner’s Representative with four (4) weeks’ notice of the start of

fabrication of pipe to be furnished.

FRP MORTAR PIPE


The Contractor shall include in their Bid, the cost for two (2) Owner or their designated

representatives to visit and inspect the pipe manufacturer’s facilities.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall submit the following in compliance with the General Conditions and

Section 01300.

A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit the following:

1. Detailed drawings of the pipe, gaskets, joints, expansion joints, pipe

special sections and connections. Detailed drawings shall provide

dimensions of pipes including inside diameter and wall thicknesses and

details of pipe joints and gaskets with test reports on the properties of the

gasket material.

2. Pipe-laying diagrams showing the location, length, strength designation,

and number or marking designation of each pipe section, manhole, and

fitting to be furnished. The station and elevation of the pipe invert at all

changes in grade and all data on curves and bends for both horizontal and

vertical alignment shall also be shown. Include the following information:

a. Quantities and laying lengths of each piece.

b. Invert stations with respect to the Project baseline.

c. Invert grade with respect to horizontal between each change of

grade.

d. Invert elevations referenced to Project vertical datum at each

change in horizontal geometry and vertical grade.

e. Maximum allowable joint deflections for each type of joint to

nearest 1/8 inch; top or bottom, left or right.

B. MARKING SCHEDULE: Marks to be used on the finished products to identify

pipes, specials and accessories shown on shop drawings and laying schedules.

Coordinate identification of each piece with shop drawings, product data, and

marking schedule. Design Calculations for wall thickness, pipe class and stiffness

and product data as necessary to fully describe all materials, components, and

finished products and to show conformance with the Contract Documents.

C. Pipe joint test procedures describing method of joint testing.

D. Manufacturer’s certificate of compliance with the requirements per Paragraph

1.02.B of this Section.

FRP MORTAR PIPE


E. Manufacturers Certificate of Compliance stating pipe and fittings provided are in

accordance with the requirements of this Section and referenced Standards for

each size of pipe and fittings used. Provide certified test results upon request.

F. Provide an affidavit of compliance for the provided gasket that it is suitable for

use in sanitary sewer systems, manufactured in accordance with ASTM D4161

and meets the minimum requirements of ASTM F477. Provide certified test

results upon request per Section 15075.

G. Manufacturer instructions on storage, handling, transportation, and installation.

H. Design calculations and manufacturer’s statement verifying calculations.

I. Color samples for bridge and exposed pipe demonstrating compliance with

paragraph 1.01-B.1.g.

1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall design and prepare lay drawings of the pipe to meet the service

conditions of the installation such as imposed jacking forces/microtunneling, and criteria as

specified.

A. DESIGN CRITERIA:

Minimum criteria for design of piping systems shall include the following:

1. Service Conditions:

a. Liquid Service: Sewage.

b. Flow Conditions: Low Head Pressure Flow.

2. External loads imposed on pipelines include earth load, live load, and

forces imposed on the pipe by the Contractor’s means and methods.

Minimum values shall be as follows:

a. Depth of cover shall be as shown.

b. Minimum earth load for design of pipe shall be a unit weight of

soil of 130 pounds per cubic foot.

c. Native soil conditions as provided by Geotechnical Investigations.

d. Under Roadways: AASHTO H20 truck loading with earth cover.

FRP MORTAR PIPE


e. Under Railroads and within Railroad Right-of-Way: Cooper E80

live loading with earth cover.

f. Hydrostatic loading shall assume groundwater to existing grade.

3. Long term creep properties of resin system

4. Pipe expansion, including thermal, and as resulting from pipe / bridge

connection.

5. Installation methods shall be as shown on the Drawings. The design shall

take into account, jacking forces, estimated pipe string compression,

eccentric forces due to steering (0.5 degree joint deflection), and any other

installation forces or loads which may be reasonably anticipated

6. Axial and circumferential strength dependent upon the configuration of

fiberglass reinforcement shall be accounted for in determining pipe

capacity to withstand loading conditions. Strength derived from

circumferential filament winding shall not be included in compressive

strength calculations.

7. Interior surface liner shall not be used in structural calculations.

1.05 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE

Handle all pipe, fittings, and appurtenances carefully with proper handling devices: web

slings, padded slings and clean, padded forks in accordance with manufacturer’s

recommendations.

Store pipe, fittings and appurtenances on heavy wood blocking or platforms so they are

not in contact with the ground.

Materials cracked, gouged, chipped, dented or otherwise damaged will not be accepted.

Minor defects in the pipe or coatings may be repaired at the site by a method approved by the

manufacturer and the Engineer. Damaged pipe, fittings and appurtenances shall be repaired or

replaced at Contractor’s expense.

1.06 PIPE SCHEDULE

A. SCHEDULE A:

SHEETSHEETSHEETSHEET FROM FROM FROM FROM

STATIONSTATIONSTATIONSTATION TO TO TO TO

STATIONSTATIONSTATIONSTATION PIPE DIA PIPE DIA PIPE DIA PIPE DIA

(IN)(IN)(IN)(IN) HORIZ HORIZ HORIZ HORIZ

LENGTH (FT)LENGTH (FT)LENGTH (FT)LENGTH (FT) PIPE PIPE PIPE PIPE

MATERIALMATERIALMATERIALMATERIAL INSTALLATIONINSTALLATIONINSTALLATIONINSTALLATION

C2 1+03.00 1+10.00 54 7.00 CCFRPM or

FRP Open Cut/Embankment

C2 1+10.00 4+09.13 54 299.13 CCFRPM or


C2 4+09.13 6+15.99 54 206.86 CCFRPM or


FRP MORTAR PIPE





(IN)(IN)(IN)(IN) HORIZ HORIZ HORIZ HORIZ

LENGTH (FT)LENGTH (FT)LENGTH (FT)LENGTH (FT) PIPE PIPE PIPE PIPE

MATERIALMATERIALMATERIALMATERIAL INSTALLATIONINSTALLATIONINSTALLATIONINSTALLATION

C2 6+15.99 8+06.06 54 190.07 CCFRPM or


C2/C3 8+06.06 9+57.10 54 151.04 CCFRPM or


C3 9+57.10 11+02.78 54 145.69 CCFRPM or FRP ONLY

Above Grade (Bridge)***

C3 11+02.78 13+28.03 54 225.25 CCFRPM or

FRP ONLY

Open Cut/Embankment

C3 13+28.03 13+43.03 54 15.00 CCFRPM or FRP

Open Cut/Embankment

C3 13+28.03 RT 0.00

13+28.03 RT 50.92

42 51.24 CCFRPM or FRP OR RCP

Open Cut/Embankment

Alternate materials shall not be allowed between STA 9+57.10 to STA 13+28.03. 54-inch

Trunk Sewer shall be CCFRPM or FRP only.

B. SCHEDULE B:




(IN)(IN)(IN)(IN)

HORIZ HORIZ HORIZ HORIZ LENGTH LENGTH LENGTH LENGTH

(FT)(FT)(FT)(FT)

PIPE PIPE PIPE PIPE MATERIALMATERIALMATERIALMATERIAL

INSTALLATION

C-504 1+00.00 2+02.00 54 102.00 CCFRPM or FRP

Embankment

C-504 2+37.00 2+74.98 54 37.98 CCFRPM or

FRP

Embankment

C-504 2+74.98 3+38.61 54 108.63 CCFRPM or

FRP Embankment

C-504 1+00.00 2+70.00 42 170.00 CCFRPM or

FRP Embankment

C-504 2+70.00 3+94.17 42 116.44 CCFRPM or

FRP Embankment

C. SCHEDULE C:




(IN)(IN)(IN)(IN)


(FT)(FT)(FT)(FT)


INSTALLATIONINSTALLATIONINSTALLATIONINSTALLATION

C-1 01+02.22 01+04.51 60/48 - CCFRPM or

FRP OPEN CUT

C-1 01+04.51 01+59.13 54 54.62 CCFRPM or

FRP OPEN CUT

C-1 01+59.13 07+11.95 54 552.81 CCFRPM or

FRP MICROTUNNEL

C-1/C-2 07+11.95 09+11.94 54 200.00 CCFRPM or FRP ONLY

MICROTUNNEL

C-2 09+11.94 13+87.54 54 475.60 CCFRPM or

FRP MICROTUNNEL

C-2 13+87.54 16+14.67 54 227.13 CCFRPM or

FRP MICROTUNNEL

C-2 16+14.67 16+63.00 54 48.33 CCFRPM or

FRP MICROTUNNEL

C-2/C-3 16+63.00 21+43.00 54 480.00 CCFRPM or

FRP MICROTUNNEL

C-3/C-4 21+43.00 27+23.00 54 580.00 CCFRPM or MICROTUNNEL

FRP MORTAR PIPE





(IN)(IN)(IN)(IN)


(FT)(FT)(FT)(FT)


INSTALLATIONINSTALLATIONINSTALLATIONINSTALLATION

FRP C-4 27+23.00 33+13.00 54 590.00 CCFRPM or

FRP MICROTUNNEL

C-4/C-5 33+13.00 38+33.00 54 520.00 CCFRPM or FRP

MICROTUNNEL

C-5/C6 38+33.00 45+80.00 54 747.00 CCFRPM or FRP

OPEN CUT OR MICROTUNNEL

C-6 45+80.00 53+08.43 54 728.43 CCFRPM or FRP

OPEN CUT OR MICROTUNNEL

C-6/C-7 53+08.43 57+28.32 54 419.89 CCFRPM or FRP

OPEN CUT

C-7 57+28.32 61+82.87 54 454.55 CCFRPM or FRP

OPEN CUT

C-7/C-8 61+82.87 68+97.00 54 714.13 CCFRPM or FRP

OPEN CUT

D. SCHEDULE D: (NOT USED)

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. RESIN SYSTEMS:

The manufacturer shall use US made polyester resin systems with a proven history of

performance in sanitary sewer applications. The historical data shall have been acquired from a

composite material of similar construction and composition as the proposed product.

Polyester wall resin shall be an isophthalic, orthophththalic or other approved resin with a

minimum tensile elongation of 2 percent. A vinyl ester liner shall be provided to meet chemical

resistance requirements.

B. GLASS REINFORCEMENTS:

The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components shall be commercial

grade E-type glass fibers with a size and finish compatible with the resin provided.

C. AGGREGATE:

Silica sand shall be minimum 98% silica with a maximum moisture content of 0.2% per

ASTM D3262. Sand shall conform to ASTM C33, excluding gradation requirements.

D. ADDITIVES:

Resin additives, such as curing agents, pigments, dyes, fillers, thixotropic agents, etc.,

when used, shall not detrimentally effect the performance of the product.

FRP MORTAR PIPE


E. ELASTOMERIC GASKETS:

Gaskets shall be EPDM elastomeric sealing gaskets in accordance with ASTM F477

supplied by approved gasket manufacturers. Gaskets shall meet the performance requirements

ASTM D4161 and the chemical composition of the gasket shall be compatible with the type of

environment to which it will be subjected.

2.02 MANUFACTURE

A. PIPE:

Pipe shall be centrifugally cast fiberglass-reinforced mortar pipe (CCFRPM) per ASTM

D3262, Cell Class Type 1, Liner 2, Grade 3 or filament wound (FRP) per ASTM D3262 Cell

Class Type 1, Liner 1, Grade 1. Pipe Stiffness Class shall be D or higher as required for

installation and service conditions. Pipe for trenchless construction shall also conform with

manufacturing and testing requirements of ASTM D2412.

The resins, reinforcements, colorants, and other materials, when combined as a composite

structure shall produce a pipe that meets the performance requirements for ASTM D3262 and a

dense, non-porous, corrosion-resistant, consistent composite structure.

1. Diameters:

a. The actual outside diameter of the pipes shall be in accordance

with ASTM D3262.

2. Lengths:

a. Pipe shall be supplied in nominal lengths. At least 90% of the total

footage of each size and class of pipe, excluding special order

length sections. Nominal lengths shall be as follows:

a. Direct Bury: 20 feet except as otherwise specified or

required for bends or special joints, with the minimum

length of 5 feet .

b. Microtunnel: 6, 10, or 20 feet. Actual laying length shall be

nominal +/- ½ inch.

c. Above Ground (Bridge): 10 feet except as otherwise or

required for expansion joints, with the minimum length of 5

feet.

3. Wall thickness and Weight: Minimum pipe stiffness and the wall

thickness of pipes when tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 shall be

per the following table:

FRP MORTAR PIPE


Nominal Dia &

Installation

Pressure (psi)

Minimum

Wall Thickness

(in)

Pipe OD

(in)

54” Direct Buried Class D - SN 72 psi 1.21 57.1 ±

0.010”

60” Direct Buried Class D - SN 72 psi 1.33 62.9 ±

0.010”

54” Microtunneling Pipe SN 140 psi 2.10 57.1 ±

0.010”

54” Above Ground

(Bridge) Class D - SN 72 psi 1.21

57.1 ±

0.010”

The minimum pipe stiffness and wall thickness of pipes shall be increased as

required to reflect loads and stresses on the pipe due to jacking installation

requirements. The minimum wall thickness, measured at the bottom of the spigot

gasket groove where the wall cross-section has been reduced, is determined from

the maximum jacking load.

4. Tolerances: Microtunnel pipe shall meet minimum tolerances for

straightness, roundness and end squareness in accordance with SSPWC

Section 207-22.3.3.

5. A minimum compressive strength of 10,000 psi per ASTM C579.

6. The interior surface shall provide chemical, crack and abrasion resistance

and shall be a minimum 20 mil resin rich layer.

7. The exterior surface shall be a minimum 20 mil thick silica sand resin

mixture over all reinforcement. The surface layer shall contain sufficient

UV inhibitor to protect the underlying resin from UV degradation.

8. Where reinforcement is provided within the interior or exterior surface, a

resin rich non-reinforced layer a minimum of 5 mils thick shall be

provided.

B. JOINTS:

Unless otherwise indicated, joints shall be axially unrestrained bell-and-spigot/flush bell

and spigot gasket joints including couplings using flexible elastomeric seals to obtain soundness

and shall conform to ASTM D4161. The pipe joint shall also be rated to 100 psi external

pressure for zero infiltration service. Third party test report, confirming the external pressure

rating, shall be submitted to the owner.

The joint may be bell-and-spigot or coupling joint with the gasket placed in the bell in

circumferential compression or the gasket may be placed on the spigot in circumferential tension.

When the joint is assembled, the gasket shall be compressed to substantially fill the groove and

FRP MORTAR PIPE


affect a watertight seal. FRP sliplining and Jacking joints/couplings shall be flush with the pipe

barrel within -0.0” and +0.150” tolerances.

Type Joint

54” Direct Buried Bell and Spigot or FWC Coupling or equal

60” Direct Buried Bell and Spigot or FWC Coupling or equal

54” Microtunneling Pipe Flush Bell and Spigot Jacking joints/couplings

54” Above Grade (Bridge) FWC Coupling or equal

Joint assemblies shall be so formed and accurately manufactured that when the pipes are

drawn together; the pipe shall form a continuous watertight conduit with smooth and uniform

interior surface, and shall provide for slight movements of any pipe in the pipeline due to

expansion, contraction, settlement, or lateral displacement. Shape and dimensions of the joint

shall be such that it will be self-centering upon closure, and so designed that the gasket will not

be required to support the weight of the pipe. Rubber gasket shall be the sole element of the joint

depended upon to provide water-tightness. Ends of the pipe shall be in planes at right angles to

the longitudinal centerline of the pipe. Ends of the pipe units shall be finished to regular smooth

surfaces.

Gasket material shall be EPDM and meet the performance requirements of ASTM D4161

and the chemical composition of the gasket shall be compatible for sanitary sewer service. The

direct buried pipe couplings shall utilizes a fiberglass composite outer ring with full face double

fin inner gasket, which is mechanically locked into the coupling to ensure rapid and error free

zero leak installation, FWC by HOBAS or equal

Gaskets shall be formulated by:

1. Polymer & Rubber (USA),

2. Or approved equal

C. FITTINGS:

Fittings shall be manufactured from mitered sections of fiberglass pipe.

D. PIPE MARKINGS:

Pipe markings shall be in accordance with SSPWC Sections 207-20.6 unless specified

otherwise. Plainly mark the exterior of each length of straight pipe and each fitting to identify

the pipe diameter, the design pressure class, the pipe stiffness, ASTM designation, the date of

manufacture, and the name and location of the pipe manufacturer. The maximum allowable

JACKING LOAD SHALL ALSO BE INDICATED FOR MICROTUNNEL PIPE.

E. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:

FRP MORTAR PIPE


Provide one of the following:

1. CCFRPM - Hobas Pipe USA, Inc.

2. FRP - Thompson Pipe Group, Flowtite,

3. Or approved equal

2.03 CHEMICAL TESTING AND PHYSICAL TESTING

A. CHEMICAL TESTING:

Chemical resistance of the inner liner shall be demonstrated with a minimal loss of tensile

or impact strength after four months continuous immersion for the following solutions: 20%

sulfuric acid, 1% ferric chloride, 1% nitric acid, 0.1% soap, 0.1% commercial detergent as linear

alkyl benzyl sulfonate, and 700 ppm biological oxygen demand (BOD) or acidity range of

1<pH<9. When tested per ASTM D3681 using 1 pH sulfuric acid, the pipe shall demonstrate a

minimum strain level of 0.9% for 100 year service life at 5% deflection. .

B. PHYSICAL TESTING:

Pipes shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with ASTM D3262. The

manufacturing process shall result in a dense, non-porous, corrosion-resistant, consistent

composite structure.

2.04 APPURTENANCES

A. FITTINGS:

Flanges, elbows, reducers, tees, wyes, laterals and other fittings shall be capable of

withstanding all operating conditions when installed.

2.05 TRUNK SEWER MANHOLES

Fiberglass tee base and one piece fiberglass riser manholes equal to the provided

fiberglass cylinder pipe shall be provided as specified. .

The tee base connections to the trunk sewer pipe and riser section shall be push-on,

gasket-sealed FWC couplings or equal as recommended by the manufacturer for the installation

and service conditions.

Fully concrete encase the tee base as specified. The concrete encasement shall be

designed to support riser loads and traffic loading and extend past the first coupling/joint.

2.06 PIPE CONNECTIONS TO CAST-IN-PLACE AND PRECAST STRUCTURES

Connections shall be Kor-n-Seal, Press-Seal, or approved equal:

1. Watertight, flexible expandable boot per ASTM C-923,

FRP MORTAR PIPE


2. Watertight non-metalic, nonshrink Type V grout and hydrophilic Nitrile

waterstop gasket in accordance with ASTM C-923

B. Hardware shall be 300 series stainless steel. Gaskets shall be natural or synthetic

rubber. No plastic components shall be permitted.

C. Pipe manufacturer’s wall fitting at the Bridge wall abutment (Schedule A) and

Lift Station and the Grinding Facility (Schedule B) shall be cast into wall. Wall

fittings shall be FWC coupling wall fitting per HOBAS or approved equal.


3.01 GENERAL

A. INSPECTION:

Inspect each pipe prior to installation. The pipe shall be free of cracks, crazing, holes,

delamination, foreign inclusions, air bubbles, blisters, or other deleterious defects. Field repair of

pipe or linings damaged by unloading or installation procedures will be permitted, subject to

review of the proposed repair procedures by the OWNER. Alternatively, replace the defective

pipe or fitting or field cut to remove the damaged portion of pipe. Pipe intended for tunneling

shall not be field cut, except to connect to direct-burial pipe.

B. INSTALLATION:

The installation of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM D3839, Section

02223, the manufacturer's recommendations, and as specified.

1. When installing piping in trenches, do not deviate more than 1 inch from

line or ¼ inch from grade. Measure for grade at the pipe invert.

2. Do not deflect rubber gasket joints more than the manufacturer's

recommended maximum joint deflection angle.

3. Carefully clean pipe end and gasket prior to insertion into the coupling.

Apply soap solution approved by the pipe manufacturer immediately prior

to joining the pipes. Check completed joint with feeler gauge to make sure

the gasket is completely seated around the circumference of the pipe.

4. Protect pipe integrity for all installation methods and phases of

construction. This includes, but is not limited to safe handling, utilization

of Manufacturer approved installation procedures, and proper protection

and installation methods during trenchless installation, as required by

specification section 02345, including but not limited to, use of packer

rings at the joints to distribute jacking loads.

FRP MORTAR PIPE


C. PIPE HANDLING:

Use textile slings, other suitable materials or a forklift. Use of chains or cables shall not

be permitted.

D. JOINING:

Clean ends of pipe and joint components.

Apply joint lubricant to the bell interior surface and the elastomeric seals. Use only

lubricants approved by the pipe manufacturer.

Use suitable equipment and end protection to push the pipes together.

Do not exceed forces recommended by the manufacturer for jointing or pushing pipe.

3.02 PIPELINE ACCEPTANCE AND TESTS

A. DEFLECTION TESTING:

Pipe deflection shall be tested after backfill is complete. Pipe initial vertical cross-section

deflection shall not exceed 3% of the original pipe diameter. Provide inspection data to


B. AIR PRESSURE TEST:

The air test shall comply with SSPWC Subsection 306-1.4.4. Joints may be air tested

individually with the use of specialized equipment provided the joint testing procedure is

submitted for the Construction Manager’s review prior to testing (see 3.2C). Prior to each test,

the pipe at the joint shall be wetted with water. The maximum test pressure shall be 3.0 psi. The

maximum allowable pressure drop shall be 1.0 psi over a 30-second test period. Not more than

one (1 ) joint shall be air tested at any one time.

C. JOINT PRESSURE TESTING:

Pressure test each pipe joint using portable pipe joint tester prior to backfilling or

grouting. Repair joint leaks which do not meet the leakage criteria.

Pipe Joint tester shall meet the following criteria:

1. Pressure cylinder which fits inside pipe, straddles pipe joint and isolates

and pressurizes a section of pipe.

2. Elastomeric sealing elements encircle the joint tester body so that when

inflated or deformed they affect a seal between the joint tester body and

the interior surface of the pipe. Sealing elements shall be designed to

resist test pressure at an inflation pressure that does not exceed capacity of

pipe.

FRP MORTAR PIPE


3. Data plate: References pipe diameter, rated test pressure, inflation pressure

and any torque requirements for threaded fasteners.

Acceptable manufacturer:

1. Mechanical Research & Design, Inc.

2. Lansas Products.

3. Approved equal.


STEEL PIPE


SECTION 15061

STEEL PIPE

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A: SCOPE

Furnish and install steel pipe, fittings, specials and closure pieces as specified and shown

on Drawings.

B. DEFINITIONS

SPECIALS: A special is defined as any piece of pipe other than a normal full length of

straight pipe. This includes, but is not limited to, elbows, short pieces, reducers, tees, crosses,

spools, sections with outlets, beveled sections and access holes.


A. REFERENCES:















STEEL PIPE


Reference Title

ANSI B16.3 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 150 and 300

ANSI B16.9 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings

ANSI B16.11 Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded

ASTM A36/A36M Structural Steel

ASTM A47 Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings

ASTM A53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded

and Seamless

ASTM A105/A105M Forgings, Carbon Steel, for Piping Components

ASTM A106 REV A Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service

ASTM A197 Cupola Malleable Iron

ASTM A234/A234M Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for

Moderate and Elevated Temperatures

ASTM A283/A283M

REV A

Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel

Plates, Shapes and Bars


ASTM A570/A570M Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip, Structural

Quality

ASTM A572/A572M

REV B

High Strength Low Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steels of

Structural Quality

AWWA C200 Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches and Larger

AWWA C205 Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel

Water Pipe--4 In. and Larger-- Shop Applied


AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Services--Sizes 4 In.

Through 144 In.

AWWA C208 Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings

AWWA C209 Cold-Applied Tape Coating for Special Sections,

Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines

AWWA C210 Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and

Exterior of Steel Water Pipe

AWWA C213 Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior

of Steel Water Pipelines

AWWA C214 Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water

Pipelines

STEEL PIPE


Reference Title


Appurtenances

AWWA M11 Steel Pipe--A Guide for Design and Installation

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code

SSPC-SP10 Near-White Blast Cleaning

B. TESTING:

Factory testing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A53, ASTM A106, or

AWWA C200 as applicable.

In addition to the shop hydrostatic testing performed on pipe cylinders required per

AWWA C200, all welds of specials and attachments (for example, joint rings, nozzles, and

supports) shall be tested by a dye-penetrant process. Certification of such testing shall be

submitted to the Construction Manager.

Field welders shall be certified under Section IX, Part A of the ASME Boiler and

Pressure Vessel Code or in accordance with AWWA C206, Section 3. Welders shall present a

copy of their certification to the Construction Manager prior to performing any field welding.

Certifications shall be dated within three (3) years of the job to be performed.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPE MATERIALS

Steel pipe and fittings shall be provided in accordance with ASTM A53, ASTM A106, or

AWWA C200 as specified in Section 15050, Piping Systems.

Steel for pipe fabricated to meet requirements of AWWA C200 shall conform to the

requirements of ASTM A36, ASTM A572, Grade 42, ASTM A570, Grades 33 and 36, or ASTM

A283, Grade D. Steel for ASTM A53 and ASTM A106 pipe shall be Grade B.

2.02 PIPE MANUFACTURE

Unless otherwise specified, ASTM A53 pipe shall be Type E, electric resistance welded

or Type S, seamless pipe as specified in Section 15050. The minimum wall thickness for ASTM

A53 or ASTM A106 pipe shall be Schedule 40 for pipe 10 inch diameter and less and 3/8 inch

for pipe 12 inch through 24 inch diameter. Increased shell thickness shall be provided where

specified.

STEEL PIPE


AWWA C200 pipe shall be straight or spiral seam. The minimum wall thickness shall be

7 gage for pipe 6 inch through 8”, 3/8” for pipe 10” through 24 inch diameter and 1/4 inch for

pipe 26 inch diameter and larger. Increased shell thickness shall be provided where specified or

required for operating conditions or installation methods.

Specials shall be fabricated from materials or straight pipe in full conformance with the

requirements of AWWA C200, and the dimensions of ANSI/AWWA C208. All fittings and

specials shall be properly reinforced to withstand the internal pressure, with circumferential and

longitudinal, or external loading conditions, whichever is greater. The minimum thickness of

plate for pipe from which specials are to be fabricated shall be the thickness of adjacent mainline

pipe or as specified, whichever is greater.

A. STEEL PIPE SCHEDULES:

Design Responsibility: The design and layout of pipe shall meet the service conditions

and the criteria specified in this Section and as shown on the Plans are the responsibility of the

Contractor. This design shall be performed by or under the supervision of a Professional

Engineer licensed by the State of California. Pipe and specials shall have the following minimum

wall thicknesses in accordance with AWWA Manual M-11 based on ASTM A106, grade B steel

pipe. The Contractor shall submit design calculations for steel pipe and specials with steel

properties and wall thickness demonstrating that the pipe is capable of sustaining the maximum

stresses to be imposed during installation and service.

1. SCHEDULE B: Thickness and test pressures are identified on the

drawings and in specification Section 15050.

2. SCHEDULE C: Unless otherwise specified, 10 inch nominal diameter

cylinder pipe and fittings (specials) for potable water transmission mains shall be cement mortar

lined and tape wrapped and cement coated steel pipe in accordance with AWWA C200, AWWA

C205 and CWMD standards.

3. SCHEDULE D: Unless otherwise specified, 18 inch nominal diameter

cylinder pipe and fittings (specials) for recycled water transmission mains shall be cement mortar

lined and tape wrapped and cement mortar coated. Tape wrap shall be in accordance with Section

09870 The piping system shall conform with the following:

a. Working Pressure 175 psig

b. Surge Pressure 235 psig

c. Maximum deflection in installed

condition, percent of the average

inside diameter of the pipe 3.0

STEEL PIPE


Fabricated

Pipe

Nominal Pipe

Size

(inches)

Steel

Cylinder

O.D.

(inches)

Steel

Cylinder

Wall

Thickness

(inches)

Steel Cylinder 12 12.750 0.1345

Steel Cylinder 18 19.781 0.1345

Steel Specials 18 19.781 0.1850

2.03 CONNECTIONS

Connections shall be as specified in Section 15050 and shall conform to Section 15085.

Coating for buried connections shall be as specified in paragraph 15085-2.06.

Flanged coupling adapters shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations. Bolts shall be tightened with a torque wrench in the presence of the

Construction Manager to the torque recommended by the manufacturer.

Flanged connections shall be installed with bolt holes shall straddle the horizontal and

vertical centerlines, bolts and nuts lubricated with an approved anti-seize compound. Slip-on

type flanges intended for field fit-up and welding shall be welded inside and outside in

accordance with AWWA C207.

2.04 FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES

Malleable iron threaded fittings and appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of

ASTM A47 or ASTM A197, ANSI B16.3.

Unless otherwise specified, steel fittings and appurtenances shall conform to the

requirements of ASTM A234, ASTM A105, or ANSI B16.11; and fabricated steel fittings and

appurtenances shall conform to AWWA C208.

Fittings for grooved end piping systems shall be full flow cast fittings, steel fittings, or

segmentally welded fittings with grooves or shoulders designed to accept grooved end couplings.

Cast fittings shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536 or malleable iron

conforming to ASTM A47. Standard steel fittings, including large size elbows, shall be forged

steel conforming to ASTM A106. Standard segmentally welded fittings shall be fabricated of

Schedule 40 carbon steel pipe.

Unless otherwise specified, all fittings shall be rated for pressure and loadings equal to

the pipe.

STEEL PIPE


2.05 PIPE LINING

A. EPOXY:

Unless otherwise specified, pipe and fittings shall be lined with a liquid epoxy as

specified in AWWA C210 with the following exceptions:

1. No coal tar products shall be incorporated in the liquid epoxy.

2. The curing agent may be an amidoamine as well as the other curing agents

listed in AWWA C210.

The lining shall be applied to a minimum thickness of 16 mils in not less than two coats.

B. CEMENT MORTAR:

Where specified, pipe and fittings shall be lined with cement mortar as specified in

AWWA C205. Fittings and specials larger than 24 inches, not fabricated from centrifugally

lined straight sections, shall require 2-inch by 4-inch by 13-gage self-furring wire mesh

reinforcement for hand-applied lining.

C. HIGH TEMPERATURE SERVICE EPOXY:

Where specified, steel pipe and fittings shall be epoxy lined with not less than 10 mils of

epoxy suitable for temperatures of 225 degrees F. Epoxy lining shall be 3M Scotchkote 306,

Porter MCR 65 High Solids Epoxy, or equal. Surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with

SSPC-SP 10 Near White Blast Cleaning, and the lining applied as recommended by the

manufacturer.

D. GLASS LINING:

Where specified, pipe and fittings shall be glass lined with a dual layer coating system of

vitreous material to a minimum thickness of 10 mils. Glass lining shall provide continuous

coverage as tested by a low voltage holiday detector with only isolated voids permitted due to

casting anomalies. Voids, other than isolated pinholes, shall be cause for rejection.

Pipe and fittings shall have all internal welds ground smooth and any voids or slag holes

ground out, rewelded and ground smooth.

Glass lining shall be Ferrock MEH-32, Vitco SG-14, or equal.

STEEL PIPE


2.06 PIPE COATING

A. EPOXY:

Unless otherwise specified, pipe and fittings shall be coated with a liquid epoxy as

specified in AWWA C210 with the following exceptions:

1. No coal tar products shall be incorporated in the liquid epoxy.

2. The curing agent may be an amidoamine as well as the other curing agents

listed in AWWA C210.

The coating shall be applied to a minimum thickness of 16 mils in not less than two coats.

B. POLYETHYLENE TAPE:

Where specified, pipe and fittings shall be coated and wrapped with prefabricated

multilayer cold applied polyethylene tape coating in accordance with Section 09870. The total

coating thickness shall be not less than 50 mils for pipe 24 inches and smaller and not less than

80 mils for pipe 26 inches and larger.

2.07 FUSION EPOXY COATING AND LINING

Where specified, steel pipe and fittings shall be fusion epoxy coated and lined. The

fusion epoxy coating shall be 3M Scotchkote 203, or equal. Surface preparation shall be in

accordance with SSPC-SP 10 Near White Blast Cleaning. The application method shall be by

the fluidized bed method and shall attain 12 mils minimum dry film thickness.

Field welds, connections and otherwise damaged areas shall be coated and patched

according to the manufacturer's instructions with 3M Scotchkote 306.

2.08 JOINT GASKETS

Joint gaskets shall be as specified in Section 15075.

2.09 PRODUCT DATA

The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

1. Affidavits of Compliance with AWWA C200, ASTM A53, or ASTM

A106 as applicable.

2. Contractor's layout drawings as specified in paragraph 15050-2.04.

Layout Drawings shall be submitted and approved prior to manufacture of

pipe. The layout schedule shall indicate the order of installation, the

length and location of each pipe section and special, the station and

STEEL PIPE


elevation of the pipe invert at all changes in grade, and all data on curves

and bends for both horizontal and vertical alignment.

3. The Contractor shall provide certified copies of laboratory reports from his

gasket supplier indicating conformance with the specified requirements of

Section 15075 and this specification for each shipment of gaskets.

2.10 IDENTIFICATION/WARNING TAPE

Magnetic Tape and warning identification tape shall be in accordance with Section

15050.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. GENERAL:

Pipe shall be installed in accordance with AWWA M11, Chapter 16. Welded joints shall

be in accordance with AWWA C206 and Section 15085.

Sleeve-type mechanical pipe couplings shall be provided in accordance with AWWA

M11 and paragraph 15085-2.02 A.

Pipe lining and coatings at field joints shall be applied as specified in paragraphs

15061-2.05 and 2.06.

Unless otherwise specified, buried mechanical couplings and valves shall be field coated

as specified in paragraph 15085-2.06.

B. ANCHORAGE:

Anchorage shall be provided as specified. Calculations and drawings for proposed

alternative anchorage shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300.

3.02 TESTING

Hydrostatic testing shall be in accordance with Section 15050.

3.03 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING

Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in accordance with

Section 15050 and Section 15041.


DUCTILE IRON PIPE


SECTION 15062

DUCTILE IRON PIPE

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies ductile iron pipe, ductile fittings and gaskets.

B. DEFINITION:

Where cast iron pipe is specified, the term and symbol shall mean ductile iron pipe.

1.02 REFERENCES















Reference Title

ANSI A21.14 Ductile-Iron Fittings 3 In. Through 24 In., for Gas

ANSI A21.52 Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, in Metal Molds or Sand

Lined Molds for Gas

ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125, 250,

and 800


ASTM A716 Ductile-Iron Culvert Pipe

ASTM C150 Portland Cement

DUCTILE IRON PIPE


Reference Title

AWWA C104

(ANSI A21.4)

Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile- Iron and Gray-Iron Pipe and

Fittings for Water

AWWA C110

(ANSI A21.10)

Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In., for


AWWA C111

(ANSI A21.11)

Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile- Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure

Pipe and Fittings

AWWA C115

(ANSI A21.15)

Flanged Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pipe With Threaded

Flanges

AWWA C150

(ANSI A21.50)

Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe

AWWA C151

(ANSI A21.51)

Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, in Metal Molds or Sand-

Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids

AWWA C153

(ANSI A21.53)

Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 In. Through 12 In. for Water

and Other Liquids


Appurtenances

AWWA C606 Grooved and Shouldered Type Joints

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

Pipe design, materials and manufacture shall comply with the following documents:

Item Document

Thickness design AWWA C150

Manufacturing requirements

Water or other liquid AWWA C151

Gas ANSI A21.52

Gravity service pipe ASTM A716

Joints

Rubber gasket AWWA C111

Threaded flange AWWA C115

Fittings

Water or other liquid AWWA C110/AWWA C153

DUCTILE IRON PIPE


Item Document

Gas ANSI A21.14

Cement mortar lining AWWA C104

2.02 PIPE

Unless otherwise specified, ductile iron pipe shall be Class 50 and have nominal laying

lengths of 18 or 20 feet. For grooved-end pipe, wall thickness shall be minimum Class 53 except

where the specified pressure requires heavier pipe.

2.03 GASKETS

Unless otherwise specified, gasket stock shall be a synthetic rubber compound in which

the elastomer is nitrile or neoprene. The compound shall contain not less than 50 percent by

volume nitrile or neoprene and shall be free from factice, reclaimed rubber and other deleterious

substances. Gaskets shall, in addition, comply with AWWA C111 for push-on and mechanical

joints and with AWWA C606 for grooved end joints.

2.04 FITTINGS

Unless otherwise specified, fittings shall conform to AWWA C110. Ends shall be

flanged, restrained mechanical joint, restrained push-on, or grooved to suit the conditions

specified. The AWWA C153 compact ductile iron fittings in sizes 3 through 24 inches are an

acceptable substitute for standard fittings unless otherwise specified. Long-radius elbows shall

be provided where specified. Grooved end fittings shall comply with paragraph 15050-1.02 B.

2.05 JOINTS

A. UNRESTRAINED JOINTS:

1. PUSH-ON JOINTS: Unrestrained joints, where specified, shall be the

rubber ring compression, push-on type joint suitable for buried service. Unrestrained joints shall

be the Fastite Joint as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, the Tyton Joint as

manufactured by U.S. Pipe, or equal. This joint is not permitted on fittings or specials, unless

otherwise specified. Unless otherwise specified, joints shall have an allowable deflection up to

5 degrees at specified pressures. Joint assembly and field cut joints shall be made in strict

conformance with AWWA C600 and manufacturer's recommendations.

2. MECHANICAL JOINTS: Where specified, mechanical joints for above

or below ground service shall meet the requirements of ANSI/AWWA A21.10/C110 and

ANSI/AWWA A21.11/C111. Gaskets and bolts and nuts shall comply with paragraphs 15062-

2.03 and 2.05 D, respectively.

DUCTILE IRON PIPE


B. RESTRAINED JOINTS:

1. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, restrained joints are required for

all exposed and buried piping. Unless otherwise specified, restrained joints shall be flanged or

grooved end for exposed service and restrained push-on for buried service.

2. PUSH-ON JOINTS: Restrained push-on joints shall be as specified in

paragraph 15062-2.05 A.1., modified for restraint. Joints shall be the Flex-Ring or Lok-Ring

Joint as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, TR Flex Joint as manufactured by

US Pipe, or equal. Restrained joints shall be capable of being deflected after full assembly.

Joint assembly shall be in strict conformance with AWWA C600 and manufacturer's

recommendations. No field cuts of restrained pipe are permitted without prior approval of the


3. FLANGE ASSEMBLIES: Unless otherwise specified, flanges shall be

ductile iron and shall be threaded-on flanges conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21.15/C115 or cast-

on flanges conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21.10/C110. Flanges shall be adequate for 250 psi

working pressure. Bolt circle and bolt holes shall match those of ANSI B16.1, Class 125 flanges

and ANSI B16.5, Class 150 flanges. Where specified, flanges shall be threaded-on or cast-on

flanges conforming to ANSI B16.1, Class 250.

Unless otherwise specified, bolts and nuts for flange assemblies shall conform

with paragraph 15085-2.01 C. Gaskets shall be as specified in paragraph 15085-2.01 B.

4. MECHANICAL JOINTS: Where specified, restrained mechanical joints

shall be the positive restraint type. Mechanical joints with retainer glands are not acceptable.

Locked mechanical hydrant tees, bends and adapters are an acceptable substitute

for anchoring fire hydrants and valves to the pipe main.

C. BALL AND SOCKET FLEXIBLE JOINT PIPE:

Ball and socket flexible joint pipe shall be the boltless type and shall allow a maximum

joint deflection of 15 degrees. Each joint shall be provided with a retainer lock to prevent

rotation after assembly. Joints shall be the Flex-Lok Joint as manufactured by American Cast

Iron Pipe Company, USIflex as manufactured by U.S. Pipe, FJRestraint as manufactured by

Romac, or equal.

D. BOLTS AND NUTS:

Corrosion-resistant bolts and nuts for use with ductile iron joints shall be high-strength,

low-alloy steel as specified in ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.

DUCTILE IRON PIPE


2.06 PIPE COATING

Unless otherwise specified, pipe and fittings shall be coated with asphaltic material as

specified in AWWA C151.

2.07 PIPE LINING

A. ASPHALTIC LINING:

Unless otherwise specified, pipe and fittings shall be lined with asphaltic material as

specified in AWWA C151.

B. CEMENT MORTAR LINING:

Where specified, interior surfaces of pipe and fittings shall be cement mortar lined in

accordance with AWWA C104. Cement shall be ASTM C150, Type II or V, low alkali,

containing less than 0.60 percent alkalies.

C. CERAMIC EPOXY LINING:

Where indicated on the drawings, pipe and fitting shall be epoxy lined.

2.08 PRODUCT DATA

The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300

1. Shop drawings.

2. Alignment drawings.

3. Certifications specified in the following documents:

a. ANSI A21.14, paragraph 14-4.2

b. ANSI A21.52, paragraph 52-4.2

c. ASTM A716, paragraph 4.2

d. AWWA C110, paragraph 10-5.3

e. AWWA C111, paragraph 11-7.1

f. AWWA C115, paragraph 15-4.2

g. AWWA C151, paragraph 51-5.2

h. AWWA C153, paragraph 53-6.3

i. AWWA C606, paragraph 4.1.1.1

DUCTILE IRON PIPE


PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. GENERAL:

Piping runs specified on the drawings shall be followed as closely as possible. Proposed

deviations shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300.

Pipe shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C600.

Connections to existing structures and manholes shall be made so that the finished work

will conform as nearly as practicable to the requirements specified for the new manholes,

including necessary concrete work, cutting and shaping. Concrete mortar shaping within any

structure and manhole shall be as specified.

All buried pipe shall be plastic wrapped and taped per Section 09900.

B. INSULATING SECTIONS:

Where a metallic nonferrous pipe or appurtenance is connected to ferrous pipe or

appurtenance, an insulating section shall be provided as specified in paragraph 15085-3.05.

C. ANCHORAGE:

Anchorage shall be provided as specified. Calculations and drawings for proposed

alternative anchorage shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300.

3.02 ACCEPTANCE TESTING

Hydrostatic pressure tests shall be conducted in accordance with Section 15050.

The Contractor shall conduct the tests in the presence of the Construction Manager.


PVC GRAVITY SEWER PIPE


SECTION 15063

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SEWER PIPE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section designates the requirements for the manufacture and installation of polyvinyl

chloride (PVC) gravity sewer pipe to be furnished and installed to the lines and grades specified.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and services to

provide a complete, in-place PVC gravity sewer.


A. REFERENCES:

This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as

specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those

documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of

conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of

this section shall prevail.

Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the

time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there

were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references

to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that

organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was

discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents

shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document

has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced.

Reference Title

ASTM D2321 Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe

ASTM D2412 Pipe Stiffness Test

ASTM D3034 PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings (4" to 15")

ASTM D3212 Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipe Using Elastomeric Seals

ASTM F477 Elastomeric Gaskets for Joining Plastic Pipe

ASTM F679 PVC Large Diameter Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings (18" to 27")

UNI-B-5 Uni Bell Recommended Practice for the Installation of PVC Sewer

Pipe



1.03 SUBMITTALS

Submittals in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 01300:

1. Lay drawings for each pipeline to be constructed including pipe layout diagrams

and manufacturer’s catalog data with sufficient detail to show compliance with

specified requirements. This shall include, but is not be limited to, the following

items:

a. Piping layouts. Drawings shall illustrate pipe lengths, wall thickness,

pipe class, and standard dimension ratios (SDR).

b. Submit design calculations for PVC pipe substantiating suitability of

pipe for design loads.

c. Submit cut sheets showing stationing, invert elevations, ground

elevations, and cuts every 25 feet or at connection points to manhole and

structures. Surveying shall be performed and signed by a licensed

Professional Land Surveyor of the State of Utah.

d. Submit material lists, manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts and other

information for pipe, fittings, pipe joints, joint gasket (size and shape),

tapping, locations, and related appurtenances.

e. Show service lateral locations and submit service lateral connection

detail.

f. Submit pipe-to-manhole connection detail.

2. Submit an affidavit from the pipe manufacturer including compliance with

requirements of the Plans and Specifications shall be delivered with the pipe.

3. Pipe shall be manufactured within 18-month period prior to installation. Pipe

shall be date coded by manufacturer. Provide ENGINEER with manufacturer's

code.


The manufacturer of each shipment of pipe shall be required to supply a statement certifying

that each lot or load of pipe has been subjected to the tests specified for PVC gravity sewer pipe. Tests

shall show that the pipe has been found to meet all the requirements of ASTM D3034, F679, and/or

F794 as applicable.

Sewer pipe shall be furnished in standard 14’ or 20’ lengths, unless otherwise detailed or

required. Random lengths may be furnished but shall not exceed 15% of the total footage.



PVC pipe and couplings shall bear indelible identification markings as required by ASTM

D3034, F679 and/or F794 and as follows:

1. All pipe, fittings, and couplings shall be clearly marked at an interval not to

exceed 5’ as follows:

a. Nominal pipe diameter.

b. PVC cell classification.

c. Company, plant, date of manufacture, ASTM and SDR designation.

Fittings and couplings do not require the SDR designation.

d. Service designation or legend.

2. All pipe shall have home marks on the spigot ends to indicate proper penetration

when joints are made.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

PVC pipe shall be stored in suppliers’ yards and on the job site in accordance with AWWA

M23 and the manufacturer’s recommendations. PVC pipe that has been subjected to excessive

ultraviolet radiation from the sun shall not be used. The determination as to the acceptability of PVC

pipe faded by the sun’s radiation shall rest solely with the Construction Manager.

Store PVC pipe by supporting the pipe uniformly per AWWA M23. Do not stack pipe higher

than 4’ or stack the pipe with weight on the bell ends. Cover stored PVC pipe to protect it from the

sun’s ultraviolet radiation. Any pipe that has been contaminated with any petroleum products (inside

or outside) shall not be installed.

Pipe and fittings shall be handled according to manufacturer’s recommendations. Proper care

shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving, and placing the pipe. All pipe, fittings, and other

pipeline materials shall be lowered into the trench in a manner that prevents damage. Pipe shall not be

dropped, dragged or handled in a manner that will cause bruises, cracks, or other damage. PVC pipe or

fittings that have been gouged or scratched shall be subject to rejection as determined by the


PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.01 GENERAL

PVC gravity sewer pipe shall be made of PVC plastic having a cell classification of 12454-B,

as defined in ASTM D1784. The fittings shall be made of PVC plastic having a cell classification of

12454-B as defined in ASTM D1784.



2.02 PIPE

PVC gravity sewer pipe, fittings, coupling and joints, 4-inch through 15-inch, shall be

manufactured in conformance with the requirements of ASTM D3034, minimum SDR 35 and shall

have gasketed joints. All pipe shall be of solid wall construction with smooth interior and exterior

surfaces.

PVC gravity sewer pipe, fittings, coupling and joints, 18-inch through 21-inch, shall be

manufactured in conformance with the requirements of ASTM F679 with T-1 wall thickness and shall

have gasketed joints. All pipe shall be of solid wall construction with smooth interior and exterior

surfaces.

The minimum pipe stiffness for both small diameter and large diameter PVC gravity sewer pipe

shall be 46 psi according to ASTM D2412.

Pipe shall be furnished by a single pipe Manufacturer, or equal

1. North American Pipe Corporation,

2. J-M Manufacturing, Co.

3. Certainteed Corp.

4. Diamond Plastics

2.03 JOINTS

The pipe shall be jointed with an integral bell gasketed joint that meets the requirements of

ASTM D3212. The gasket shall be manufactured from a synthetic elastomer and factory installed in

the belled end of the pipe. Gasket shall be neoprene unless otherwise specified and gaskets shall

conform to ASTM F477.

All pipe shall have a homemark on the spigot end to indicate proper penetration when the joint

is made. The socket and spigot configurations for fittings and couplings shall be compatible to those

used for the pipe.

2.04 DESIGN CRITERIA

Obtain the following information from the Drawings:

1. Elevation of the pipe invert and of the completed ground.

2. Alignment of the pipeline.

3. Nominal pipe diameter.

4. Minimum design pipe stiffness.

Submit calculations substantiating suitability of provided pipe for installation conditions sealed

by a sealed by Licensed Professional Engineer of the State of California.



2.05 DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPE

PVC material for drain waste and vent (DWV) pipe and fittings shall conform to Class 12454

B, ASTM D1784. Pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM D2665. Unless otherwise specified,

connections shall be solvent weld. Connections to traps, closet flanges, and nonplastic pipe shall be

with approved adapter type fittings designed for intended use. Solvent weld cement for socket

connections shall meet requirements of ASTM D2564.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, close the ends of the pipe with a

tight-fitting, vermin-proof and child-proof, cap or plug. Do not permit trench water or debris to enter

the pipe. The Contractor shall maintain the interior of the pipe in a sanitary condition free from foreign

materials.

Where pipe sections less than standard pipe lengths are required, the pipe sections shall be

installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation guide and shall only be used with the

approval of the Construction Manager. The minimum pipe length permitted is 5’ when used to connect

to manholes and cleanouts. The minimum pipe length permitted for stub outs shall be 36”.

3.02 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION

Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compaction shall be in accordance with Section 02223.

3.03 DEWATERING

Dewatering shall be performed in accordance with Section 02140.

3.04 PIPELINE INSTALLATION

The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe, specials, fittings, closure pieces, supports,

gaskets, jointing materials, and all other appurtenances as shown and as required to provide a complete

and workable installation. Pipe installation shall be as recommended in UNI-B-5 except as modified

below and as shown on the Approval Plans.

Inspect each section of pipe prior to lowering the pipe into the trench. Thoroughly clean the

ends of the pipe. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of the pipe and keep pipe clean during

and after installation.

Install pipe according to the manufacturer’s approved order of installation to the proper lines

and grades as shown on the Approved Plans.

1. Pipe shall be installed with pipe bells up-grade. Lay pipes uphill if the grade

exceeds 10 percent (10%).



2. Installation tolerances for the pipe shall not vary more than 2” horizontally or 1”

vertically from the alignment and elevation shown on the Approved Plans.

3. Install the pipe such that the identification markings on each pipe section are

continuously aligned for the total length of the pipeline alignment. Orient the

strip marking upwards to the 12 o’clock position (top) of the trench opening.

4. Avoidance of reverse slope: Any pipeline installed with reversed slope, as

evidence by ponding of water or sag, is not allowed. Any such pipeline shall be

removed and replaced (at proper line and grade) to the nearest upstream and

downstream sewer structure as directed by the Construction Manager.

The pipe shall have firm bearing along its full length, and bell holes shall be provided at each

joint to permit visual inspection of the joint and prevent the pipe from being supported by the bell and

or coupling.

Field cutting and milling shall be accomplished to equal the quality of shop-fabricated ends in

accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions.

Pipe Assembly: Assemble the pipe joint using the lubricant supplied by the pipe manufacturer.

Insert the spigot end into the bell or coupling to proper insertion mark. Check that the elastomeric ring

has not left the groove during assembly by passing a feeler gauge around the completed joint. Drive the

spigot end into the bell in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Stabbing shall not be

permitted.

Pipe curvature shall comply with design requirements specified in Chapter 6 of Volume 1 of the

Carlsbad Engineering Standards. Mechanical means shall not be used to accomplish bending. Bending

should be done manually by workers in the trench. Curvature will be accomplished by bending the pipe

rather than deflecting joints.

PVC wyes shall be located where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the

Standard Drawings. Wyes shall not be placed closer than 5’ from the exterior of any structure such as

manholes.

3.05 SEWER LATERALS

The Contractor shall install sewer laterals using wye-branch fittings sized and located as shown

on the Approved Plans.

All sewer laterals that are to be left unconnected to a building lateral extension shall be capped

and identified as shown on the Standard Drawings.

All sewer laterals shall run perpendicular from the sewer main to the property line. They shall

be bedded, backfilled and compacted the same as the sewer main into which they connect in




All Sewer laterals shall be plugged or capped at the end of the last joint, to withstand the

internal pressure during leakage and infiltration testing.

3.06 SADDLE CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SEWER MAINS

The Contractor shall furnish the saddle fitting, appurtenances and all other materials necessary

to complete the connection. The Contractor shall provide all equipment and labor required for the

excavation and installation of the connection including, but not limited to backfill and pavement

replacement. In certain circumstances the Contractor may be required to provide a water truck, bypass

pump, and fittings as part of the equipment for making the connections. Emergency standby equipment

or materials may be required of the Contractor by the Construction Manager.

Saddle connections to existing sewer mains for the tie-in of new sewer laterals shall be as

follows:

Prior to construction, Contractor shall pothole the existing pipe at the location of the proposed

connection. The Construction Manager shall inspect the pothole prior to Contractor’s repair of trench.

Contractor shall record the following information on Record Drawings:

1. Pipe size, outside diameter.

2. Pipe type such as PVC or VCP.

3. Elevation, grade, and alignment.

4. Can the tie-in be made at the indicated location, assure no collars, pipe bells,

fittings or couplings exist in the area of the connection.

5. Potential conflicts with existing utilities.

To facilitate the proposed connection and allow for slight adjustment in alignment, the

Contractor shall leave a minimum 10’ gap between the new pipe installation and the proposed

connection point at the existing main. The Contractor shall leave a gap longer than 10’ if conditions

warrant, or if directed by the Construction Manager.

After the Construction Manager has given approval to proceed with the connection, the

Contractor shall schedule the connection with the Construction Manager.

1. Tie-ins will be scheduled at the convenience of the City. Work may be

scheduled for nights and weekends if required.

2. The Contractor shall give the Construction Manager a minimum of five (5)

working days notice prior to any proposed excavation. Scheduling shall be

subject to approval of the Construction Manager.



3. The Construction Manager may postpone or reschedule the connection operation

if, for any reason, the Construction Manager believes that the Contractor is

improperly prepared with competent personnel, equipment, or materials to

proceed with the connection.

4. If progress in completing the connection within the time specified is inadequate,

the Construction Manager may order necessary corrective measures. Corrective

measures may consist of directing City personnel or another contractor to

complete the work. All costs for corrective measures shall be borne by the

Contractor.

Contractor may proceed with the excavation and connection, only when approved materials are

onsite, connection operations have been scheduled and a copy of the approved traffic control plan has

been supplied to the Construction Manager.

1. The Contractor shall saw-cut pavement, excavate and provide and install shoring

and steel plating, when necessary, one day prior to the wet tap or cut-in

installation.

2. The Contractor shall provide lights, barricades and traffic control in accordance

with the Agency of jurisdiction as deemed necessary for the excavation by the


3. After the Construction Manager has given approval to proceed, the Contractor

shall complete the installation as shown on the Approved Plan in accordance

with Standard Specifications including:

a. Installing the pipe section(s) necessary to make the closure to the new

system.

b. Complete all backfill and compaction of the trench in accordance with

Section 02223.

c. Make all pavement repairs and/or replacement as necessary in

accordance with agency of jurisdiction requirements.

d. Discard pipe and appurtenances removed from service as specified in this

Section.

e. In lieu of a saddle connection, a wye connection may be made by cutting

the sewer and installing a wye. All applicable provisions of this

Specification will be adhered to in making a cut-in wye connection.



3.07 CONNECTION TO EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS

Connection to the existing sewer system at an existing manhole or dead end shall be made as

shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with Section 03460. All work shall be performed in the

presence of the Construction Manager.

In order to prevent accidental use of the new sewer before completion and acceptance, the new

inlet to the existing tie-in manhole and outlet of the new upstream manhole shall be sealed with

expandable plugs. Installation of plugs shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s

recommendations and as approved by the Construction Manager. Plugs shall be removed at the time of

final inspection or as directed by the Construction Manager.

3.08 DEBRIS TRAPS AND PLUGS

Debris trap shall be provided to prevent debris from entering the existing sanitary sewer. Traps

shall remain in place until the new sewer is completed, tested and accepted by the OWNER.

When pipe-laying is not in progress, open ends of the pipe shall be closed with a tight-fitting

cap or plug to prevent the entrance of foreign matter into the pipe.

3.09 TESTING AND INSPECTION

Sewer pipes, service lateral connections, and other sanitary system appurtenances shall be

cleaned, inspected, and tested prior to the introduction of wastewater flows into the completed

facilities.

1. Low Pressure Air Testing: Conduct low pressure air testing in accordance with

Section 15043.

2. Pipelines shall be thoroughly cleaned following low pressure testing. Debris

shall be removed from the sewer and NOT be permitted to pass into existing

sewers downstream.

3. Test for Alignment and Grade: Perform ball and mirror inspection and pipe

deflection testing in accordance with Section 15043. Pipe initial vertical cross-

section deflection shall not exceed 5% of the original pipe diameter.

4. CCTV Inspection: Conduct CCTV Inspection/televising in accordance with

SSPWC Section 500-1.1.5.

5. Infiltration and Leakage (exfiltration) Testing: If groundwater is encountered

during installation, CONTRACTOR shall perform leakage and infiltration tests

in accordance with Section 15043.





PVC PRESSURE PIPE


SECTION 15064

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE

This section specifies the requirements for the manufacture, installation and testing of

polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure pipe to be furnished and installed by the Contractor, at the

location and to the lines and grades as specified.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary labor, materials, appurtenances,

equipment, and services for a complete, in-place PVC pressure pipeline conforming to AWWA

C900, sizes 4 through 12-inches and AWWA C905, Sizes 14 through 48 inches.

Materials provided under this section by the Contractor shall be selected from the City of

Carlsbad or CMWD Approved Materials List where not otherwise specified.

This section also specifies chlorinated polyvinylchloride (CPVC), polyethylene (PE), and

polypropylene (PP) pipe and fittings. PVC Gravity sewer piping is specified in Section 15063

and High density polyethylene (HDPE) piping for gravity and pressure pipelines is specified in

Section 15065.


A. REFERENCES:















PVC PRESSURE PIPE


Reference Title

ASTM D1784

Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)

Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC)

Compounds

ASTM D2122 Standard Test Method for Determining Dimensions of

Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings

ASTM D1784 Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and

Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds

ASTM D1785 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80,

and 120

ASTM D2464 Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings,

Schedule 80

ASTM D2466 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40

ASTM D2467 Socket-Type Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings,

Schedule 80

ASTM D2564 Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe

and Fittings

ASTM D2665 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent

Pipe and Fittings

ASTM D3034 Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and

Fittings

ASTM F402 Safe Handling of Solvent Cements and Primers Used for

Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings

ASTM F437 Threaded Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic

Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80

ASTM F438 Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic


ASTM F439 Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic


ASTM F441 Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe,

Schedules 40 and 80

ASTM F477 Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe

ASTM F493 Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride)

(CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings

ASTM D2241 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)

Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR-Series)

ASTM D2412 Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading

Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading.

PVC PRESSURE PIPE


Reference Title

ASTM D3139 Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes

Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals.

ASTM F477 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for

Joining Plastic Pipe

AWWA C110 Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings

AWWA C153 Ductile Iron Compact Fittings

AWWA C605 Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure

Pipe and Fittings for Water

AWWA C900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated

Fittings, 4 In.-12 In. (100 mm-300 mm), for Water Distribution.

AWWA C905

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated

Fittings, 14 In.-48 In. (350 mm-1,200 mm), for Water

Distribution.

AWWA M23 PVC Pipe Design and Installation.

Uni-Bell Handbook of PVC Design and Construction

B. FABRICATION INSPECTION AND TESTS:

1. Construction Manager may inspect materials production and witness

testing of pipes, fittings, elbows, and special pieces at the manufacturer's

plant. This inspection shall not replace the pipe manufacturer's own

quality control procedures.

2. The pipe presented by the pipe manufacturer for inspection shall be ready

to be inspected and shall be so stored that the inspector will have access to

each bell, spigot, and the pipe I.D.

3. In no respect does inspection of any pipe by Construction Manager relieve

pipe manufacturer of compliance with the Contract documents.

Construction Manager may perform a final inspection when pipe

manufacturer certifies that all the terms and requirements of the Contract

documents have been satisfied. At least 5 days' notice shall be given prior

to this inspection.

4. Tests: Unless otherwise specified, all pipe manufacturing materials shall

be tested in accordance with the applicable referenced standards.

a. Perform material tests at no additional cost to the Owner.

b. In addition to those tests specifically required, Construction

Manager may request additional samples of any material for

testing by Construction Manager.

PVC PRESSURE PIPE


c. Additional samples shall be furnished at no additional cost to

Owner.

5. Pipe and fittings shall be furnished by a single manufacturer and

manufactured within 18 month period prior to installation and shall be

date coded by manufacture. Provide Construction Manager with

manufacturer’s code.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with the General Provisions and

Section 01300.

Shop and lay drawings of all pipe, joints, bends, fittings, and piping appurtenances.

Submit cut sheets showing invert elevations, ground elevations, and cuts every 25 feet.

Submit reports on testing in accordance with ASTM D3139 and ASTM F477.

Prior to delivery of the pipe from each manufacturing lot or run, submit:

1. Calculations substantiating suitability of pipe for design loads.

2. Certification of compliance with these specifications and referenced

standards.

3. Joint design.

4. Certified affidavit from the pipe manufacturer that provided materials

comply with the requirements of AWWA C900/C905 with certified test

reports on physical properties of pipe materials and rubber gaskets.

Submit deflection couplings with manufacturer’s product data and installation

requirements including deflection limits and pressure limits.

Submit lay drawings showing location of thrust blocks and limits of restrained joints as

indicated on the plans, including thrust block dimensions and restraint length calculations and

details including working pressure, surge pressure, bearing area and design criteria for the

calculations. Calculations shall be provided by a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of

California.

1.04 DESIGN CRITERIA

Obtain the following information from the Drawings:

1. Elevation of the pipe invert and of the completed ground.

PVC PRESSURE PIPE


2. Alignment of the pipeline.

3. Nominal diameter.

4. Test Pressure requirements for recycled water pipeline and fittings shall

be per Section 15050. Pressure rating for pipe and fittings shall be in

excess of test pressure specified in Section 15050.

5. Pipe shall be designed for a maximum deflection of 3 percent.

1.05 STORAGE AND HANDLING

Pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with AWWA M23 and the manufacturer’s

recommendations. PVC pipe that has been gouged, scratched, or otherwise damaged shall be

subject to rejection at the discretion of the Construction Manager. Rejected pipe shall be

removed from the site and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.

Store pipe in the field by supporting the pipe uniformly per AWWA M23. Pipe shall not

be stacked higher than 4-feet or with weight applied to the bell ends.

Cover stored PVC pipe with an opaque material to protect it from the sun's ultraviolet

radiation. PVC pipe that has been subjected to excess ultraviolet radiation as identified by color

fading or chalking shall not be used. The determination as to the acceptability of PVC pipe shall

rest solely with the Construction Manager.

PVC pipe that has been contaminated in any way with petroleum products (on the inside

or outside of the pipe) shall not be used.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 PVC PRESSURE PIPE

A. MATERIALS:

Manufacture pipe and fittings of PVC plastic having a cell classification of 12454-B as

defined in ASTM D1784 with an established hydrostatic design basis (HDB) equal to or greater

than 4000 psi at 73.4 degrees F.

Additives and fillers, including stabilizers, antioxidants, lubricants, colorants, and so

forth, shall not exceed 10 parts by weight per 100 of PVC resin in the compound.

B. PVC PIPE:

Pressure pipe 4 through 12-inch shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C900.

Pressure pipe 14- through 48-inches shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C905

PVC PRESSURE PIPE


Dimension ratio shall be as specified on the plans. Minimum pipe wall thickness shall be

DR-14 for C900 and DR-18 for C905 Pipe.

Pipe shall have integral bell and spigot with elastomeric gaskets

Pipe shall conform with the outside diameter of cast-iron pipe unless otherwise specified.

Pipe shall be provided in standard 20-foot lengths unless otherwise shown or required to

achieve pipe geometry as accepted by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

C. JOINTS AND GASKETS:

Provide elastomeric gasket joints of the push on type, conforming to ASTM D3139. Pipe

and fittings must be assembled with a non-toxic lubricant.

Neoprene Gaskets for push on joints shall conform to ASTM F477.

All pipe shall have a homemark on the spigot end to indicate proper penetration when the

joint is made. The socket and spigot configurations for fittings and couplings shall be

compatible to those used for the pipe.

D. FITTINGS FOR PVC PRESSURE PIPE

Fittings for PVC recycled water pipe shall be ductile-iron with a minimum rated working

pressure of 235 psi for 18-inch DR-18 and 305 psi for 12-inch DR-14 recycled water pipelines

and shall conform to Section 15062 unless otherwise specified. The fittings shall have

mechanical joint type or push-on type joints manufactured specifically for PVC pipe.

Bolts and nuts for mechanical joints, or flanged ends will be of a high strength corrosion

resistant low-alloy steel and shall conform to AWWA C111. Flange bolts and nuts for above

ground installation shall conform to Appendix A of AWWA C115. Flange bolts and nuts for

below ground installation shall be 316 stainless steel. All fittings shall be fusion bonded epoxy

lined and coated and lined unless stainless steel is used.

Couplings shall meet the requirements of AWWA C900 and/or C905 as applicable, and

be suitable for the working pressure. Deflection shall not exceed 50% of the manufacturer’s

written maximum recommendation unless otherwise specified.

PVC Pipe and fittings shall either be in accordance with ASTM D1785 or shall conform

to ASTM D2241

2.02 SCHEDULE PIPE

Schedule 80 PVC socket type fittings shall conform to ASTM D2467. Schedule 40 PVC

fittings shall conform to ASTM D2466. PVC solvent weld cement for socket connections shall

meet the requirements of ASTM D2564. Schedule 80 PVC threaded fittings shall conform to

ASTM D2464. Fittings for gasketed pipe shall be ductile iron or steel push on IPS sized pressure

PVC PRESSURE PIPE


fittings rated for use with the specified class of PVC pipe. Unless otherwise specified, fittings

shall be lined and coated in accordance with Section 15061 or Section 15062 as applicable.

2.03 CPVC PIPE

CPVC material for pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM D1784, Class 23447 B. Pipe

and fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM F441. Neoprene gaskets with push on joints shall

conform to ASTM F477.

Schedule 80 CPVC socket type fittings shall conform to ASTM F439. Schedule 40

CPVC socket type fittings shall conform to ASTM F438. CPVC solvent weld cement for socket

connections shall meet the requirements of ASTM F493. Schedule 80 CPVC threaded type

fittings shall conform to ASTM F437.

2.04 PP PIPE : NOT USED

2.05 PIPE MARKINGS AND COLOR

PVC pipe, fittings and appurtenances for potable water shall be blue and for recycled

water shall be purple. Fittings and pipe appurtenances installed with PVC mains for recycled

water shall be identified with purple-colored coating, purple polyethylene sleeves, or

identification labels. Pipe and couplings shall bear indelible identification markings as required

by AWWA C900. Exposed pipe marking shall include the designation “CAUTION:

RECYCLED WATER – DO NOT DRINK.” Buried pipe shall be marked as set forth in

Specification 15050

The seal of the testing agency that verified the suitability of the material shall also be

provided on potable water pipe

2.07 OUTLETS ON PVC MAINS

Outlets on PVC mains for 1-inch thru 2-inch assemblies shall be in accordance with

CMWD Standard Specifications and Standard Drawing W-8 and as modified herein. Assemblies

shall be provided with components from the Approved Product List suitable for the main’s

working pressure.

For outlets 2 inches and smaller with working pressures 200 psi or less, attach a service

saddle to the pipe. Provide service saddles with full width, cast bronze bodies conforming to

ASTM B 62, O-ring gaskets, and iron pipe threads. Provide Type 304 stainless steel double band

straps with four bolts or a single wide strap with four bolts. All stainless steel shall be fully

passivated for enhanced corrosion resistance. All saddles shall be pre-sized at the factory for

installation on cast iron equivalent outside diameter PVC pipe conforming to AWWA C900

For outlets 3 inches and larger, use a ductile iron tee with a flanged outlet.

PVC PRESSURE PIPE


PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

Install pipe according to the manufacturer's recommendations.

Inspect each section of pipe prior to lowering the pipe into the trench. Thoroughly clean

the ends of the pipe. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of the pipe and keep clean

during and after installation.

The pipe shall have firm bearing along its full length, and bell holes shall be provided at

each joint to permit visual inspection of the joint and prevent the pipe from being supported by

the bell end or coupling.

The beveled end of the pipe shall be removed prior to insertion into a mechanical joint

fitting.

Field cutting and milling shall not be performed without approval of the Construction

Manager. Where approved, field cutting and milling shall be performed in accordance with the

manufactures written instructions to equal the quality of shop-fabricated ends.

3.02 PIPE INSTALLATION

PVC pipe 3 inches in diameter and smaller shall be joined by means of socket fittings and

solvent welding in conformance with ASTM F402. Solvent-cemented joints shall be made in

strict compliance with the manufacturer's/supplier's instructions and recommended procedures.

Unless otherwise specified, PVC pipe 4 inches in diameter and greater shall be joined by means

of gasketed push on joints and steel or ductile iron push on or mechanical joint fittings. Fittings

shall be lined and coated as specified in Section 15061 or 15062. Unless otherwise specified,

PVC and CPVC piping exposed to sunlight shall be painted with coating system L 2 as specified

in Section 09900.

Connections to different types of pipe shall be by means of flanges, specified adapters or

transition fittings. Where sleeve type couplings are used, both shall be uniformly torqued in

accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendation. Foreign material shall be removed from

the pipe interior prior to assembly.

Unless otherwise specified, PE pipe and fittings 4 inch diameter and smaller shall be

joined by means of thermal socket fusion and pipe 6 inch and larger by thermal butt fusion.

Butt-fusion joining of the pipes and fittings shall be performed with special joining equipment in

accordance with procedures recommended by pipe manufacturer. Tensile strength at yield of

butt fusion joints shall not be less than pipe. Flanged adapters shall be provided for connection

to valves and where specified.

Push-on and mechanical joints shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer’s

recommendations and as specified here in.

PVC PRESSURE PIPE


1. PUSH ON TYPE: Assemble the pipe joint using a lubricant selected from

the Approved Materials List. Insert the spigot end into the bell or coupling to the proper

insertion mark. Check that the elastomeric ring has not left the groove during assembly by

passing a feeler gauge around the completed joint. Drive spigot ends of the pipe into bell ends.

Stabbing shall not be permitted.

3.03 LONGITUDINAL BENDING AND JOINT DEFLECTION

C-900 and C-905 pipe shall be installed without longitudinal bending or pulling of joint

unless otherwise specified. Where allowed, joint deflections shall not be in excess of 1 degree

or 50% of the manufacturers’ maximum water tight extensibility, whichever is lesser.

Joint deflections in excess of 1 degree and less than 4 degrees may be achieved by the use

of high-deflection couplings, with no more deflection than 2-degrees at either hub. Curves may

only be achieved in observance of these same limitations, wherein short joints of piping may be

required.

Joint deflections in excess of 4 degrees shall be accomplished by use of standard ductile

iron fittings, high deflection couplings, or combination thereof. Deflection couplings shall be

selected from the District’s approved materials list. All couplings and standard fittings shall be

restrained.

3.04 INSTALLING SERVICE SADDLES

Service saddles shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s

recommendations and as specified herein.

1. Place the service saddle on the pipe and hand tighten the nuts while

positioning the saddle in its final location. Uniformly tighten the nuts in a

progressive diametrically opposite sequence and torque with a calibrated

torque wrench to the saddle manufacturer’s recommended values.

2. Connect a corporation stop to the saddle. Apply Teflon joint compound or

tape to the male threads before installing the corporation stop. Make joints

watertight.

3. Mount a tapping machine on the corporation stop to cut a hole in the pipe

with a shell type cutter made specifically for PVC pipe. Do not use other

devices or hand equipment to bore through the pipe wall.

3.05 SUPPORTS, THRUST AND ANCHOR BOLTS

All plugs, caps, tees and horizontal and vertical alignment changes greater than or equal

to 11 ¼ degrees and as specified in buried pressure piping systems shall be anchored by means of

reaction backing or restrained joints as shown on the plans Contractor shall provide a joint

restraint system in accordance with Section 15085, and as specified herein:

PVC PRESSURE PIPE


Concrete support blocks shall be provided for all ductile-iron fittings and valves to

prevent the fitting or valve weight from being carried by the PVC pipe.

3.06 TESTING AND DISINFECTION

Perform Field hydrostatic testing in accordance with Section 15050. Leakage shall be

zero at the specified test pressure throughout the specified duration.

Following placement and compaction of backfill and prior to placing permanent

pavement, ball and mandrel the pipe to measure for obstructions (excessive deflections, joint

offsets, and lateral pipe intrusions) in accordance with Section 15043.

Disinfection shall be in accordance with Section 15041.


HIGH DENSITY

POLYETHYLENE PIPE


SECTION 15065

HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This Section specifies continuous, fusible, solid wall high-density polyethylene (HDPE)

pipe, fittings, and appurtenances for piping 4 inches to 63 inches in nominal diameter, for general

service.

Installation requirements are included for exposed piping and for piping installed in a

trench. See additional installation requirements for pipe installed by horizontal directional

drilling per Section 02348.

The designation HDPE is used in the piping system specification sheets (PIPESPEC) in

Section 15050 and in this Section.

B. CHARACTERISTICS:

The piping system shall conform with the following minimum requirements:

Minimum force main inside diameter (ID): 29-inch

Plastic Piping Institute designation: PE 4710

Maximum Dimension ratio (DR):

Open Cut Installation 21

Trenchless Installation (HDD) 11

Pressure Class in accordance with AWWA C906 101 psig

Maximum deflection in installed condition, percent

of the average inside diameter of the pipe 2.7

C. DESIGN RESPONSIBILITY:

The design and layout of pipe shall meet the service conditions and the criteria specified

in this Section and as shown on the Plans are the responsibility of the Contractor. This design

shall be performed by or under the supervision of a Professional Engineer licensed by the State

of California. The Contractor shall submit design calculations for pipe with wall thickness and

HIGH DENSITY

POLYETHYLENE PIPE


pressure class demonstrating that the pipe is capable of sustaining the maximum stresses to be

imposed during installation and service.

The calculations shall take into account ground loads, live loads such as traffic and

railroad, and any other installation loads which may be reasonably anticipated.


A. REFERENCES:















References Title

ANSI/AWWA C906 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4-inch

through 63-inch, for Water Distribution

ASTM D1238 Flow Rates of Thermoplastics by Extrusion

Plastomer

ASTM D2122 Determining Dimension of Thermoplastic Pipe and

Fittings

ASTM D2321 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for

Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications

ASTM D2620 Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of

Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings

ASTM D2657 Heat Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings

ASTM D2774 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure

Piping

ASTM D3261 Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene Plastic Fittings for PE

Plastic Pipe and Tubing

HIGH DENSITY

POLYETHYLENE PIPE


References Title

ASTM D3350 Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Material

ASTM F1055 Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for OD

Controlled PE Pipe and Fittings

ASTM F 1473 Notch Tensile Test to Measure the Resistance To

Slow Crack Growth of Polyethylene Pipes and Resins

ASTM F1668 Standard Guide for Construction Procedures for

Buried Plastic Pipe

ASTM F2164 Standard Practice for Field Leak Testing of

Polyethylene Pressure Piping Systems Using

Hydrostatic Pressure.

ASTM F714 REVA Standard Specifications for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic

Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter.

AWWA M-55 PE Pipe – Design and Installation

PPI Polyethylene Pipe Handbook

PPI TN-38 Bolt Torque for Polyethylene Flanged Joints

PPI TR – 4 (2012) HDB/HDS/SDB/PDB/MRS Listed Materials

PPI TR-21 Thermal Expansion and Contraction in Plastic Pipe

Systems

PPI TR 31 Underground Installation of Polyolefin Piping

B. INSPECTION AND TESTING: HDPE materials, pipe and fittings shall be

inspected and tested in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C906.

C. AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE: The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit of

compliance conforming to the requirements of AWWA C906, affirming that the piping

components comply with the requirements of AWWA C906 and this section. The affidavit shall

be signed under penalty of perjury by an officer of the pipe manufacturer's company.

D. PIPE JOINING: Butt-fusion of pipe sections shall be performed by a certified

fusion technician employed by the fusion equipment manufacturer or pipe manufacturer and

shall follow the manufacturer’s recommended practices. The CONTRACTOR shall use a

McElroy In-Field Tensile Tester (or equal) on the first weld of each sequence that brings the

fusion equipment to the recommended temperature for a series of joining operations. The tensile

tester shall be used to qualitatively validate the suitability of the weld. If the coupon fails in the

weld portion of the sample the CONTRACTOR and fusion technician shall evaluate the fusion

procedures and make modifications as necessary. Pipe will be considered to meet this

specification only after passing this test.

HIGH DENSITY

POLYETHYLENE PIPE


E. FUSION RECORDS: The Contractor shall provide records of butt-fusion of each

joint including data recorded by a McElroy Datalogger, or equal. Recorded data shall include

the following information: date and time, joint number, operator identification, machine type,

pipe size and DR, interfacial pressure during fusion and cooling, gauge pressure during fusion

and cooling, and fusion temperature.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

The following submittals shall be provided in accordance with the General Conditions

and Section 01300:

1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and

all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included,

with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or

marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements.

Check marks (�) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a

whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore

requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and

denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph,

referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting

the deviation. The Construction Manager shall be the final authority for

determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions

of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the

Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the

marked-up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any

requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal

shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no

further consideration.

2. Detail drawings which show the type and location of all fittings, joints,

and connections to structures and manholes.

Schedule B: The Contractor shall submit detailed fabrication, lay

drawings, and sequencing for open cut, HDD, and Schedule C trunk sewer

for the following locations:

a) 48-inch OD force main vent outlet, reducers and connection

between open cut and HDD force main at a minimum showing

connections, fittings, bending radius and slopes of installed force

main.

b) 36-inch HDPE connection to the force main discharge junction

structure

3. Certification with each delivery that pipe meets or exceeds the

requirements of this Specification and applicable Standards.

HIGH DENSITY

POLYETHYLENE PIPE


4. Design calculations demonstrating that the pipe is capable of sustaining

service conditions and the maximum loads to be imposed during

installation.

4. Affidavit of Compliance specified in paragraph 15065 1.02 B, C. and

qualifications of the certified fusion technician in accordance with

paragraph 1.02 D. Submittal shall include a report containing a copy of all

manufacturers’ test results for all tests conducted in accordance with

paragraph 15065-1.02 B.

6. Contractors proposed joining method for closure pieces using thermal

butt-fusion.

7. The Contractor shall submit all pressure tests records for the post-

installation tests to the Engineer within 24 hours of completion of the

tests.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

HDPE materials, pipe and fittings shall be manufactured, inspected, sampled and tested

in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C906 and this section. In case of conflict

between the requirements of this section and AWWA C906, the requirements of this section

shall prevail.

2.02 MATERIALS

HDPE piping components shall be manufactured from materials that meet or exceed the

requirements of the Plastic Piping Institute designation PE 4710 and that conform to the

requirements of ASTM D3350 for a cell classification of PE 445474C. The color of the pipe

shall be black with a green stripe designating wastewater.

The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer’s

own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material pipe.

Bolts and nuts for buried mechanical joining components such as flanges shall be made

of noncorrosive, high-strength, low-alloy steel having the characteristics specified in

ANSI/AWWA C111/A21, regardless of any protective coating.

2.03 PIPE

Provide HDPE for the different installations for the nominal sizes and lengths shown on

the Plans. Pipe shall have the minimum OUTSIDE diameter shown, with the inside diameter

based on the Dimension Ratio indicated and minimum inside diameter required. Dimensions

HIGH DENSITY

POLYETHYLENE PIPE


shall be per ASTM F714 using IPS Sizing System, and the dimensions and tolerances specified

in AWWA C906. DR rating and pressure class shall be as specified in paragraph 15065-1.01 B.

Pipe provided shall have the specified DR based on physical dimensions of the individual

pipe spools furnished with an average ID and min wall thickness per the manufacturers published

product data or as specified.

The Owner reserves the right to reject individual spool pieces, or shipments of pipe

where wall thicknesses are less than the published value, the wall is more than 115% of the

published minimum thickness, or the DR based on field measurements of furnished pipe does not

meet the specified requirement.

Pipe marking shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C906.

2.04 FITTINGS

Fittings shall conform to the applicable requirements of AWWA C906 for the joining

methods specified in this section.

Pipe bends 14 inches and smaller: Where long radius bends are specified in Section

15050, provide ARCTM sweep bends manufactured by Pipestar International, or approved equal.

Bend radius three times the pipe diameter, measured to the centerline of the bend.

Increase wall thickness to next nominal pressure rating/next lower DR for mitered bends.

Mitered bends shall be segmented according to the following table:

Degree of bend Minimum number of miter segments

45 or less

Greater than 45

2

4

2.05 FLANGE ENDS:

Flange End assemblies shall consist of HDPE stub end flange adapter and back up ring.

Stub end flange adapters shall be furnished with concentric ring convolutions on the flange face

and radiuses or chamfered outer diameter transition form pipe wall to stub end.

Back up ring shall be ductile iron encapsulated in polypropylene for non corrosive

applications or 316L stainless steel for corrosive applications.

Flange ring shall be drilled for ANSI B 16.5, Class 150 or AWWA C207. Flange ring

bore shall be chamfered or radiuses to match transition on stub end flange adapter. Improved

Piping products - PPDI, or approved equal.

HIGH DENSITY

POLYETHYLENE PIPE


2.06 MANUFACTURERS:

Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LP, Woodlands, TX; M.L. Sheldon Plastic

Division, New York, NY; KWH Pipe Corporation, Riverside, CA; or equal.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 PIPE HANDLING AND STORAGE

The Contractor shall use care in handling and storage of the pipe. Pipe shall be stored on

clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be

stacked for storage, such stacking shall be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s

recommendations. The handling of the pipe shall be done in such a manner that it is not

damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment.

Handle all pipe material in accordance with pipe manufacturer’s recommendations.

Handle all pipe material carefully to avoid any damage. Gouges, cuts, or scratches that are

deeper than 10% of the pipe wall thickness shall be cause for rejection of the damaged pipe

section. The inside diameter (ID) surface shall be free of cuts, gouges, and/or scratches.

Store all pipe materials in accordance with pipe manufacturer’s recommendations until

installation.

Control thermal exposure of the pipe, keep pipe at ambient outdoor temperature, provide

temporary shading, and avoid covering practices that will cause a temperature build up.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. GENERAL:

Unless otherwise specified, the piping system shall be installed in accordance with

ASTM D2321, AWWA C906 and the manufacturer's recommendations.

B. JOINING:

Pipe and fittings shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground.

Unless otherwise specified, joining shall by the butt-fusion method performed in accordance

with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM D2657. Socket fusion, extrusion

welding unless otherwise specified and hot gas welding shall not be used.

Flanged joining, or other mechanical joining methods specified, may be used to make

connections to differing piping materials, to equipment, valves and other appurtenances, and

where specified.

HIGH DENSITY

POLYETHYLENE PIPE


The pipe supplier shall be consulted to obtain machinery and expertise for the joining by

butt-fusion of HDPE pipe and fittings. No pipe or fittings shall be joined by fusion by any of the

Contractor's personnel unless they are adequately trained and qualified in the techniques

involved. Butt fusion joining shall yield a joint strength equal to or greater than the tensile

strength of the pipe.

Butt-fusion welding equipment shall be as follows: McElroy Hydraulic Fusion Machine,

McElroy Manufacturing, Tulsa, Oklahoma; Proweld, Asahi/America, Malden, Massachusetts; or

equal.

The Contractor shall obtain optimum fusion parameters from the pipe manufacturer, with

regard to fusion temperature, interface pressure, and cooling time. The Contractor shall follow

the manufacturer’s recommendations with regard to the optimum fusion parameters, and shall

use proper equipment for the fusion process. The Contractor shall employ only trained,

experienced personnel employed by the fusion equipment manufacturer or pipe manufacturer to

conduct the fusion process. See paragraph 1.02D for coupon testing.

Butt-fusion welds shall be performed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Do not pull

or cramp joints without permission of Engineer. Contractor shall remove pipes that cannot be

fitted together properly and replace with sound units.

Internal beads formed at joints during butt fusion shall be removed from pipes that

convey solids-bearing liquids. Joints shall be debeaded on all buried pipes where the beading

interferes with the deflection testing specified in paragraph 15065-3.03.C

C. TRENCH EXCAVATION:

Trenches shall be excavated to ensure that sides will be stable under all working

conditions. Trench walls or supports shall comply with all local and national standards for safety.

Trench excavation and backfill where required shall be per Section 02223

D. LOCATION AND ALIGNMENT:

Pipe and fittings shall be installed in the trench with the invert conforming to the

elevations, slopes, and alignments specified. Line and grade for trenchless installation shall be

as specified in Section 02348.

Whenever possible, changes in direction shall be accomplished by bending the pipe in

lieu of installing a fitting, unless otherwise specified. Maximum deflection and pipe bending

radius based upon the allowable strain of the pipe wall shall be in conformance with the

manufacturer’s recommendation for the specific diameter and dimension ratio (DR) of the pipe.

E. BEDDING AND BACKFILL:

Materials used for bedding and backfill shall be as specified in Section 02200 and as

shown on the Plans.

HIGH DENSITY

POLYETHYLENE PIPE


Place materials by methods that will not disturb or damage the pipe. All HDPE pipe shall

be at the temperature of the surrounding soil at the time it is backfilled and compacted. Work in

and tamp the bedding material in the area under the pipe and up to the spring line before placing

and compacting the remainder of the embedment. Blocking under the pipe shall not be

permitted.

Use compaction equipment and techniques that are compatible with materials specified

and location in the trench. Before using heavy compaction or construction equipment directly

over the pipe, place sufficient backfill to prevent damage, excessive deflections, or other

disturbances of the pipe.

The Contractor shall control floatation of pipe when backfilling with flowable materials

by providing sufficient weight on the pipe, filling with water or backfill in lifts. Contractor shall

determine actual level of initial flowable backfill pour to prevent floatation. Use of anchor blocks

either temporary or permanent may be used.

3.03 INSTALLATION – EXPOSED APPLICATIONS

NOT USED.

3.04 TESTING

A. GENERAL:

Testing of piping shall be as specified in Section 15050 and this section. In case of

conflict, the requirements of this section shall prevail.

1. All pressure testing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer and be

subject to Engineer’s acceptance.

2. All pipe supports and reaction anchorage/seismic anchorage shall be

installed prior to pressure testing.

3. Where pipes are encased in concrete, testing shall be done before the

concrete is placed.

4. Buried pipe may be center-loaded to preclude movement prior to testing.

5. The high point of all pipe installed shall be vented.

6. Testing against valves will not be permitted without specific written

authorization from the Engineer. All sections of pipe to be tested shall be

blind-flanged.

HIGH DENSITY

POLYETHYLENE PIPE


7. All joints shall be examined during the test and all visible leaks shall be

repaired. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary tools, labor, materials,

water, bulkheads, and appliances needed for the test.

8. All leaking piping shall be completely retested following repairs of leaks.

9. If changes are made to piping installation after initial testing, such as

addition of valves, routing changes, branches, etc., the entire line shall be

retested.

B. HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING:

HDPE piping systems shall be fully pressure tested prior to placing the line into service.

Water shall be the test medium for hydrostatically testing the pipe. Test procedures shall be as

specified in Section 15050 and the following. In case of conflict, the following procedures shall

apply.

Cover the pipe at intervals and/or at curves if necessary to hold the pipe in place during

testing. Connections shall be left exposed for visual leak inspection.

After all free air is removed from the test section; the pressure in the pipe shall be raised

at a steady rate to the required pressure. The pressure in the section shall be measured at the

lowest point of the test section. Test pressure shall be as specified in Section 15050. The initial

pressure shall be applied and allowed to stand without makeup pressure for 2-3 hours to allow

for diametric expansion or pipe stretching to stabilize. After the equilibrium period, the test

section shall be returned to the required test pressure and held for 3 hours. Amounts of makeup

water allowable for expansion during the pressure test shall be as listed in the Plastic Pipe

Institute Technical Report TR 31-88. No visual leaks or pressure drops shall be observed during

the final test period.

C. DEFLECTION TESTING:

1. GENERAL: Deflection testing shall be performed on the entire length of

installed pipe no sooner than 30 days after completion of work adjacent to and over the pipeline,

including leakage tests, backfilling, placement of fill, grading, paving, concreting, and any other

superimposed loads. Deflection of pipe and fittings in the installed pipeline under external loads

shall not exceed the maximum deflection specified in paragraph 15065-1.01 B. Either of the

following devices and procedures may be used to measure deflection.

2. PULL-THROUGH DEFLECTION TESTING: The Contractor shall

determine whether the allowable deflection has been exceeded by use of a pull-through device.

a. PULL-THROUGH DEVICE: This device shall be a spherical,

spheroidal, or elliptical ball, a cylinder, or circular sections fused to a common shaft. Circular

sections shall be so spaced on the shaft that distance from external faces of front and back

sections will equal or exceed diameter of the circular section. Pull-through device may also be

HIGH DENSITY

POLYETHYLENE PIPE


of a design promulgated by the Uni-Bell Plastic Pipe Association, provided that the device meets

the applicable requirements specified in this paragraph, including those for diameter of the

device. Ball, cylinder, or circular sections shall conform to the following:

(1) A diameter, or minor diameter as applicable, equal to the

average inside diameter of the pipe minus the dimension

equivalent of the maximum installed deflection specified in

paragraph 15065-1.01 B. A tolerance of plus 0.5 percent in

the diameter of the test device will be permitted.

(2) A homogeneous material throughout, with a density greater

than 1.0 as related to water at 39.2 degrees F, and a surface

Brinell hardness of not less than 150.

(3) Center bored and through bolted with a 1/4-inch minimum

diameter steel shaft having a yield strength of not less than

70,000 pounds per square inch, with eyes or loops at each

end for attaching pulling cables.

(4) Each eye or loop shall be suitably backed with a flange or

heavy washer such that a pull exerted on opposite end of

shaft will produce compression throughout remote end.

b. PULL-THROUGH DEVICE PROCEDURE: Pass the pull-

through device through each run of pipe, either by pulling it through or flushing it through with

water. If the device fails to pass freely through a pipe run, replace pipe which has the excessive

deflection and completely retest in same manner and under same conditions as specified.

3. DEFLECTION DEVICE: The Contractor shall determine whether the

allowable deflection has been exceeded by use of a deflection measuring device.

a. DEFLECTION MEASURING DEVICE: This device shall be

sensitive to 1.0 percent of the diameter of the pipe being tested and accurate to 1.0 percent of the

indicated dimension. The deflection measuring device shall be approved by the Construction

Manager prior to use.

b. DEFLECTION MEASURING DEVICE PROCEDURE: Measure

deflections through each run of installed pipe. If deflection readings in excess of the maximum

allowable specified in paragraph 15065-1.01 B are obtained, retest pipe by a run from the

opposite direction. If retest continues to show a deflection in excess of the allowable, remove

pipe which has excessive deflection, replace with new pipe, and completely retest in the same

manner and under the same conditions.


HIGH DENSITY

POLYETHYLENE PIPE



STAINLESS STEEL PIPING


SECTION 15067


PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies stainless steel pipe and fittings.

B. TYPES OF SERVICE:

High temperature stainless steel piping for engine exhaust is specified in PIPESPEC

System 31 in Section 15050. Stainless steel piping specified in this section shall be used for

discharge of pumps where shown on the contract drawings.


A. REFERENCES:















Reference Title

ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Classes

25, 125, 250, and 800

ANSI B16.11.80 Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded.


ANSI B36.19M Stainless Steel Pipe



Reference Title

ASME Section IX (1989) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Welding and

Brazing Qualifications

ASTM A182/A182M Forged or Rolled Alloy-Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged

Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature

Service

ASTM A193/A193M Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for

High-Temperature Service

ASTM A194/A194M Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High

Pressure and High-Temperature Service

ASTM A240 Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium Nickel

Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure

Vessels

ASTM A276 Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes

ASTM A312/A312M Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes

ASTM A320/A320M Alloy Steel Bolting Materials for Low-Temperature

Service

ASTM A403/A403M Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings

ASTM A409/A409M Welded Large Diameter Austenitic Steel Pipe for

Corrosive or High Temperature Service

ASTM A480/A480M General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and

Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip

ASTM A774/A774M As-Welded Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel

Fittings for General Corrosive Service at Low and

Moderate Temperatures

ASTM A778 Welded, Unannealed Austenitic Stainless Steel

Tubular Products

B. QUALIFICATIONS:

All shop fabricated stainless steel pipe and fittings shall be furnished by a single

manufacturer who is experienced and qualified in the manufacture and fabrication of the items to

be furnished. The pipe and fittings shall be shop-fabricated and field-installed in accordance

with common industry wide practices and methods and shall comply with these specifications.

Only weld procedures which have been qualified under ASME Section IX and only

welders who have successfully completed performance qualification tests per ASME Section IX

on these qualified procedures shall be utilized.



C. TESTING:

Factory testing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A312, ASTM A409 HT-0,

or ASTM A778, depending on the size and type of stainless steel pipe provided.

1.03 SUBMITTALS






A check mark shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole.

If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested

by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a

number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to

a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation.

The Construction Manager shall be the final authority for determining

acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the

paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the





further consideration .

2. Shop fabrication drawings showing details of materials, piping, fittings,

couplings, dielectric connections, joint locations and details, types and

locations of supports.

3. Other data necessary to show conformance of the complete piping system

to these specifications.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPE

Unless otherwise specified, stainless steel pipe 2-1/2 inches and smaller shall be

Type 316, seamless, threaded joints conforming to ASTM A312. The minimum wall thickness

shall be Schedule 40S.

Unless otherwise specified, stainless steel piping 3 inches and larger shall be

manufactured from ASTM A240 annealed and pickled sheets and plates, Type 316, in

accordance with ASTM A778 or ASTM A409 HT-0. Only extra-low carbon (ELC) materials



with 0.030 percent maximum carbon shall be used. Pipe shall be manufactured to nominal pipe

sizes as listed in ANSI B36.19 and shall have the following nominal wall thickness:

Nominal pipe size,

inches

Schedule

gage/plate

Wall thickness

inches

3-8 Schedule 5S

10-16 Schedule 10

2.02 FITTINGS

Unless otherwise specified, stainless steel fittings, 2-1/2-inches and smaller, shall be

ASTM A403, of the same material and pressure rating as the pipe, threaded long radius with

dimensions conforming to ANSI B16.11.

Unless otherwise specified, stainless steel fittings, 3-inch and larger, shall be butt-weld

type manufactured in accordance with ASTM A774 of the same material and in the same

thicknesses as the pipe. Long radius elbows up to 24 inches in diameter shall be smooth flow.

All short radius, special radius, and reducing elbows and long radius elbows greater than 24

inches in diameter shall be of mitered construction. Reducers shall be straight tapered, cone

type. Tees, crosses, laterals, and wyes shall be shop-fabricated from pipe.

2.03 JOINTS

Stainless steel pipe fabricated into spool pieces shall have shop-welded circumferential

butt-weld joints or flanges. Unless otherwise specified, flanged joints shall be Van Stone joints

made up of stainless steel slip-on type rolled-angle face rings and ductile iron backup flanges

drilled to ANSI B16.1, Class 125 standard. The angle face ring thickness shall be equal to or

greater than the wall of the pipe or fitting to which it is welded, and it shall be continuously

welded on both sides to the pipe or fitting. The angle leg shall not interfere with the flange bolt

holes. For submerged joints, backup flanges shall be stainless steel plate flanges. The backup

flanges shall be supplied with the following nominal thicknesses.

Nominal pipe size,

inches

Flange thickness,

inches

3 1/2

4 9/16

6-10 5/8

12-16 3/4



2.04 COUPLINGS

A. GENERAL:

Fabricated stainless steel piping shall be shop-prepared for pipe couplings where

specified. Unless otherwise specified, couplings shall be arched-band or grooved type.

B. SLEEVE TYPE:

Sleeve type couplings, where specified, shall be of standard steel construction as

specified in paragraph 15085-2.02 A. Pipe shall be plain-end with external weld beads ground

smooth to ensure proper gasket seating. For pressure pipe lines, sleeve coupling joints shall be

restrained by the use of harness rods connecting across the joint to flange lugs on adjacent flange

joints. Where no adjacent flange joints exist, stainless steel harness lugs shall be welded to the

pipe to receive the harness rods.

C. ARCHED-BAND TYPE:

Arched-band type couplings shall be stainless steel of the same material and wall

thickness as the pipe and shall be Depend-O-Lok type as manufactured by Brico or equal.

Couplings shall be Fixed--FxF, Expansion--ExE, or Fixed by Expansion--FxE as specified or as

required. The pipe shall be plain-end with external weld beads ground smooth and with S.S.

restraining rings shop-welded to the piping for fixed type couplings.

D. GROOVED-END TYPE: NOT USED

E. EXPANSION TYPE:

Unless otherwise specified, expansion couplings shall be the flanged rubber arch type as

specified in Section 15090. Pipe flanges shall be provided for these couplings.

2.05 THREADED CONNECTIONS

Threaded pipe, gage, or instrument connections shall be made using stainless steel,

150-pound, threaded half-couplings conforming to ASTM A182 or ASTM A276, shop welded to

the pipe at the locations specified.

2.06 GASKETS

Unless otherwise specified, gaskets shall be as specified in the PIPESPECS and in

paragraph 15085-2.03. For air lines, gaskets shall be neoprene or EPDM suitable for use at

temperatures to 240 degrees F.



2.07 BOLTS

Bolts, nuts, and washers for stainless steel flange assemblies and stainless steel couplings

shall be the same material, conforming to ASTM A320 for low-temperature service and

ASTM A193 and ASTM A194 for high-temperature service. Bolts, nuts and washers for other

couplings shall be as specified in referenced paragraphs for the couplings.

2.08 PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS

Unless otherwise specified, all hangers, rods, structural attachments, and other

components of support systems for stainless steel pipe shall be of the same materials as the pipe

and conform to Section 15096.

2.09 FINISH

After all shop operations have been completed, pipe and fittings shall be pickled and

passivated in manufacturer's plant, and scrubbed and washed until discoloration and possible iron

picked up from manufacturing process are removed. The standard finish for 16-gage through 8-

gage material shall be No. 1 or 2B per ASTM A480; 3/16-inch and heavier plate material shall

be No. 1 mill finish or better per ASTM A480.

2.10 PRODUCT DATA

The following information and data shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

1. Certifications specified in the following documents:

a. ASTM A403, paragraph 14.1

b. ASTM A774, paragraph 14.1

c. ASTM A778, paragraph 14.1

d. ASTM A409, paragraph 17.1

2. Test results specified in paragraph 15067-1.02 C.

3. Names and qualification records of proposed welders.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 PIPE CUTTING, THREADING, AND JOINTING

Pipe cutting, threading, and jointing shall conform to the requirements of ANSI B31.1.

All pipe threads shall be lubricated with Teflon tape.



3.02 WELDING

A. GENERAL:

Piping with wall thickness up to 11 gage (0.120 inch) shall be welded with the TIG

(GTAW) process. Unless otherwise specified, heavier walls shall be properly beveled and have

a root pass with the TIG (GTAW) process followed by subsequent passes with the TIG (GTAW),

MIG (GMAW), or Metallic Arc (SMAW) process. Filler wire of ELC grades only shall be

added to all welds to provide a cross section at the weld equal to or greater than the parent metal.

Weld deposit shall be smooth and evenly distributed and have a crown of no more than 1/16 inch

on the I.D. and 3/32 inch on the O.D. of the piping. Concavity, undercut, cracks, or crevices

shall not be allowed. Butt welds shall have full penetration to the interior surface, and inert gas

shielding shall be provided to the interior and exterior of the joint. Excessive weld deposits,

slag, spatter, and projections shall be removed by grinding. Welds on gasket surfaces shall be

ground smooth.

B. FIELD WELDING:

Field welding shall be minimized to the greatest extent possible by use of couplings and

prefabrication of pipe systems at the factory. Pipe butt welds may be performed at the job site,

providing the but welds are performed only with an inert gas shielded process and that other

applicable specified welding requirements are rigidly adhered to.

All residue, oxide, and heat stain is to be removed from any type of field weld and the

affected areas adjacent by the use of stainless steel wire brushes, followed by cleaning with an

agent such as Eutectic Company's "Eucleen," or equal, followed by complete removal of the

agent.

C. PREPARATION OF SURFACES TO BE WELDED:

Surfaces of joints to be welded shall be free from mill scale, slag, grease, oil, paint, rust,

and other foreign material. Joints to be welded shall be wire-brushed with stainless steel wire

brushes and precisely fitted before welding.

D. WEATHER CONDITIONS:

Welding shall be done only when the surfaces are completely free of any moisture.

Welding of the pipe shall not be done during periods of high winds or rain unless the areas being

welded are properly shielded.

E. TACK WELDS, CLIPS, AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS:

Nicks, gouges, notches, and depressions in the base metal in the area of the joint shall be

repaired before the joint weld is made. Tack welds, clips, and other attachments shall be

removed and defects repaired, except where the tack welds occur within the weld area and these

tack welds do not exceed the size of the completed weld. Cracked tack welds shall be removed.



Areas to be repaired shall be ground to clean metal and then repaired by building up with weld

metal. The repaired areas shall be ground smooth to form a plane surface with the base metal.

F. DEFECTS AND REPAIRS:

Welds with cracks, slag inclusions, porosity, undercutting, incomplete penetration, or

which are otherwise deficient in quality or made contrary to any provisions of these

specifications shall be removed by chipping or grinding throughout their depth to clean base

metal. Calking or peening of welds to correct defects shall not be done. Welds found deficient

in dimension but not in quality shall be enlarged by additional welding after thoroughly cleaning

the surface of previously deposited metal and the adjoining plate. Weld deposits, slag, weld

spatter, and projections into the interior of the pipe shall be removed by grinding.

3.03 MARKING, SHIPPING, AND STORAGE

All pipe, fittings, and fabrications shall be properly marked with type, gage, and heat

number. All fabricated piping shall have openings plugged and flanges secured for storage

and/or transport after fabrication. All fabricated piping shall be piece-marked with identifying

numbers or codes which correspond to the Contractor's layout and installation drawings. The

marks will be located on the spools at opposite ends and 180 degrees apart. Pipe spools shall be

loaded and blocked and lagged as necessary to ensure protection from damage during shipping.

Stainless steel pipe and fittings shall be stored per manufacturer's recommendation. Dents,

gouges, and scratches in stainless steel pipe and fittings are not acceptable and are reason for

rejecting pipe and fittings.

3.04 FABRICATION/INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

The piping supplier during manufacturing, fabricating and handling stages, and the

Contractor during handling and installation stages, shall use extreme care to avoid the contact of

any ferrous materials with the stainless steel piping. All saws, drills, files, wire brushes, etc.

shall be used for stainless steel piping only. Pipe storage and fabrication racks shall be non-

ferrous or stainless steel or rubber-lined. Nylon slings or straps shall be used for handling

stainless steel piping. Contact with ferrous items may cause rusting of iron particles embedded

in the piping walls. After installation, the Contractor shall wash and rinse all foreign matter from

the piping surface. All welded joints shall be treated with a pickling solution, brushed with

stainless steel wire brushes and rinsed clean. If rusting of embedded iron occurs, the Contractor

shall pickle the affected surface with Oakite Deoxidizer SS, or equal, scrub with stainless steel

brushes, and rinse clean.

3.05 COATINGS

After installation, the Contractor shall paint all steel or iron flanges, couplings, and

appurtenances in accordance with Section 09900. Painting of the stainless steel pipe is not

required. However, the Contractor shall be responsible for supplying and installing the stainless

steel piping with a consistently clean surface. Identifying spool piece marks shall be removed



with paint thinner or solvents and the entire stainless steel surface shall be washed with detergent

and hot water and rinsed clean.





STEEL REINFORCED POLYMER

CONCRETE PIPE


SECTION 15072

STEEL REINFORCED POLYMER CONCRETE PIPE

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

Perform the work as specified and required to provide all Steel Reinforced Polymer

Concrete (Polymer) pipe in place, for complete and operable pipelines for the intended use.

B. REQUIREMENT

At the Contractor’s option, Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete (Polymer) Pipe may be

provided as an alternate material for gravity sewer service unless otherwise specified.

1. DESIGN RESPONSIBILITY: The design and layout of pipe, manholes

and fittings shall meet the service conditions and the criteria specified in this Section and as

shown on the Plans are the responsibility of the Contractor. This design shall be performed by or

under the supervision of a Professional Engineer licensed by the State of California. The

Contractor shall submit design calculations for Polymer pipe, manholes and fittings with wall

thickness and strength class demonstrating that the pipe is capable of sustaining the maximum

stresses to be imposed during installation and service.

a. The calculations shall take into account ground loads, live loads,

jacking forces, estimated pipe string compression, eccentric forces

due to steering (0.5 degree joint deflection), external loads such as

traffic and railroad, and any other loads which may be reasonably

anticipated.

b. All loads, the factor of safety and allowable jacking capacities

shall be shown and described. The allowable safe jacking capacity

of the pipe shall be 3.0 times greater than the maximum jacking

forces which may be imposed on the pipe by the microtunneling

process of installation as identified by theoretical calculations

c. Separate submittals shall be provided for microtunnel and open cut

installation methods. Pipe shall be designed and calculations

provided in accordance with the minimum parameters and

requirements specified herein.


CONCRETE PIPE


d. The calculations shall include trench details and materials

proposed for bedding and backfill in accordance with Section

02223 and Section 02200 for review and approval by the


Designs shall be prepared by and signed and sealed by a Licensed Professional

Engineer of the State of California.

C. DEFINITIONS:

Per Section 15059.


A. REFERENCES:















Reference Title

ASTM A276 Standard for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and

Shapes.

ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.

ASTM C443 Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and

Manholes Using Rubber Gaskets.

ASTM C579

Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Chemical

Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacing and Polymer

Concretes.

ASTM D4161

Standard Specification for “Fiberglass” (Glass-Fiber-

Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible

Elastomeric Seals.


CONCRETE PIPE


Reference Title

ASTM D6783 Standard Specification for Polymer Concrete Pipe.

ASTM F477 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for

Joining Plastic Pipe.

ASTM C-76 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Sewer Pipe.

ASTM C-497 Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections,

and Tile.

B. MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS:

Manufacturer shall maintain a continuous Quality Control Program and laboratory

facilities capable of performing the inspections and testing required by the Contract Documents.

All material testing, inspection procedures and process of manufacture shall be subject to

inspection by the Construction Manager.

Manufacturer shall perform all tests and inspections required by ASTM D6783 and the

Contractor shall submit a manufacturer’s affidavit that all provided materials have been tested

and meet the performance requirements of ASTM D6783. Certified test reports shall be provided

upon request.

The manufacturer of pipe and fittings must demonstrate 10 consecutive years of

successful history of steel reinforced polymer pipe production for sewer service in the United

States with a minimum of 50,000 linear feet of pipe installed in similar or larger diameters and

provide upon request, references for a minimum of 10 projects with 48-inch and larger pipe

sizes, demonstrating the successful installation, grouting and joint integrity of the pipe design.

Pipe and fitting shall be the product of one manufacturer.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall submit the following in accordance with the General Conditions and

Section 01300:

1. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit the following:

a. Detailed drawings of the pipe, gaskets, joints, pipe special sections,

and connections. Detailed drawings shall provide dimensions of

pipes including inside diameter and wall thicknesses and details of

pipe reinforcement, pipe joints and gaskets.

b. Pipe-laying diagrams showing each pipe, special, and accessory

item necessary to complete the Work in sequence of installation.

The location, length, strength designation, and number or marking

designation of each pipe section and special pipe section to be

furnished. The station and elevation of the pipe invert at all


CONCRETE PIPE


changes in grade and all data on curves and bends for both

horizontal and vertical alignment shall also be shown. Include the

following information:

1) Quantities and laying lengths of each piece.

2) Invert stations with respect to the Project baseline.

3) Invert grade with respect to horizontal between each

change of grade.

4) Invert elevations referenced to Project vertical datum at

each change in horizontal geometry and vertical grade.

5) Maximum allowable joint deflections for each type of joint

to nearest 1/8 inch; top or bottom, left or right.

6) Areas requiring special embedment conditions.

7) Details of pipe closures.

8) Detail of specials and fittings.

9) PVC Liner coverage.

c. Marking Schedule: Marks to be used on the finished products to

identify pipes, specials and accessories shown on shop drawings

and laying schedules. Coordinate identification of each piece with

shop drawings, product data, and marking schedule.

2. DESIGN CALCULATIONS: Design calculations demonstrating that the

pipe is capable of sustaining the total maximum loads to be imposed during installation including

jacking loads.

3. JOINT TESTING PROCEDURES: Pipe joint test procedures describing

method of joint testing and repair procedures in accordance to the manufacturer’s

recommendations.

4. MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE:

Manufacturer’s certificate of compliance with the requirements per Paragraph 1.02.B of this

Section.

Manufacturers Certificate of Compliance stating pipe and fittings provided are in

accordance with the requirements of this Section and referenced Standards for each size of pipe

and fittings used. Provide certified test results upon request.


CONCRETE PIPE


Provide an affidavit of compliance stating Polymer pipe provided meets chemical

resistance and physical properties in accordance with ASTM D3681. Provide certified test results

upon request.

Provide an affidavit of compliance for the provided gasket that it is suitable for

use in sanitary sewer systems, manufactured in accordance with ASTM D4161 and meets the

minimum requirements of ASTM F477. Provide with test reports on the properties of the gasket

material. Certified test results upon request per Section 15075.

Manufacturer instructions on storage, handling, transportation, and installation.

1.04 SERVICE CONDITIONS

The Contractor shall design and prepare lay drawings of the pipe to meet the service

conditions of installation as specified.

A. DESIGN CRITERIA:

Minimum criteria for design of piping systems shall include the following:

1. Service Conditions:

a. Liquid Service: Sewage.

b. Flow Conditions: Non Pressure – Gravity flow.

2. External Loads for Buried Pipelines: External loads imposed on pipelines

include earth load, live load, and forces imposed on the pipe by the

Contractor’s means and methods. Minimum values shall be as follows:

a. Depth of cover shall be as shown.

b. Minimum earth load for design of pipe shall be a unit weight of soil of

130 pounds per cubic foot.

c. Native soil conditions as provided by Geotechnical Investigations.

d. Under Roadways: AASHTO H20 truck loading with earth cover.

e. Under Railroads and within Railroad Right-of-Way: Cooper E80 live

loading with earth cover.

f. Hydrostatic loading shall assume groundwater to grade unless otherwise

shown.

3. Installation method shall be as shown on the Drawings.


CONCRETE PIPE


1.05 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE

Handle all pipe, fittings, and appurtenances carefully with proper handling devices: web

slings, padded slings and clean, padded forks in accordance with manufacturer’s

recommendations.

Store pipe, fittings and appurtenances on heavy wood blocking or platforms so they are

not in contact with the ground.

Materials cracked, gouged, chipped, dented or otherwise damaged will not be accepted.

Minor defects in the pipe or coatings may be repaired at the site by a method approved by the

manufacturer and the Engineer. Damaged pipe, fittings and appurtenances shall be repaired or

replaced at Contractor’s expense.

1.06 SCHEDULE

Per Section 15059.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. RESIN SYSTEM:

The resin shall have a minimum deflection temperature of 158°F when tested at 264 psi.

Pipe shall not contain Portland cement or other corrodible elements other than steel

reinforcement. Pipe shall sustain without failure for 50 years a minimum load of 50% of the

initial three-edge bearing strength when exposed to the following:

1. Chemical Solution – 1.0 N Sulfuric Acid – Water and Sodium Hydroxide

(pH of 10.0)

B. FILLER:

Aggregate shall conform to a maximum grain size of 5/8 inch. The sand shall have a

maximum grain size of 16 mesh. The filler shall be in inert powder. The aggregate, sand, and

inert powder shall be cleaned, washed, and dried. All aggregate, sand and powder shall meet the

requirements of ASTM C33.

C. ADDITIVES:

Resin additives, such as curing agents, pigments, dyes, filers, thixotropic agents, etc.,

when used, shall not detrimentally affect the performance of the product.


CONCRETE PIPE


D. ELASTOMERIC GASKETS:

Gaskets shall meet ASTM F477 and be supplied by approved gasket manufacturers and

be suitable for the service intended. Gaskets shall be EPDM and suitable for the service

intended. Gaskets shall be either affixed to the pipe by means of a suitable adhesive or shall be

installed in such a manner so as to prevent the gasket from rolling out of the pipes’ pre-cut

grooves.

E. STAINLESS STEEL COUPLINGS:

Stainless steel joint sleeves and couplings shall meet the requirements of ASTM A276.

2.02 MANUFACTURE

A. PIPE:

The manufacturer shall use only polyester or vinyl ester resin systems with a proven

history of performance in this particular application. Manufacture pipe by the vibratory vertical

casting process resulting in a dense, non-porous, corrosion-resistant, homogeneous, composite

structure, homogeneous. The pipe wall shall consist of a thermosetting resin and aggregate and

shall meet the performance requirements of ASTM D6783. Steel reinforcement is acceptable.

1. DIAMETER: The actual diameter of the pipes shall be in accordance with

ASTM C-76 with strength class and D-load per ASTM D6783.

2. LENGTHS: Pipe shall be supplied in nominal lengths of 10 feet. Actual

laying length shall be nominal +1 inch. At least 90 percent of the total footage of each size and

class of pipe, excluding special order lengths, shall be furnished in nominal length sections.

Special short lengths may be used where surface geography or installation conditions require

shorter lengths.

3. STRENGTH CLASS: Pipe shall be Class III, IV, and V. Quality of

materials, process of manufacture, and finished pipe shall be subject to inspection and approval

by Engineer. The minimum wall thickness, measured at the narrowest point along the pipe.

4. TOLERANCES: Pipe shall meet minimum tolerances for straightness and

end squareness:

a. END SQUARENESS: Pipe ends shall be square to the pipe axis

with a maximum tolerance of ¼-inch.

b. STRAIGHTNESS: Pipes shall be straight to within ¼-inch per

linear foot.

A minimum compressive strength of 10,000 psi per ASTM C579.


CONCRETE PIPE


B. JOINTS:

Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be connected with a 304 stainless steel or

fiberglass reinforced sleeve/coupling utilizing an elastomeric sealing gasket as the sole means to

maintain joint water-tightness. The joint shall meet the performance requirements of ASTM

C443 and ASTM D4161 as applicable. The joint shall have an outside diameter equal to or

slightly lesser than the outside diameter of the pipe. When pipe is assembled, the joints shall be

essentially flush with the outside diameter of the pipe. Joints at tie-ins may use couplings that

extend beyond the outside diameter of the pipe.

Joints shall be water tight to 35 psi.

1. FITTINGS: Flanges, elbows, reducers, tees, wyes, laterals and other

fittings shall be capable of withstanding all operating conditions when installed. Fittings shall be

manufactured from mitered sections of pipe and jointed by epoxy bonding or fiberglass overlay.

2. MARKING: Each pipe section shall be marked at both ends inside and on

the outside to identify the manufacturer, manufacturer number (identified factory location and

date of manufacture), nominal diameter, pipe strength class.

3. MANUFACTURERS: Provide products of one of the following:

a. U.S. Composite Pipe (USCP)

b. Or equal.

2.03 CHEMICAL TESTING AND PHYSICAL TESTING

A. CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL TESTING:

Pipes shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with ASTM D6783. The

manufacturing process shall result in a dense, non-porous, corrosion-resistant, consistent

composite structure.

2.04 TRUNK SEWER MANHOLES AND TRANSITIONS

Manholes shall be constructed of the same material as the pipe or CCFRPM Tee base

construction per Section 15059. Provide CCFRPM shop fabricated transitions between CCFRPM

and Polymer pipe. Submit transition joint for review and approval by the Construction Manager.


CONCRETE PIPE


PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. INSPECTION:

Inspect each pipe prior to installation. The pipe shall be free of cracks, holes,

delaminations, foreign inclusions, blisters, or other defects that result in a variation of inside

diameter or more than 1/8-inch from that obtained on adjacent unaffected portions of the surface

or defects that would, due to their nature, degree, or extent, have a deleterious effect on the pipe

performance as determined by the Engineer. Prior to installation, damaged pipe shall be either

repaired or field cut to remove the damaged portion as approved by a Manufacturer’s

Representative. Retest within 60 days prior to installation of all pipe that is more than 180 days

old from the date of manufacture to ensure compliance with the requirements of this Section. Do

not install pipe that is more than 2 years old from the date of manufacture.

Should the Construction Manager elect not to inspect the manufacturing or testing of

finished pipes, it in no way implies approval of products or tests.

3.02 INSTALLATION

Trench excavation, bracing methods, foundation preparation, pipe bedding, trench

backfill and related operations shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 15051,

Buried Piping Installation.

The manufacturer shall furnish a suitable qualified field service representative to be

present during the installation of pipe for the first two manhole to manhole segments of each size

pipe installed.

3.03 PIPE TO MANHOLE CONNECTIONS

All interceptor sewer pipes connecting to CCFRP manholes tees shall be as made with

CCFRP transition adaptors manufactured to match the Polymer pipe joint. The joint shall meet

the performance requirements of the polymer joint.

3.04 PIPELINE ACCEPTANCE AND TESTS

A. DEFLECTION TESTING:

Following placement and compaction of backfill and prior to placing permanent

pavement, ball and mandrel the pipe to measure for obstructions (excessive deflections, joint

offsets, and lateral pipe intrusions) in accordance with Section 15044. Pipe initial vertical cross-

section deflection shall not exceed 3% of the original pipe diameter. Provide inspection data to



CONCRETE PIPE


B. JOINT PRESSURE TESTING:

Pressure test each pipe joint using portable pipe joint tester prior to backfilling or

grouting. Test pressure shall be 3 psi. Repair joint leaks which do not meet the leakage criteria.

1. Pipe Joint tester shall meet the following criteria:

a. Pressure cylinder which fits inside pipe, straddles pipe joint and

isolates and pressurizes a section of pipe.

b. Elastomeric sealing elements encircle the joint tester body so that

when inflated or deformed they affect a seal between the joint

tester body and the interior surface of the pipe. Sealing elements

shall be designed to resist test pressure at an inflation pressure that

does not exceed capacity of pipe.

c. Data plate: References pipe diameter, rated test pressure, inflation

pressure and any torque requirements for threaded fasteners.

2. Acceptable manufacturer:

a. Mechanical Research & Design, Inc.

b. Lansas Products.

c. Approved equal.

3. Joint pressure test procedure:

a. Gasketed joint: Maintain test pressure for a minimum two minutes.

b. Visually inspect and mark any leaks indicated by escaping gas bubbles or

water.

c. Leakage criteria: One psi pressure drop in two minutes allowed.


DOUBLE CONTAINMENT

PLASTIC PIPE


SECTION 15073

DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PLASTIC PIPE

PART 1--GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies double containment piping systems that include primary piping

contained within secondary containment housing.

B. PIPE DESIGNATIONS:

For use in the Piping System Specification Sheets (PIPESPEC) in Section 15050 and in this

section, the following plastic pipe designations are defined:

Designation Definition

PVC Polyvinylchloride


A. REFERENCES:


as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of

the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.

Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at

the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if

there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization,

references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified

by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document

before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to

those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, whether or not

the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced.

Reference Title

ASTM D1784 Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated

Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds

ASTM D1785 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and

120

DOUBLE CONTAINMENT

PLASTIC PIPE


Reference Title

ASTM D2466 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40

ASTM D2564 Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe

and Fittings

ASTM F402 Safe Handling of Solvent Cements and Primers Used for Joining

Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings

ASTM F493 Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC)

Plastic Pipe and Fittings

B. MANUFACTURER’S QUALIFICATIONS:

The double containment piping system shall be a pre-fabricated system. Manufacturer shall

have a minimum of five years experience manufacturing similar systems as that specified in this

Section.

C. UNIT RESPONSIBILITY

The Contractor shall assign unit responsibility as specified in paragraph 11000-1.02 C to the

double containment system manufacturer for the equipment and material specified in this section.

A certificate of unit responsibility shall be provided.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

The following information shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300:





Check marks (3) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole.

If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by

the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number

in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed

written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The

Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of

requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not

underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the

specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification

sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the

specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for

rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration.

DOUBLE CONTAINMENT

PLASTIC PIPE


2. A copy of the contract document control diagrams and process and

instrumentation diagrams relating to the submitted equipment, with

addendum updates that apply to the equipment in this section, marked to

show specific changes necessary for the equipment proposed in the

submittal. If no changes are required, the drawing or drawings shall be

marked "no changes required". Failure to include copies of the relevant

drawings with the submittal shall be cause for rejection of the entire

submittal with no further review.

3. Certificate of Unit Responsibility attesting that the Contractor has assigned,

and that the manufacturer accepts, unit responsibility in accordance with the

requirements of this Section and paragraph 11000-1.02 C. No other

submittal material will be reviewed until the certificate has been received

and found to be in conformance with these requirements.

4. Catalog information for all system components.

PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS

The Owner and Engineer believe the following candidate manufacturer is capable of

producing equipment and/or products that will satisfy the requirements of this Section. This

statement, however, shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular manufacturer's product,

nor shall it be construed that a named manufacturer's standard product will comply with the

requirements of this Section. Candidate manufacturer's include Guardian Systems, or equal.

2.02 MATERIALS

A. GENERAL:

Each contained piping system shall include a primary piping system as specified in

Section 15050 within a schedule 40 PVC secondary containment housing. Interstitial supporting

devices shall be provided within the secondary containment pipe to center and support the

primary piping. Supports shall be designed to allow continuous drainage in the annular space to

the drain point.

B. PRIMARY PIPE:

Primary pipe and fittings shall be as specified in Section 15050.

DOUBLE CONTAINMENT

PLASTIC PIPE


C. SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPE:

PVC material for pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM D1784, Class 12454-B. Pipe and

fittings shall be schedule 40 in accordance with ASTM D1785 and ASTM D2466, respectively.

PVC solvent weld cement shall be as specified in Section 15050.

Interstitial supporting devices used to center and support the primary piping within the

secondary containment piping shall be molded polypropylene (Guardian Centra-Guide, or equal).

All fittings shall be pre-assembled and pre-tested by the manufacturer.

2.05 PRODUCT DATA


1. Operation and maintenance information in accordance with Section 01730.

2. Layout drawings including details of pipe fabrications, pre-fabricated double

containment fitting dimensions, starting and terminating connections, vent

and drain details for secondary containment, valves, and accessories.

Provide joint details, methods and locations of supports, and all other

pertinent technical data for piping system being provided.

PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

All installation procedures shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s specific

recommendations. Splitting and re-welding of fittings shall not be permitted.

The manufacturer shall provide a representative to supervise Contractor’s personnel during

start of installation. Contractor personnel that will prepare solvent cemented joints shall be qualified

for such work according to procedures described in ASME B 31.3, Chapter VII for bonding of

plastic piping. Bonding qualification procedure shall be as written and provided by the

manufacturer.

Unless otherwise specified, secondary containment piping exposed to sunlight shall be

painted with coating system L-2 as specified in Section 09900.

3.02 TESTING

DOUBLE CONTAINMENT

PLASTIC PIPE


Testing and cleaning of piping systems shall be per Section 15050. Contractor shall also

check operation of all valves and appurtenances.

**END OF SECTION**

BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLIES


SECTION 15074

BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLIES

PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, testing, and installation of blow off assemblies for

potable and recycled waterlines. Blow off assemblies shall be installed on potable and recycled

water mains as specified.

Blow-off assemblies shall be provided as specified herein and in accordance with

CMWD Standard Specification and Drawings unless otherwise specified. In case of conflict

between the requirements, those requirements providing the Owner the greatest protection shall

prevail, as determined by the Construction Manager.

Blow off Valve Assemblies shall be rated to the working pressures of the transmission

main as specified.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

The Contractor shall submit the following in accordance with the General Conditions and

Section 01300.

Manufacturer’s product data with materials listed per specification requirements, and

recommended installation for pipe, fittings, valves, appurtenances and miscellaneous materials

provided.

PART 2 -- MATERIALS

2.01 GENERAL

Blow off assemblies and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from

CMWD’s Approved Materials List.

Blow off assemblies shall be sized and located as specified behind curbs or sidewalks, at

the end of capped pipes, or as established in the field by the Construction Manager.

Blow off assemblies shall be sized as follows.

1. Two inch (2") blow off assemblies per CMWD W-6 or multiple 2” blow

off assemblies will be required on pipelines 4”, thru 12” unless otherwise

specified.

BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLIES


2. Four inch (4") blow off assemblies per CWMD W-6 will be required on

pipeline sizes 12” thru 16" unless otherwise specified.

3. Six inch (6") blow off assembly per CMWD W-11A shall be provided on

pipeline sizes 18" and larger unless otherwise specified.

4. Provide temporary blow-off assembly per SDRSD WB-05. 2.04 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING

Blow off assemblies for Potable water and recycled water shall be color coded in

accordance with Section 15064. Field painting and coating materials shall be in accordance with

CMWD Specification Section 09900 and CMWD’s Approved Materials List.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

Blow off assemblies shall be installed at locations as specified or as directed by the


Blow off assemblies shall be connected to water mains no closer than 24" to a bell,

coupling, joint or fitting.

Piping from the main to the blow-off valve shall be placed on a continuous upward grade

to avoid pocketing air.

Install insulating couplings where dissimilar metals are to be joined. Apply Teflon tape to

the outside threads of the close brass or stainless steel nipple before installing the threaded nipple

into the coupling and service saddle or weld on outlet. Joints shall be watertight.

Provide Warning/Identification Tape over buried piping for blow off assembly in


Provide concrete thrust blocks per CMWD Standard Detail W-15

3.02 DISINFECTION OF BLOWOFF ASSEMBLIES

Blow off assemblies shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 15041 in conjunction

with disinfecting the main to which it is connected. Blow off assembly valves shall be operated

and the assembly shall be flushed to completely disinfect all internal parts.

BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLIES



Blow off assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 15044 in

conjunction with hydrostatically testing the pipeline to which it is connected.


BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLIES



JOINT GASKETS


SECTION 15075

JOINT GASKETS

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section specifies rubber gaskets for push-on compression type joints used with

fabricated steel pipe, steel pipe, reinforced concrete pipe, concrete cylinder pipe, and cement

mortar lined and coated steel pipe.


A. REFERENCES:















Reference Title

ASTM D395 Rubber Property--Compression Set, Test for

ASTM D412 Rubber Properties in Tension, Test for

ASTM D471 Rubber Property--Effect of Liquids, Test for

ASTM D573 Rubber--Deterioration in an Air Oven, Test for

ASTM D1149 Rubber Deterioration--Surface Ozone Cracking in a Chamber

(Flat Specimens), Test for

ASTM D2240 Rubber Property--Durometer Hardness, Test for

JOINT GASKETS


B. TESTING:

Certified copies of test reports indicating that the gasket material has been tested and that

the results of the tests comply with the requirements specified in paragraph 15075-2.02 shall be

provided as product data.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

Gasket stock shall be a synthetic rubber compound in which the elastomer is neoprene

unless otherwise specified. The compound shall contain no less than 50 percent by volume

neoprene and shall be free from factice, reclaimed rubber and other deleterious substances.

2.02 PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS

The compound shall meet the following physical requirements when tested in accordance

with the specified ASTM standards.

A. TENSILE (ASTM D412):

The tensile strength shall be 1500 psi minimum and the ultimate elongation shall be

350 percent minimum.

B. HARDNESS (ASTM D2240, TYPE A DUROMETER):

The compound shall have a hardness in the range of 35 to 50 for concrete spigots and 50

to 65 for steel spigots.

C. COMPRESSION SET (ASTM D395):

The compression set shall not exceed 20 percent when compressed for 22 hours at 70

degrees C.

The test specimens shall be circular discs cut from the gaskets. Test specimens shall be

0.500 (+ 0.005 - 0.025) inches in height. The diameter of the test specimen shall be that of the

gasket but not to exceed 1.129 + 0.010 inches in diameter.

D. AGING (ASTM D573):

The test specimen deterioration shall be less than 20 percent reduction in tensile strength,

40 percent reduction in ultimate elongation, and 15 points increase in hardness.

JOINT GASKETS


E. EFFECT OF LIQUIDS (ASTM D471):

The maximum volume change in oil and in water shall be as follows:

1. Oil: 100 percent in ASTM oil No. 3.

2. Water: 15 percent.

The test specimens shall have a thickness of 0.080 +0.005 inches and shall be circular

discs cut from the gasket.

F. OZONE CRACKING (ASTM D1149):

The test specimen shall be a gasket loop mounted to give at least 20 percent elongation.

There shall be no cracking visible at two times magnification of the gasket after 100 hours

exposure to 1 mg/l ozone at 40 degrees C.

2.03 PRODUCT DATA

In accordance with Section 01300, the Contractor shall provide certified copies of test

reports specified in paragraph 15075-1.02 B.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

The gaskets shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.


JOINT GASKETS



PIPING CONNECTIONS


SECTION 15085

PIPING CONNECTIONS

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section specifies the following methods of connecting metallic piping: flanges,

threading, mechanical couplings, equipment connection fittings, dielectric unions and insulating

kits, joint restraint, and welding.

All connections shall be suitable for the operating conditions and service conditions for

which they are installed.















Reference Title

ANSI Bl.1 Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form)

ANSI Bl.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)

ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings


ANSI B18.2.1 Square and Hex Bolts and Screws Inch Series

ANSI B18.2.2 Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series)


ANSI B31.3 Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping

PIPING CONNECTIONS


Reference Title

ASME Section IX Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Welding and Brazing

Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing

Operators Qualifications

ASTM B98 Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar and Shapes

ASTM F37 Standard Test Methods for Sealability of Gasket Materials

ASTM F104 Standard Classification System for Nonmetallic Gasket

Materials

ASTM F152 Standard Test Methods for Tension Testing of Nonmetallic

Gasket Materials

ASTM F593 Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs

AWWA C111 Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings


AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service-Size 4 in. through

144 in.

AWWA C219 Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain-End Pipe

AWWA C550 Protective Epoxy Coatings for Valves and Hydrants

AWWA C606 Grooved and Shouldered Joints

AWWA M11 Steel Pipe-A Guide for Design and Installation

NSF 61 Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects

1.01 SUBMITTALS

The following submittals shall be provided:

1. Manufacturer cut sheets and data for all mechanical couplings.

2. Calculations and sizing criteria for restraint systems including harness

restraints.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 FLANGE ASSEMBLIES

A. FLANGES:

1. GENERAL: Flanges shall either be flat flanges or convoluted ring flanges

as specified in the following paragraphs.

PIPING CONNECTIONS


2. FLAT FLANGES: Cast iron flanges shall be faced in accordance with

ANSI B16.1. Where companion flanges are used, the flanges on pipe shall be refaced to be flush

with the companion flange face. Class 150 and Class 300 forged steel flanges shall be raised

face conforming to ANSI B16.5. Lightweight slip-on flanges shall be plain face conforming to

AWWA C207, Class B and ANSI B16.5. Unless otherwise specified, steel flanges shall be

ANSI B16.5, Class 150 or AWWA C207, Class D. Class E AWWA flanges shall be provided

where test pressure exceeds 175 psi. Plain faced flanges shall not be bolted to raised face

flanges.

3. CONVOLUTED RING FLANGES: Convoluted ring flanges shall be

ductile iron, forged steel or cast stainless steel, designed to bear on hubs welded to the pipe and

shall be as manufactured by Improved Piping Products. The Construction Manager knows of no

equal. The flange joints shall be rated for not less than 150 percent of the test pressures listed in

Section 15050 and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI B 16.5 and AWWA C207. The

flange manufacturer shall be prepared to demonstrate, by certified pressure test that the flanges

will meet these requirements.

B. GASKETS:

Gasket material shall be as specified in paragraph 15085-2.03.

Gaskets for plain faced flanges shall be the full face type. Thickness shall be 1/16 inch

for pipe 10 inches and less in diameter and 1/8 inch for pipe 12 inches and larger in diameter.

Unless otherwise specified, gaskets for raised face flanges shall match the raised face and shall

be 1/16 inch thick for pipe 3-1/2 inches and less in diameter and 1/8 inch thick for pipe 4 inches

and larger.

C. BOLTS:

Flange assembly bolts shall be ANSI B18.2.1 standard square or hexagon head bolts with

ANSI B18.2.2 standard hexagon nuts. Threads shall be ANSI Bl.1, standard coarse thread

series; bolts shall be Class 2A, nuts shall be Class 2B. Bolt length shall conform to ANSI B16.5.

Unless otherwise specified, bolts shall be carbon steel machined bolts with hot pressed

hexagon nuts. Bolts for submerged service shall be made of Type 316 stainless steel in

conformance with ASTM F593, marking F593F. Nuts for submerged service shall be made of

copper-silicon alloy bronze conforming to ASTM B98, alloy C65100, designation H04 or alloy

C65500, designation H04. Bolts and nuts for buried service shall be made of noncorrosive high-

strength, low-alloy steel having the characteristics specified in ANSI/AWWA C111/A21,

regardless of any other protective coating. Where washers are required, they shall be of the same

material as the associated bolts.

PIPING CONNECTIONS


2.02 MECHANICAL COUPLINGS

A. SLEEVE-TYPE COUPLINGS:

Unless otherwise specified, sleeve-type mechanical pipe couplings shall be Smith-Blair

Type 411, Dresser Style 38, or equal, with the stop removed from the middle ring. Reducing

couplings shall be Smith-Blair Type 415, Dresser Style 62, or equal. Sleeve-type flanged

coupling adapters shall be Smith-Blair Type 913, Dresser Style 128, or equal. Insulating

couplings shall be Smith-Blair Type 416, Dresser Style 39, or equal. Couplings shall be fully

restrained to match the restraint requirements of the piping system.

Bolts for submerged service shall be made of Type 316 stainless steel in conformance

with ASTM F593, markingF593F. Nuts for submerged service shall be made of copper-silicon

alloy bronze conforming to ASTM B98, alloy C65100, designation H04, or alloy C65500,

designation H04. Bolts and nuts for buried service shall be made of noncorrosive high-strength,

low-alloy steel having the characteristics specified in ANSI/AWWA C111/A21, regardless of

any other protective coating. Where washers are required, they shall be of the same material as

the associated bolts.

Gaskets shall be as specified in paragraph 15085-2.03 and AWWA C111.

B. PLAIN END COUPLINGS:

Plain end pipe couplings for pipe sizes 6 inches and smaller shall be Gustin-Bacon 200,

Victaulic Style 99, or equal for Schedule 80 pipe and Gustin-Bacon 205, Victaulic Style 90, or

equal for lighter weight pipe. Plain end couplings for pipe sizes 8 inches and larger shall be

Gustin-Bacon 200, Victaulic Style 99, or equal. Unless otherwise specified, bolts and nuts shall

comply with AWWA C606. Couplings shall be fully restrained to match the restraint

requirements of the piping system.

Gaskets shall be as specified in paragraph 15085-2.03 and AWWA C606.

C. GROOVED END COUPLINGS:

Grooved end flexible-type couplings shall be Gustin-Bacon 100, Victaulic Style 77, or

equal. Grooved end rigid-type couplings shall be Gustin-Bacon 120 Rigi-Grip, Victaulic Style

07 Zero-Flex, or equal. Flexible-type couplings shall be used for all piping greater than 12

inches in diameter; for pipe 12 inches in diameter and less in rack-mounted tunnel piping

applications; and for grooved joints adjacent to pump or blower suction and discharge where

grooved couplings are used for noise and vibration control. All other applications for piping 12

inches in diameter and less shall utilize rigid-type couplings. Grooved end flanged coupling

adapters shall be either Gustin-Bacon 154, Victaulic Style 741, or equal. Snap-joint grooved end

couplings shall be Gustin-Bacon 115, Victaulic Style 78, or equal. Cut grooves are not permitted

on fabricated or lightwall pipe.

PIPING CONNECTIONS


Unless otherwise specified, bolts and nuts shall comply with AWWA C606. Bolts for

submerged service shall be Type 316 stainless steel in conformance with ASTM F593, marking

F593F. Nuts for submerged service shall be made of copper-silicon alloy bronze conforming to

ASTM B98, alloy C65100, designation H04 or alloy C65500, designation H04. Bolts and nuts

for buried service shall be made of noncorrosive high-strength, low-alloy steel having the

characteristics specified in ANSI/AWWA C111/A21, regardless of any other protective coating.

Where washers are required, they shall be of the same material as the associated bolts.

Gaskets shall be as specified in paragraph 15085-2.03 and AWWA C 606.

D. EQUIPMENT CONNECTION FITTINGS:

Equipment connection fittings shall provide both lateral and angular misalignment

adjustment between equipment connection flanges and the connection to field piping systems by

providing individually adjustable flexible joints at each connection. In addition, equipment

connection fittings shall provide full pressure thrust restraint between the field piping connection

and equipment connection flanges.

Equipment connection fittings shall consist of two flanged coupling adapters, a plain end

section of pipe and thrust restraint rods and associated fittings designed to transmit thrust without

transmitting shear to the thrust restraint rods and without compromising provisions for

accommodating angular and parallel misalignment. Materials and features shall conform to the

requirements established in this paragraph. Standard “dismantling joints” incorporate only one

flanged coupling adapter and are not acceptable substitutes. Equipment connection fittings shall

be Viking Johnson, Romac, or equal, modified as specified to provide the required features.

Equipment connection fittings shall each consist of a single sleeve of plain end piping

conforming to the requirements of the specified piping system of sufficient length to span the

gap between the connection at the equipment and the connection at the field piping with gasketed

flange adapters at each end. Thrust restraint shall be provided by means of all threaded rod

spanning between flanges and male rod nuts and female washers that are rounded to provide a

ball-joint type self aligning feature. All threaded restraint rod shall project through flange and

mating flange coupling adapter bolt holes or through holes in restraint lug plates that extend

above the flanges and are secured to the flanges with a minimum of two flange bolts. Where the

all threaded rods project through flange bolt holes, ball joint type nut and washer combinations

and lock washers shall be provided at each face, each end. Where restraint lug plates are

employed, ball joint type nuts and washers shall be provided only on the outside faces of the

plates and the nuts shall have a self locking feature that prevents nut movement due to vibration

or other operational or environmental causes. Double nutting with non-locking nuts shall not be

an acceptable method of providing the self locking feature. Thrust rod diameter and material

shall be selected to provide sufficient freedom of movement through all bolt holes to allow

unrestricted maximum adjustment of equipment connection fittings to accommodate piping

misalignment without transmitting any shear to the thrust rods and also to permit full

development of thrust restraint at all thrust rod tension take-ups. Design of equipment

connection fittings shall conform to AWWA C219.

PIPING CONNECTIONS


Thrust rods, restraint lug plates, nuts, washers and lock washers shall be Type 316

stainless steel, all selected to develop full rated piping system pressure thrust forces. Dry film

molybdenum di-sulfide anti-galling compound shall be factory applied to ends of thrust rods,

covering all threads subject to nut travel and tightening. Gaskets shall be as specified in

paragraph 15085-2.03. Flange gaskets shall be full face type. Follower gaskets shall be

compression wedge type.

Sleeves shall be carbon steel or as specified for the specific piping system. Pressure

rating of flange adapters shall equal or exceed the pressure rating of mating flanges. All metal

portions of equipment connection fittings, with the exception of 316 stainless steel components,

shall be coated and lined with fusion bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C550 and NSF 61.

2.03 GASKETS

Gaskets designated in Section 15050 shall be as follows:

1. EPDM: ethylene-propylene-diene-terpolymer.

2. Neoprene: neoprene.

3. Nitrile: nitrile (Buna N).

4. Compressed gasketing consisting of organic fibers (Kevlar) and neoprene

binder; ASTM F104 (F712400), 2500 psi (ASTM F152), 0.2 ML/HR

LEAKAGE FUEL A (ASTM F37).

5. Compressed gasketing consisting of organic fibers (Kevlar) and SBR

binder; ASTM F104 (F712400), 2500 PSI (ASTM F152), 0.1 ml/hr

leakage Fuel A (ASTM F37).

6. Gylon gasketing, Garlock Style 3500, 2000 psi (ASTM F152), 0.22 ml/hr

Fuel A (ASTM F37).


Fuel A (ASTM F37).


Fuel A (ASTM F37).

9. TFE: noncreeping tetrafluoroethylene (TFE) with insert filler.

10. PTFE bonded EPDM: PTFE bonded to EPDM in full-face gasket having

concentric-convex molded rings; Garlock Stress Saver 370 or equal.

PIPING CONNECTIONS


2.04 THREAD

Pipe thread dimensions and size limits shall conform to ANSI Bl.20.1.

2.05 DIELECTRIC UNIONS

Dielectric protection from electrolytic corrosion shall be provided at points where piping

of dissimilar metals is joined. This includes from stainless steel to other types of steel. Dielectric

unions shall be EPCO, Capitol Manufacturing, or equal.

For insulating unions, use a molded nylon sealing sleeve mounted in a three-piece

malleable-iron body (ASTM A47 or A197). Use thread ends when connecting to steel piping,

and copper solder joint when connecting to copper piping. Minimum working pressure shall be

150 psi or as specified.

2.06 COATINGS

Unless otherwise specified, flange assemblies and mechanical type couplings for buried

installation shall be field coated with System M-1 as specified in Section 09900.

2.07 PRODUCT DATA

In accordance with Section 01300, the Contractor shall provide for each welder, a welder

qualification certificate indicating the welder is certified for pipe welding in accordance with

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel, Section IX. Each welder's certificate shall be provided to the

Construction Manager prior to that welder working on the job.

2.08 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS

Joint Restraint Systems shall be used for PVC or ductile-iron buried pipe as specified and

with prior approval of the Construction Manager. Joint restraint systems shall be used in

conjunction with concrete thrust blocks as specified

Restrained joint systems shall be wax tape coated and polyethylene encased per Section

15050. Contractor shall submit Manufacturer’s product data, shop drawings, calculations, and

catalog data for joint restraint systems.

Joint Restraint Systems for ductile iron pipe shall be as specified in Section 15062.

Joint Restraint Systems for PVC shall be ductile-iron and shall consist of a split-ring

restraint with machined (not cast) serrations – on the inside diameter, a solid back-up ring, and

connecting bolts, and shall be selected from the City and CMWD’s Approved Materials List

unless otherwise specified.

PIPING CONNECTIONS


Joint Restraint Systems for PVC pressure pipe 10-inch or large, shall be:

1. Designed specifically for PVC Pressure pipe

2. Use 304 Stainless steel hardware

3. Approved joint restraint systems shall be Series 1350/1390 Ford Meter

Box Uni Flange Series, EBAA Iron Series 2500, or approved equal

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 PIPE CUTTING, THREADING AND JOINTING

Pipe cutting, threading and jointing shall conform to the requirements of ANSI B31.1.

3.02 PIPE WELDING

Pipe shall be welded by ASME-certified welders using shielded metal arc, gas shielded

arc or submerged arc welding methods. Welds shall be made in accordance with the

requirements of ANSI B31.1 for piping Systems 8, 26, and 28 specified in Section 15050. Welds

shall be made in accordance with the requirements of ANSI B31.3 for piping System 20

specified in Section 15050.

Welds for piping systems not specified above shall be made in accordance with AWWA

C206.

3.03 TAKEDOWN COUPLINGS

Takedown couplings shall be screw unions, flanged or grooved end mechanical coupling

type joints and shall be provided as specified. Flanged or grooved end joints shall be employed

on pipelines 2-1/2 inches in diameter and larger. Where piping passes through walls, takedown

couplings shall be provided within 3 feet of the wall, unless specified otherwise.

A union or flanged connection shall be provided within 2 feet of each threaded end valve.

3.04 FLEXIBILITY

Unless otherwise specified, piping passing from concrete to earth shall be provided with

two pipe couplings or flexible joints as specified on the buried pipe within 2 feet of the structure

for 2-inch through 6-inch diameter pipe; within 3 feet of the structure for 8-inch through 24-inch

diameter pipe; and within one and one-half pipe diameters of the structure for larger pipe.

Where required for resistance to pressure, mechanical couplings shall be restrained in accordance

with Chapter 13 of AWWA M11, including Tables 13-4, 13-5 and 13-5A, and Figure 13-20.

PIPING CONNECTIONS


3.05 DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS

Where a copper pipe is connected to steel or cast iron pipe, an insulating section of

rubber or plastic pipe shall be provided. The insulating section shall have a minimum length of

12 pipe diameters. Dielectric unions as specified in paragraph 15085-2.05 may be used instead

of the specified insulating sections. Where copper pipe is supported from hangers, it shall be

insulated from the hangers, or copper-plated hangers shall be used.

Where dissimilar ferrous metals are connected to each other (for example, steel to ductile

iron, stainless steel to steel) an isolating flange or other isolating fitting shall be provided.

3.06 EQUIPMENT CONNECTION FITTINGS

Where shown, equipment connection fittings shall be provided between field piping

systems and equipment inlet and outlet connections.

3.07 JOINT RESTRAINT INSTALLATION

Joint Restraint Systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers

recommendations and as described below:

1. Length of pipe to be restrained on each side of bends, tees, reducers and

other fittings shall be determined by the Private Engineer or manufacturer

of the restraint device and approved by the Construction Manager.

2. Split ring restraint shall be installed on the spigot end of pipe, connected to

a back-up ring which seats behind the bell of the adjoining pipe or fitting.

3. Restraint devices can be installed prior to lowering pipe into the trench.


PIPING CONNECTIONS



EXPANSION JOINTS AND

FLEXIBLE METAL HOSE


SECTION 15090

EXPANSION JOINTS AND FLEXIBLE METAL HOSE

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section specifies piping expansion joints and flexible metal hose.


A. REFERENCES:







the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement

if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing

organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or

otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last

version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the




Reference Title


EJMA STDS Standards of Expansion Joint Manufacturers' Association,

Edition No. 5

B. SELECTION CRITERIA:

The selection and installation of expansion joints and flexible metal hose shall be in

conformance with the expansion control system designed by the Design Professional, retained

under the requirements of paragraph 15097-1.02 B, and the criteria specified herein. This

requirement, however, shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of responsibility for this

portion of the work.


FLEXIBLE METAL HOSE


C. DESIGN CRITERIA:

1. GENERAL: Expansion joints shall be designed in accordance with EJMA

Standards for pressure, temperature and service as specified in the Piping System Specification

Sheets (PIPESPEC) without crimping of corrugations.

2. FLEXIBLE METAL HOSE: Flexible metal hose shall be suitable for a

line pressure equal to the test pressure listed in the PIPESPEC in Section 15050.

Live lengths for flexible metal hose shall be based upon the service conditions

specified and a design life of 1,000,000 full displacement cycles.

3. EXPANSION JOINTS: Corrugated type expansion joints shall be suitable

for a minimum of 10,000 pressure, temperature and deflection cycles (non-concurrent).

1.03 SUBMITTALS

The following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

1. Design and construction details of formed metal bellows type expansion

joints.

2. Pressure thrust force and spring rate data for formed metal bellows

expansion joints.

3. Details for installation of all expansion joints.

4. Listing of all flexible metal hose applications.

5. Calculations for restraint harnesses.

6. A copy of this specification section with addenda updates, and all

referenced sections with each paragraph check marked to show

specification compliance or marked to show deviations.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 EXPANSION JOINTS

A. METAL CONSTRUCTION:

1. SLIP TYPE FOR FABRICATED METAL PIPING (SEWAGE): Joints

shall be slip type, single end expansion joint for use in pipelines. Provide 10 inches of axial pipe

movement. Ends shall be flanged. Packing shall be alternating rings of rubber and wax


FLEXIBLE METAL HOSE


impregnated flax applicable for temperature between 20 degrees F and 180 degrees F. When

mating to stainless steel piping, expansion joint shall be all 316 stainless steel. Joints shall be

Romac EJ400 series, Smith-Blair 611 series, or equal modified to meet the requirements

specified.

B. ELASTOMER AND FABRIC CONSTRUCTION:

1. GENERAL: Elastomer and fabric expansion joints shall be the standard

spool arch type or the precision molded spherical design type as indicated or specified.

Expansion joint connectors shall have control units (restraints) to prevent excessive axial

elongation and to accept the static pressure thrust in the piping system. Number and sizes of

control rods or restraints shall be as determined by the manufacturer. Unless otherwise specified,

single arch and sphere type expansion joints shall have 6-inch face-to-face dimension for pipe up

to 8 inches and 8-inch face-to-face dimension for pipe 10 and 12 inches.

The cover elastomer shall be chlorobutyl, neoprene or EPDM. For temperatures

between 180 and 240 degrees F, the tube elastomer shall be chlorobutyl or EPDM. Neoprene or

Buna N liners are acceptable for temperatures to 180 degrees F.

Elastomer and fabric type expansion joints used for exterior service shall have

ultra-violet light protection.

Elastomer and fabric type expansion joints shall not be used for pump discharge

piping and where surge forces may be expected.

2. SPOOL TYPE: Spool type expansion joints shall be of the resilient arch

type and shall be standard or tapered as specified. Unless otherwise specified, all tapered

connectors shall be eccentric.

Spool type expansion joints shall be constructed of multiple plies of woven fabric

impregnated with elastomer and reinforced with steel rings or wire embedded in the body.

Standard arch type expansion joints suitable for the specified temperature and pressure shall be

provided with retaining rings or backup rings. Retaining rings shall be 3/8-inch thick steel, split,

either galvanized or zinc shield coated. Expansion joints, single, multiple, or filled arch, shall be

Mason Style EJBN, Garlock Style 204, Mercer Style 500, Goodall Style E-1462, General Style

1025, or equal.

Filled arch type shall be used on all piping systems carrying fluids containing

solids. High pressure couplings suitable for 240 degree F operating temperatures shall be Mason

Style EJBN-HD, Mercer Style 510, Garlock Style 204-HP, Goodall Style E-1489, General Style

1015, or equal.

3. SPHERICAL MOLDED TYPE: Spherical molded type expansion joints

shall be precision molded of multiple plys of nylon tire cord fabric and elastomer suitable for

specified temperature and pressure. Spherical molded type expansion joints shall have steel or


FLEXIBLE METAL HOSE


ductile iron floating flanges, and no metal parts shall come in contact with the fluid. Single

sphere molded connectors shall be Mason Type MFNC, Mercer Type 5500, Goodall Type E-611,

General Type 1010, Garlock Style 8100, or equal. Double sphere or triple sphere connectors

shall be provided where required to provide for the specified movement.

C. POLYVINYLCHLORIDE CONSTRUCTION:

Polyvinylchloride expansion joints shall be Celanese "Chemtrol" CPVC slip type with

Teflon impregnated seal rings, Certain-teed Fluid Tite PVC, Johns-Manville PVC double bell

expansion joint, or equal.

D. TEFLON CONSTRUCTION:

Teflon expansion joints shall be molded TFE bellows and shall be Metraflex T-2,

Garlock Style 215, Resistoflex R-6905, EGC Style M-150, or equal.

2.02 FLEXIBLE METAL HOSE

A. GENERAL:

Flexible metal hose shall be corrugated type 321 stainless steel with stainless steel fittings

and shall be provided with stainless steel single braid, unless otherwise specified. End

connections shall be attached by the heliarc welding process using stainless steel welding rod.

Bronze flexible metal hose shall be provided for copper and brass systems.

B. BRAIDED TYPE:

1. TYPE A: Type A (stainless steel) braided flexible metal hose shall be

Flexonics Series 401M/402M, Flexweld USFWSS-31/32, American BOA Series B, or equal.

2. TYPE B: Type B (bronze) braided flexible metal hose shall be Flexonics

Series 301, Flexweld USFWB-31, American BOA Series B, or equal.

2.03 TEFLON FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS

Teflon flexible connectors shall consist of molded teflon bellows and 150-pound ductile

iron flanges. The flanges shall be completely isolated from the chemical by the molded teflon

bellows. Integral steel limit bolts and Monel reinforcing rings shall be provided on the

connectors. The connectors shall be provided with nonasbestos gaskets. The connectors shall

allow for an axial transverse movement of at least 1/2-inch, and an offset of at least 3/8-inch.

The connectors shall be rated for a pressure of 130 psi, at a temperature of 70 degrees F. The

connectors shall be Metraflex Teflon Expansion Joint, Garlock, modified as necessary to provide

the specified features, or equal.


FLEXIBLE METAL HOSE


PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

Expansion joints and anchors shall be located as specified. Location and number of

guides shall be determined from EJMA Standards.

Expansion joints shall not be installed during times of temperature extreme or in a fully

compressed or fully expanded condition.

Unless otherwise specified, expansion joints 4 inches and larger shall be furnished with

control rods.

3.02 ALIGNMENT

Piping systems shall be aligned prior to installation of expansion joints. Expansion joints

shall not be used to correct piping misalignment during installations. Expansion joints normally

preset at the factory for rated axial compression and expansion shall be installed in this preset

condition.

3.03 EXPANSION JOINT AND CONNECTOR SCHEDULE

Expansion joints and/or flexible metal hose connectors provided for specific equipment

items or piping systems are specified on the following schedule. The location of piping system

expansion joints and design criteria, including temperature, pressure and movement for each

joint, are specified and/or shown on the drawings.

Expansion Joint and Connector Schedule

Type of Expansion

Joint/Connector Type of Service/Use

Formed metal bellows; medium

temperature (2.01 A.1.)

Boiler exhaust, hot water, high pressure air, and gas

and steel lines subjected to ambient temperature

differentials sufficient to require expansion joints.

Elastomer spool arch (2.01 B.2.) Blower connectors and expansion joints for piping

14 inch diameter and larger.

Elastomer spherical molded

(2.01 B.3.)

Blower connectors and expansion joints for piping

12 inch diameter and lessa.

PVC (2.01 C.) PVC piping.

Teflon (2.01 D.) RTRP (FRP ) piping.

Stainless steel braided hose (2.02

B.1.)

CS, LSG and mixed service connections to digester

and stand pipe.


FLEXIBLE METAL HOSE


Type of Expansion

Joint/Connector Type of Service/Use

Bronze braided hose (2.02 B.2.) Air compressor discharge and pump connectors for

copper lines.

Teflon flexible connector (2.03) Connection of PVC piping to chemical storage tanks. aExcludes steam and chemical services.


PIPING APPURTENANCES


SECTION 15095


PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE

This section specifies pipeline thermometers, flow and level gages, pressure gages,

strainers, steam traps, vents and drains.

EXCLUSIONS:

Temperature, pressure and flow measuring devices used for instrumentation are specified

in Division 17. Instruments specified in Section 17211 are identified in the instrument index in

Section 17200.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPELINE THERMOMETERS (NOT USED)

2.02 FLOW AND LEVEL GAGES

A. ROTAMETERS:

Unless otherwise specified, rotameters for purges and other low capacity services shall be

Brooks Sho-Rate "50," Wallace & Tiernan 3-inch purge meter, Schutte & Koerting, or equal,

with integral needle valve and flow controller. Meter tubes shall be glass, floats shall be

stainless steel, and cases shall be aluminum or stainless steel. Unless otherwise specified, meter

sizes shall be selected so that the flow rate recommended by the manufacturer of the purged

equipment falls within the middle third of the meter scale. Units shall have a 3-inch minimum

scale direct reading in the units of flow.

Rotameters for high capacity service shall be glass tube-type with a 5-inch scale and

stainless steel frame. Flow range shall be as specified and scales shall indicate the units of flow.

Rotameters shall be as manufactured by Brooks, Wallace & Tiernan, Schutte & Koerting, or

equal.

Provide adjustable low flow setpoint, activated any time rotameter flow is below setpoint.

Setpoint to be provided either with dry contact output, or external NEMA 4X enclosure with

relay to convert setpoint sensor to a dry contact output. Enclosure to include any required power

supplies, and operate on 120 Volts AC.



B. SIGHT GAGES:

Sight gages shall be 3/4-inch Penberthy 205 Series, Lunkenheimer Fig. 589, or equal,

automatic water gage complete with pyrex gage glass and gage glass protector. Overall length of

gages, type of mounting, and orientation of set shall be as specified.

C. FLOW INDICATORS:

Flow indicators shall be provided where specified. Each indicator shall consist of a

bronze body with threaded ends and a sight glass with rotary wheel. Pressure ratings for flow

indicators shall match pipe pressure ratings. Indicators shall be as manufactured by Jacoby-

Tarbox, Schutte & Koerting, Eugene Ernst Products, or equal.

2.03 PRESSURE DEVICES

A. GAGE COCKS:

Unless otherwise specified, gage cocks shall be Robertshaw 1303, Ashcroft 1095, or

equal. The exposed threads of each gage cock shall be protected by a brass plug.

B. PRESSURE GAGES:

Unless otherwise specified, pressure gage scales shall be selected so that the normal

operating pressure falls between 50 and 80 percent of full scale, shall be 4 1/2-inch, 270-degree

movement, 1/2-percent accuracy, full-scale, and suitable for bottom stem mounting. Gages shall

have a 316-SS bourdon tube. All gages shall have a 300 series stainless steel case, shatterproof

glass, and a 1/2-inch NPT bottom connection.

Pressure gages for air, gas, and low pressure services (0-10 feet) shall be premium grade,

heavy-duty bourdon-tube units (bellow type for vacuum) with Delrin bushings and pinion, and

stainless steel sector.

Gages on liquid service shall be as noted above, except they shall be provided with an

internal pulsation dampening system consisting of either a glycerin fill or a silicone fluid fill.

Snubbers or orifices shall not be utilized. Gages shall be Ashcroft Duragauge Fig. 1279, Ametek

1981L, or equal.

C. DIAPHRAGM SEALS:

Unless otherwise specified, seals shall be diaphragm type with 1/4-inch flushing

connection, Type 316 stainless steel body and Type 316L diaphragm. Fill fluid shall be Silicone

DC200 unless otherwise specified. Seal shall be Mansfield and Green Type SG, Ashcroft Type

101, or equal.



D. PRESSURE SENSORS

Unless otherwise specified, pressure sensors (tubular chemical seals) shall be the in-line

full stream captive sensing liquid type. Wetted parts shall be 316 stainless steel. Flexible

cylinder shall be Buna-N unless otherwise specified. Seals shall be rated for 200 psi with 5-inch

SC hysteresis. Seals shall be Ronningen-Petter, Red Valve, or equal.

Fill fluid shall be rated for a temperature range of -20 degrees F to 200 degrees F.

Capillary tubing shall be armored stainless steel. Fittings shall be provided for vacuum filling of

system. Systems that are not factory filled shall be vacuum filled in the field. Filling

connections shall be soldered shut after vacuum evacuation and filling.

2.04 STRAINERS

A. AIR STRAINERS:

Unless otherwise specified, air strainers shall be Y-pattern, cast iron body, with 40 mesh

Monel screens packed with Everdur wool. Bronze bodies shall be provided with copper piping.

Air line strainers shall be fitted with a brass blowoff cock. Strainers shall be Mueller,

Armstrong, or equal.

B. WATER STRAINERS:

Water strainers shall be of Y-pattern, unless otherwise specified. Water strainers shall

have cast iron body. Bronze bodies shall be provided with copper piping. Strainers shall have

304 stainless steel screens and tapped and plugged blowoff connections. Screen perforations

shall be 0.045 inch for water service. Strainers shall be Mueller, Armstrong, or equal.

C. FUEL OIL STRAINERS:

Fuel oil strainers shall be of the basket type and shall have cast iron body with 304

stainless steel screens. Screen perforation shall be 3/64 inch. Strainers shall be Bailey No. 1,

Mueller, or equal.

2.05 STEAM TRAPS (NOT USED)

2.06 PRODUCT DATA

Manufacturer's product data shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300.



PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 PIPELINE THERMOMETERS (NOT USED)

3.02 GAGE TAPS

Gage taps shall be provided on the suction and discharge of pumps, fans, compressors,

vacuum pumps and blowers. Gage taps shall consist of a 1/4-inch gage cock attached by a

threaded nipple to the pipeline, duct or equipment.

3.03 VENTS AND DRAINS

Manual air vents shall be provided at the high points of each reach of pipeline where

specified. Air vents shall consist of bronze cock and copper tubing return. Air vents shall be

taken to the nearest floor with cock mounted 4 feet above the floor. Vents in piping systems for

fluids containing solids shall be 1-inch nonlubricated eccentric plug valves fitted with quick

couplers.

Drains shall be piped to a sump, gutter, floor drain or other collection point with a valve

mounted 4 feet above the floor. Drain valves shall be threaded end gate valves of the size

specified. When drains cannot be run to collection points, they shall be routed to a point of easy

access and shall have hose gate valves of the size specified.


PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS


SECTION 15096

PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies hangers and supports for all piping systems specified in Section

15050. This section does not include pipe supports for fire sprinkler systems, pipe anchors,

guides or seismic restraints.

B. OPERATING CONDITIONS:

The hangers and supports specified in this section are provided to resist pipe loads

occurring primarily in the downward (gravity) direction. For the purpose of pipe hanger and

support selection, this section establishes pipe support classifications based on the operating

temperatures of the piping contents. Pipe support classifications are as follows:

1. Hot Systems:

a. A - 1. 120 degrees F to 450 degrees F

b. A - 2. 451 degrees F to 750 degrees F

c. A - 3. Over 750 degrees F

2. Ambient Systems

a. 50 degrees F to 119 degrees F

3. Cold Systems

a. C - 1. 33 degrees F to 59 degrees F

b. C - 2. -20 degrees F to 32 degrees F

C. HANGER AND SUPPORT SELECTION:

The Contractor shall select pipe hangers and supports as specified in the Contract

Drawings. Selections shall be based upon the pipe support classifications specified in this

section, the piping insulation thickness specified in Section 15250, and any special requirements

which may be specified in the project manual.

PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS


The Contractor shall review the piping layout in relation to the surrounding structure and

adjacent piping and equipment before selecting the type of support to be used at each hanger

point.

Hangers and supports shall withstand all static and specified dynamic conditions of

loading to which the piping and associated equipment may be subjected. As a minimum,

consideration shall be given to the following conditions:

1. Weights of pipe, valves, fittings, insulating materials, suspended hanger

components, and normal fluid contents.

2. Weight of hydrostatic test fluid or cleaning fluid if normal operating fluid

contents are lighter.

3. Reaction forces due to the operation of safety or relief valves.

4. Wind, snow or ice loadings on outdoor piping.

Hangers and supports shall be sized to fit the outside diameter of pipe, tubing, or, where

specified, the outside diameter of insulation.

Where negligible movement occurs at hanger locations, rod hangers shall be used for

suspended lines, wherever practical. For piping supported from below, bases, brackets or

structural cross members shall be used.

Hangers for the suspension of size 2 1/2 inches and larger pipe and tubing shall be

capable of vertical hanger component adjustment under load.

The supporting systems shall provide for and control the free or intended movement of

the piping including its movement in relation to that of connected equipment.

Where there is horizontal movement at a suspended type hanger location, hanger

components shall be selected to allow for swing. The vertical angle of the hanger rod shall not,

at any time, exceed 4 degrees.

There shall be no contact between a pipe and hanger or support component of dissimilar

metals. Prevent contact between dissimilar metals when supporting copper tubing by use of

copper-plated, rubber, plastic or vinyl coated, or stainless steel hanger and support components.

Unless otherwise specified, existing pipes and supports shall not be used to support new

piping.

Unless otherwise specified, pipe support components shall not be attached to pressure

vessels.

Stock hanger and support components shall be used wherever practical.

PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS


1.02 REFERENCES







the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement

if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing

organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or

otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last

version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the




Reference Title

AISC Manual of Steel

Construction

American Institute of Steel Construction, Manual of

Steel Construction, Allowable Stress Design - 9th Ed.

FEDSPEC WW-H-171e-78 Hangers and Supports, Pipe

MFMA-2-91 Metal Framing Standards Publication

MSS SP-69-91 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application

MSS SP-58-93 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and

Manufacture

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS


Standard pipe supports and components shall be manufactured by B-Line, Carpenter &

Patterson, Kin-Line, Grinnell, Michigan, Pipe Shields Incorporated, Superstrut, Unistrut, or

equal. Pipe support components shall conform to the requirements of MSS SP-69 and

FEDSPEC WW-H-171e. Pipe support materials shall conform to the requirements of MSS SP-

58. Metal framing system components shall conform to the metal framing manufacturers'

Association Standard MFMA-2.

PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS


2.02 MATERIALS

A. GENERAL:

Unless otherwise specified, pipe hangers and supports, structural attachments, fittings and

accessories shall be hot-dip or mechanically galvanized after fabrication. Nuts, bolts and

washers may be zinc-plated except for those subject to moisture or corrosive atmosphere, as

specified in paragraph 16000-1.05 B, which shall be type 304 stainless steel.

B. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:

1. TYPE 1 – CLEVIS PIPE HANGER: Clevis hangers shall be carbon steel

with configuration and components equivalent to MSS and FEDSPEC Type 1.

a. STEEL PIPE (INSULATED): shall be B-Line B3100, Grinnell

Fig. 260, or equal, with insulation shield.

b. STEEL PIPE (UNINSULATED): shall be B-Line B3100, Grinnell

Fig. 260, or equal.

c. CAST AND DUCTILE IRON PIPE: shall be B-Line B3102,

Grinnell Fig. 590, or equal.

d. COPPER PIPE (UNINSULATED): shall be B-Line B3104 CT,

Grinnell Fig. CT-65, or equal.

e. COPPER PIPE (INSULATED): shall be B-Line B3100, Grinnell


f. PLASTIC PIPE: shall be B-Line B3100 C, Carpenter & Patterson

Fig. 100PVC, or equal.

2. TYPE 2 – “J” PIPE HANGER: Hangers shall be carbon steel with

configuration and components equivalent to MSS Type 5.

a. STEEL PIPE: shall be B-Line B3690, Grinnell Fig. 67, Michigan

model 418, or equal.

b. COPPER AND PLASTIC PIPE: shall be Michigan model 419,

Unistrut J 1205N series, or equal.

3. TYPE 3 – DOUBLE BOLT PIPE CLAMP: Pipe clamp shall be carbon

steel, with configuration and components equivalent to MSS and FEDSPEC Type 3.

PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS



Fig. 295, or equal, with insulation shield. Insulation shield is optional for hot and ambient

systems.


Fig. 295, or equal.

c. COPPER PIPE (INSULATED ONLY): shall be B-Line B3144,

Grinnell Fig. 295, or equal, with insulation shield.

4. TYPE 4 – ADJUSTABLE ROLLER HANGER: Rollers shall be cast iron,

yoke and cross bolt shall be carbon steel. Configuration and components shall be equivalent to

MSS Type 43 and FEDSPEC Type 44.

a. STEEL PIPE (INSULATED): shall be B-Line B3110, Grinnell Fig.

181, or equal, with insulation shield.


Fig. 181, or equal.



d. PLASTIC PIPE:- shall be B-Line B3110, Grinnell Fig. 181, or

equal.

5. TYPE 5 – SINGLE PIPE ROLL: Rollers and sockets shall be cast iron,

cross rod shall be steel. Configuration and components shall be equivalent to MSS Type 41 and

FEDSPEC Type 42.




Fig. 171, or equal.

c. PLASTIC PIPE: shall be B-Line B3114, Grinnell Fig. 171, or

equal.

6. TYPE 6 - FRAMING CHANNEL PIPE CLAMP: Pipe clamps shall be

steel with galvanized finish and material thickness as listed below:

a. STEEL PIPE (UNINSULATED): Pipe size 3/8 inch and 1/2 inch

shall be 16 gage; 3/4 inch through 1 1/4 inches shall be 14 gage; 1 1/2 inches through 3 inches

shall be 12 gage; 3 1/2 inches through 5 inches shall be 11 gage; 6 and 8 inches shall be 10 gage;

Michigan model 431, Powerstrut PS 1100, Unistrut P 1109 series, or equal.

PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS


b. STEEL PIPE (INSULATED): Pipe clamp shall be as described in

paragraph 15096-2.02 B.6.a with insulation shield.

c. COPPER (UNINSULATED) AND PLASTIC PIPE: Pipe size

3/8 inch and 1 inch shall be 16 gage; 1-1/4 inches and 1-1/2 inches shall be 14 gage; 2 inches

through 3 inches shall be 12 gage; 4 inches shall be 11 gage; clamp shall be copper-plated, plastic

coated or lined with dielectric material; Michigan model 432, Powerstrut PS 1200, Unistrut P

2024C and P 2024PC series, or equal.

d. COPPER PIPE (INSULATED): Pipe clamp shall be as described

in paragraph 15096-2.02 B.6.a with insulation shield.

7. TYPE 7 - U-BOLT: U-bolts shall be carbon steel with configuration

equivalent to MSS and FEDSPEC Type 24.

a. STEEL PIPE (UNINSULATED): shall be Grinnell Fig. 137, B-

Line B3188, or equal.

b. STEEL PIPE (INSULATED): shall be Grinnell Fig. 137, B-Line

B3188, or equal, with insulation shield.

c. CAST AND DUCTILE IRON PIPE: shall be Grinnell Fig. 137, B-


d. COPPER PIPE (UNINSULATED): shall be Carpenter &

Patterson Fig. 222 CT, B-Line B3501 CT, Grinnell Fig. 137C, or equal.

e. COPPER PIPE (INSULATED): shall be Grinnell Fig. 137, B-Line

B3188, or equal, with insulation shield.

f. PLASTIC PIPE: shall be Grinnell Fig. 137C, Michigan model 151,

B-Line B3188 C, or equal.

8. TYPE 8 - ADJUSTABLE PIPE ROLL SUPPORT: Rollers and sockets

shall be cast iron, cross rod and support rods shall be carbon steel.




Fig. 177, or equal.



PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS


d. PLASTIC PIPE: shall be B-Line B3122, Grinnell Fig. 177, or

equal.

9. TYPE 9 - WELDED PIPE STANCHION: Minimum material thickness

shall be standard schedule carbon steel pipe, cut to match contour of the pipe elbow. Use of this

support shall be limited to ambient systems only.

10. TYPE 10 - PIPE STANCHION SADDLE: Saddles and yokes shall be

carbon steel and comply with MSS Type 37 and FEDSPEC Type 38.

a. STEEL PIPE (INSULATED): shall be Carpenter & Patterson Fig.

125, B-Line B3090, or equal, with insulation shield.

b. STEEL PIPE (UNINSULATED): shall be Carpenter & Patterson

Fig. 125, B-Line B3090, or equal.

c. CAST AND DUCTILE IRON PIPE:- shall be Carpenter &

Patterson Fig. 125, B-Line B3090 NS, or equal.

d. COPPER PIPE (UNINSULATED): shall be Carpenter &

Patterson Fig. 125, B-Line B3090, or equal, with insulation shield or lined with dielectric

material.

e. COPPER PIPE (INSULATED): shall be Carpenter & Patterson

Fig. 125, B-Line B3090, or equal, with insulation shield.

f. PLASTIC PIPE: shall be Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 125, B-Line

B3090, or equal.

11. TYPE 11 - OFFSET PIPE CLAMP: Pipe clamp shall be carbon steel with

configuration and components as specified and shall be of standard design manufactured by a pipe

hanger component manufacturer.




Fig. 103, or equal.

c. CAST AND DUCTILE IRON PIPE:- shall be B-Line B3148 NS,


d. COPPER PIPE (INSULATED): shall be B-Line B3148, Grinnell


PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS


e. COPPER PIPE (UNINSULATED): shall be B-Line B3148,

Grinnell Fig. 103, or equal, lined with dielectric material.

f. PLASTIC PIPE: shall be B-Line B3148, Grinnell Fig. 103, or

equal.

Vertical pipe support applications shall be as specified above except that

insulation shields shall not be used for insulated pipe.

12. TYPE 12 - RISER CLAMP: Riser clamp shall be carbon steel with

configuration and components equivalent to MSS and FEDSPEC Type 8.


Fig. 261, or equal.


Fig. 261, or equal.

c. CAST AND DUCTILE IRON PIPE: shall be B-Line B3373,


d. COPPER PIPE (INSULATED): shall be B-Line B3373 CT,

Grinnell Fig. CT-121, Michigan model 511, or equal.

e. COPPER PIPE (UNINSULATED): shall be B-Line B3373 CT,

Grinnell Fig. CT-121, Michigan model 511, or equal.

f. PLASTIC PIPE: shall be B-Line B3373, Grinnell Fig. 261c, or

equal.

13. TYPE 13 - FRAMING CHANNEL PIPE STRAP: Pipe strap shall be

carbon steel, with configuration equivalent to MSS Type 26.

a. STEEL PIPE (UNINSULATED): shall be Superstrut No. C-708-

U, Powerstrut PS 3126, Kin-Line No. 477, or equal.

b. STEEL PIPE (INSULATED): shall be Superstrut No. C-708-U,

Powerstrut PS 3126, Kin-Line No. 477, or equal, with insulation shield.

c. COPPER PIPE (UNINSULATED): shall be Superstrut No. C-

708-U, Powerstrut PS 3126, Kin-Line No. 477, or equal, with insulation shield or lined with

dielectric material.

d. COPPER PIPE (INSULATED): shall be Superstrut No. C-708-U,

Powerstrut PS 3126, Kin-Line No. 477, or equal, with insulation shield.

PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS


e. PLASTIC PIPE:- shall be Superstrut No. C-708-U, Powerstrut PS

3126, Kin-Line No. 477, or equal.

C. RACK AND TRAPEZE SUPPORTS:

1. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, trapeze and pipe rack components

shall have a minimum steel thickness of 12 gage, with a maximum deflection 1/240 of the span.

2. TYPE 20 - TRAPEZE PIPE SUPPORT: Trapeze pipe support cross

members shall be framing channel as specified in paragraph 15096-2.02 E.5. Flat plate fittings

shall be 1 5/8-inch square carbon steel of standard design manufactured by framing channel

manufacturer, Unistrut P2471, B-Line B202-2, or equal.

3. TYPE 21 - PIPE RACK SUPPORT: Post and cross members shall be

framing channel as specified in paragraph 15096-2.02 E.5. Pipe rack fittings shall be carbon

steel, of standard design manufactured by framing channel manufacturer. 90-degree fittings shall

be gusseted Unistrut P2484, B-Line B844, or equal. Post base fittings shall be as specified in

paragraph 15096-2.02 D.5.

D. STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS:

1. TYPE A - MALLEABLE IRON CONCRETE INSERT: Concrete inserts

shall be malleable iron and comply with MSS and FEDSPEC Type 18. Grinnell Fig. 282,

Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 108, or equal.

2. TYPE B - SIDE BEAM BRACKET: Bracket shall be malleable iron and

comply with MSS Type 34 and FEDSPEC Type 35. Grinnell Fig. 202, B-Line B3062, or equal.

3. TYPE C - MALLEABLE BEAM CLAMP WITH EXTENSION PIECE:

Clamp and extension piece shall be malleable iron, tie rod shall be steel. Beam clamp shall

comply with MSS and FEDSPEC Type 30. Grinnell Fig. 218 with Fig. 157 extension piece, B-


4. TYPE D - STEEL BEAM CLAMP WITH EYE NUT: Beam clamp and

eye nut shall be forged steel. Configuration and components shall comply with MSS and

FEDSPEC Type 28. Grinnell Fig. 292, Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 297, or equal.

5. TYPE E - FRAMING CHANNEL POST BASE: Post bases shall be

carbon steel, of standard design manufactured by framing channel manufacturer. Single channel:

Unistrut P2072A, B-Line B280, or equal. Double channel: Unistrut P2073A, B-Line B281, or

equal.

6. TYPE F - WELDED BEAM ATTACHMENT: Beam attachment shall be

carbon steel and comply with MSS and FEDSPEC Type 22. B-Line B3083, Grinnell Fig. 66, or

equal.

PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS


7. TYPE G - WELDED STEEL BRACKET: Bracket shall be carbon steel

and comply with MSS Type 32 and FEDSPEC Type 33 for medium welded bracket. Heavy

welded bracket shall comply with MSS Type 33 and FEDSPEC Type 34.

8. TYPE H - CAST IRON BRACKET: Bracket shall be cast iron, Carpenter

& Patterson Fig. 340, or equal.

9. TYPE J - ADJUSTABLE BEAM ATTACHMENT: Beam attachment

shall be carbon steel, Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 151, B-Line B3082, or equal.

10. TYPE K - DOUBLE CHANNEL BRACKET: Wall channel shall be

single channel framing channel as specified in paragraph 15096-2.02 E.5. Cantilever bracket

shall be a carbon steel double framing channel assembly, Unistrut P2542 through P2546, B-Line

B297-12 through B297-36, or equal.

11. TYPE L - SINGLE CHANNEL BRACKET: Wall channel shall be single

channel framing channel as specified in paragraph 15096-2.02 E.5. Cantilever bracket shall be a

carbon steel single framing channel assembly, Unistrut P2231 through P2234, B-Line B198-6,

B198-12, B196-18 and B196-24, or equal.

12. TYPE M - WALL MOUNTED CHANNEL: Wall channel shall be single

channel framing channel as specified in paragraph 15096-2.02 E.5.

13. TYPE N - PIPE STANCHION FLOOR ATTACHMENT: Baseplate shall

be carbon steel with 1/2 inch minimum thickness. Anchor bolt holes shall be 1/16 inch larger than

the anchor bolt diameter. The space between the baseplate and the floor shall be filled with

nonshrink grout.

E. ACCESSORIES:

1. HANGER RODS: Rods shall be carbon steel, threaded on both ends or

continuous threaded and sized as specified.

2. WELDLESS EYE NUT: Eye nut shall be forged steel and shall comply

with MSS and FEDSPEC Type 17. Eye nut shall be Grinnell Fig. 290, B-Line B3200, or equal.

3. WELDED EYE ROD: Eye rod shall be carbon steel with eye welded

closed. Inside diameter of eye shall accommodate a bolt diameter 1/8 inch larger than the rod

diameter. Eye rod shall be Grinnell Fig. 278, B-Line B3211, or equal.

4. TURNBUCKLE: Turnbuckle shall be forged steel and shall comply with

MSS and FEDSPEC Type 13. Turnbuckle shall be Grinnell Fig. 230, B-Line B3202, or equal.

PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS


5. FRAMING CHANNEL: Framing channel shall be 1 5/8 inches square,

roll formed, 12-gage carbon steel. Channel shall have a continuous slot along one side with in-

turned clamping ridges. Single channel: Unistrut P1000, B-Line B22, or equal. Double channel:

Unistrut P1001, B-Line B22A, or equal. Triple channel: Unistrut P1004A, B-Line B22X, or equal.

2.03 THERMAL PIPE HANGER SHIELD

Thermal shields shall be provided at hanger, support and guide locations on pipe

requiring insulation. The shield shall consist of an insulation layer encircling the entire

circumference of the pipe and a steel jacket encircling the insulation layer. The thermal shield

shall be the same thickness as the piping system insulation specified in Section 15250. The

standard shield shall be used for hot systems and the vapor barrier shield shall be used for cold

systems. Stainless steel band clamps shall be used where specified to ensure against slippage

between the pipe wall and the thermal shield.

A. STANDARD SHIELD:

1. INSULATION:

a. Hydrous calcium silicate, high density, waterproof

b. Compressive strength: 100 psi average

c. Flexural strength: 75 psi average

d. K factor: 0.38 at 100 degrees F mean

e. Temperature range: 20 degrees F to 500 degrees F

2. STEEL JACKET: Galvanized steel. Gage shall be the manufacturer's

standard supplied for the given pipe size.

3. CONNECTION: Shield shall have butt connection to pipe insulation. Steel

jacket and insulation shall be flush with end.

B. VAPOR BARRIER SHIELD:

1. INSULATION:

a. Hydrous calcium silicate, high density, waterproof

b. Compressive strength: 100 psi average

c. Flexural strength: 75 psi average

d. K factor: 0.38 at 100 degrees F mean

e. Temperature range: 20 degrees F to 500 degrees F

2. STEEL JACKET: Galvanized steel. Gage shall be the manufacturer's

standard supplied for the given pipe size.

PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS


3. CONNECTION: Shield shall have butt connection to pipe insulation.

Insulation shall extend 1 inch each side of steel jacket for vaportight connection to pipe insulation

vapor barrier.

2.04 PRODUCT DATA

Hanger and support locations and components shall be indicated on the piping layout

drawings required by paragraph 15050-2.04.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 HANGER AND SUPPORT LOCATIONS

The Contractor shall locate hangers and supports as near as possible to concentrated loads

such as valves, flanges, etc. Locate hangers, supports and accessories within the maximum span

lengths specified in the Contract Drawings to support continuous pipeline runs unaffected by

concentrated loads. The contract drawings show the general location of major pipe, ductwork,

valve, and equipment supports. Each and every required location of aforementioned supports are

not shown on the contract drawings. The Contractor is responsible for the adequate support and

seismic bracing of all piping, ductwork, valves and equipment in accordance with Section 15097.

The Contractor shall employ the services of a licensed California structural engineer to approve

all necessary aforementioned support systems and include this information with the shop

drawings.

At least one hanger or support shall be located within 2 feet from a pipe change in

direction.

The Contractor shall locate hangers and supports to ensure that connections to equipment,

tanks, etc., are substantially free from loads transmitted by the piping.

Where piping is connected to equipment, a valve, piping assembly, etc., that will require

removal for maintenance, the piping shall be supported in such a manner that temporary supports

shall not be necessary for this procedure.

Pipe shall not have pockets formed in the span due to sagging of the pipe between

supports caused by the weight of the pipe, medium in the pipe, insulation, valves and fittings.

3.02 INSTALLATION

Welded and bolted attachments to the building structural steel shall be in accordance with

the requirements of the AISC Manual of Steel Construction. Unless otherwise specified, there

shall be no drilling or burning of holes in the building structural steel.

Hanger components shall not be used for purposes other than for which they were

designed. They shall not be used for rigging and erection purposes.

PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS


The Contractor shall install items to be embedded before concrete is poured. Fasten

embedded items securely to prevent movement when concrete is poured.

Embedded anchor bolts shall be used instead of concrete inserts for support installations

in areas below water surface or normally subject to submerging.

The Contractor shall install thermal pipe hanger shields on insulated piping at required

locations during hanger and support installation. Butt joint connections to pipe insulation shall

be made at the time of insulation installation in accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations.

Hanger and support components in contact with plastic pipe shall be free of burrs and

sharp edges.

Rollers shall roll freely without binding.

Finished floor beneath Type N structural attachments and framing channel post bases

shall be roughed prior to grouting. Grout between base plate and floor shall be free of voids and

foreign material.

Baseplates shall be cut and drilled to specified dimensions prior to welding stanchions or

other attachments and prior to setting anchor bolts.

Plastic or rubber end caps shall be provided at the exposed ends of all framing channels

that are located up to 7 feet above the floor.

3.03 ADJUSTMENTS

The Contractor shall adjust hangers and supports to obtain required pipe slope and

elevation. Shims made of material that is compatible with the piping material may be used.

Stanchions shall be adjusted prior to grouting their baseplates.


PIPE HANGERS

AND SUPPORTS



VALVES, GENERAL


SECTION 15100

VALVES, GENERAL

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 WORK OF THIS SECTION

The WORK of this Section includes providing general requirements for valves including

epoxy coating, installing, adjusting, and testing of valves and where buried valves are indicated,

valve boxes to grade, with covers, stem extensions, and position indicators.

1. Section 15101 Gate Valves

2. Section 15102 Resilient-Seated Gate Valves

3. Section 15103 Butterfly Valves

4. Section 15110 Eccentric Plug Valves

5. Section 15118 Spring-loaded Swing Check Valves

6. Section 15129 Full-Port Ball Valves

7. Section 15151 Air Release and Vacuum Valves

1.02 SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS

Except as otherwise indicated, the current editions of the following standards apply to the

WORK of this Section:

Reference Title

ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25,

125, 250, and 800

ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Steel Nickel Alloy

and Other Special Alloys

ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 General Purpose Pipe Threads (Inch)

ANSI/ASME B31.1 Power Piping

ASTM A 36 Specification for Structural Steel

ASTM A 48 Specification for Gray Iron Castings

ASTM A 126 Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges,

and Pipe Fittings

ASTM A 536 Specification for Ductile Iron Castings

ASTM B 61 Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings

ASTM B 62 Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal

Castings

VALVES, GENERAL


Reference Title

ASTM B 148 Specification for Aluminum-Bronze Castings

ASTM B 584 Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for

General Applications

ANSI/AWWA C500 Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems

ANSI/AWWA C502 Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants

ANSI/AWWA C503 Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants

ANSI/AWWA C504 Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves

ANSI/AWWA C506 Backflow Prevention Devices - Reduced Pressure

Principle and Double Check Valve Types

ANSI/AWWA C507 Ball Valves 6 Inches Through 48 Inches

AWWA C508 Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 Inches

Through 24 Inches NPS

ANSI/AWWA C509 Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewage

Systems

AWWA C550 Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants

SSPC-SP-2 Hand Tool Cleaning

SSPC-SP-5 White Metal Blast Cleaning

1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES

The following shall be submitted in compliance with Section 01300:

1. Manufacturer's product data including catalogue cuts.

2. Manufacturer's installation instructions.

3. Shop drawings showing details and dimensions.

4. Manufacturer's certification that products comply with the indicated

requirements.

5. Schedule of valves indicating valve identification and location.

6. Manufacturer's certification that epoxy coatings have been factory tested

and comply with the indicated requirements.

VALVES, GENERAL


1.05 OWNER'S MANUAL

The following shall be included in the OWNER'S MANUAL in compliance with Section

01730:

1. Manufacturer's installation and operating instructions.

2. Manufacturer's maintenance procedures.

3. List of special tools.

4. Schedule of valves indicating valve identification and location.

1.06 FACTORY TESTING

A. GENERAL:

Valves shall be tested in compliance with the AWWA Standards as indicated. Except as

otherwise indicated, each valve body shall be tested under a test pressure equal to twice its design

water-working pressure.

B. PROOF-OF-DESIGN TESTS:

The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER three (3) certified

copies of a report from an independent testing laboratory certifying successful completion of

proof-of-design testing for all valves of sizes 10-inch and larger unless indicated otherwise in the

specific valve Section. In lieu of testing the valves at an independent testing laboratory, proof-of-

design testing may be performed at the valve manufacturer's laboratory, but must be witnessed by

a representative of a qualified independent testing laboratory representative. Proof-of-design

testing shall have been performed on not less than three valves, with all three units demonstrating

full compliance with the test standards. Failure to satisfactorily complete the test shall be

deemed sufficient evidence to reject all valves of the proposed make or manufacturer's model

number.

1.07 FIELD TESTING

Valves shall be field-tested for compliance with the indicated requirements.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 VALVES

A. GENERAL:

Shut-off valves, 6-inch and larger, shall have operators with position indicators. Where

buried, these valves shall be provided with valve boxes and covers containing position indicators,

VALVES, GENERAL


and valve extensions. Valves mounted higher than 7 feet above working level shall be provided

with chain operators.

B. GATE VALVE STEMS:

Where dezincification is indicated, gate valve stems shall be fabricated with bronze

conforming to ASTM B 62, containing not more than 5 percent of zinc nor more than 2 percent

of aluminum. Gate valve stems shall be designed for minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi,

minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi, and an elongation of at least 10 percent in 2 inches, as

determined by a test coupon poured from the same ladle from which the valve stems are poured.

Where dezincification is not indicated, bronze conforming to ASTM B 584 may be used.

C. PROTECTIVE COATING:

Except where otherwise indicated, ferrous surfaces, exclusive of stainless steel surfaces,

in the water passages of all valves 4-inch and larger, and exterior surfaces of submerged valves,

shall be epoxy coated. Flange faces of valves shall not be epoxy coated.

D. VALVE OPERATORS:

Where indicated, valves shall include electric operators recommended by the

manufacturer. Operators of the same type shall be furnished by the same manufacturer. Valve

operators, regardless of type, shall be installed, adjusted, and tested by the valve manufacturer at

the manufacturing plant.

E. NUTS AND BOLTS:

Nuts and bolts on valve flanges, bodies and supports shall comply with Section 15085-

2.01C.

2.02 NAMEPLATES, TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS

A. NAMEPLATES:

Except as otherwise indicated, a label shall be provided on all valves exclusive of hose

bibbs and chlorine cylinder valves. The label shall be 1/16-inch plastic or stainless steel,

minimum 2 inches by 4 inches in size, and shall be permanently attached to the valve.

B. SPARE PARTS:

Two sets of packings, O-rings, gaskets, discs, seats, and bushings shall be furnished with

each valve, as applicable.

VALVES, GENERAL


PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 VALVE INSTALLATION

A. GENERAL:

Valves, operating units, stem extensions, valve boxes, and accessories shall be installed

in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Valves shall be independently

supported to prevent stresses on the pipe.

B. ACCESS:

Valves shall be installed to provide easy access for operation, removal, and maintenance

and to prevent interferences between valve operators and structural members or handrails.

C. VALVE ACCESSORIES:

Where combinations of valves, sensors, switches, and controls are indicated, the

combinations shall be properly assembled and installed to ensure that systems are compatible and

operating properly.


VALVES, GENERAL



GATE VALVES


SECTION 15101

METAL SEATED GATE VALVES

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section specifies bronze and iron-body, solid-wedge gate valves. Iron body valves

shall be bronze mounted.


A. REFERENCES:















Reference Title

ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125, 250

and 800

ASTM A126 Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings

AWWA C500 Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems

B. DESIGN CRITERIA:

Gate valves 3 inches through 48 inches in size shall comply with AWWA C500,

including applicable hydrostatic testing. Gate valves smaller than 3 inches shall be subject to

hydrostatic tests at the test pressure.

GATE VALVES


PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

Materials of construction shall be as follows:

Component Material

Body:

3 inches and smaller Bronze

Larger than 3 inches Cast iron, ASTM A126, Class B

Wedge:

3 inches and smaller Bronze

Larger than 3 inches Cast iron, ASTM A126, Class B

Mounting Bronze

Stem Bronze, AWWA C500

Seat rings Bronze, Grade A, AWWA C500

Materials specified are considered the minimum acceptable for the purposes of durability,

strength, and resistance to erosion and corrosion. The Contractor may propose alternative

materials for the purpose of providing greater strength or to meet required stress limitations.

However, alternative materials must provide at least the same qualities as those specified for the

purpose.

2.02 MANUFACTURE

A. GENERAL:

Unless otherwise specified, bronze gate valves shall be provided with integral seats.

Iron body valves shall be provided with screwed-on seat rings. Exposed gate valves shall

be rising stem type. Buried or submerged gate valves shall be of the nonrising stem type. Rising

stem valves and brass nonrising stem valves shall be provided with a Teflon braid packing. Iron

body nonrising stem valves shall be provided with 0-ring stem seals.

B. END CONNECTIONS:

Gate valve end connections shall be flanged or threaded as specified. Threaded ends

shall not be provided on gate valves with end connections larger than 4 inches. End flanges shall

be integral with the gate valve body and be faced' and drilled in accordance with ANSI B16.1 for

125-pound flanges.

GATE VALVES


C. MANUAL OPERATORS:

Unless specified otherwise, valves less than 12 inch size shall be provided with

handwheels, and valves 12 inches and larger shall be provided with geared operators.

D. BYPASS:

Unless otherwise specified, gate valves 16 inches and larger, shall be provided with a

bypass valve sized in accordance with AWWA C500.

2.03 PRODUCT DATA


1. Affidavits of compliance, as required by AWWA C500.

2. Hydrostatic test results.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

Gate valves shall be installed in the closed position.


GATE VALVES



RESILIENT-SEATED

GATE VALVES


SECTION 15102

RESILIENT-SEATED GATE VALVES

PART 1--GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section specifies iron-body, resilient-seated gate valves.


A. REFERENCES:


section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section

and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.

Reference Title

ANSI B16.1-89 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125, 250

and 800

ASTM A126-84 Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings

AWWA C-111-85 Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure

Pipe and Fittings

AWWA C-509-87 Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems

B. DESIGN CRITERIA:

Gate valves 6 through 12 inches in size shall comply with AWWA C509, including

applicable hydrostatic testing. The seal shall be drop-tight. The body shall be coated on both

inside and outside with epoxy to prevent corrosion. The epoxy shall comply with AWWA C550.

Gate valves 14 inches and larger shall be manufactured and tested to meet or exceed the

requirements of ANSI/AWWA C-509, latest revision.

The body of the valve shall be cast iron, with a full round port opening equal to or

exceeding the diameter of the corresponding pipe. The body shall have integrally cast guides to

insure the gate is properly guided through complete travel, and shall be free of pockets and

bridges in the valve bottom.

RESILIENT-SEATED

GATE VALVES


The sealing mechanism shall consist of a free draining bi-directional compression seating

gate, which ensures a 100 percent bubble tight seal in the closed position against the line flow.

The gate shall be constructed with a rubber seal mechanically retained between two epoxy coated

gate halves which are securely fastened with stainless steel recessed capscrews.

The valve stem shall be 400 series stainless steel and shall be independent of the bronze

stem nut. A four bolt bonnet cover shall contain a grit and dust cap protecting two O-ring stem

seals and the nylon bushing located above the stem collar. A teflon washer shall be located

between the stem collar and bonnet as an antifriction device.

All internal and external surfaces of the valve including the interior of the gate shall be

coated with a two part epoxy coating in accordance with AWWA C550.

End connections shall be furnished as specified in Section 15050 and shown on the

drawings. Mechanical joints are to be per ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11; flanged joints shall

conform to ANSI standard B16.1, Class 125.

PART 2--PRODUCTS


Gate valves shall be supplied per manufactures identified by the current CMWD

Approved Materials List.

2.02 MATERIALS


Component Material

Body and Bonnet Cast or ductile iron, ASTM A126, Class B

Wedge Cast iron, ASTM A126, Class B

Resilient seal Buna N

Stem Stainless Steel AISI 420

Stem Nut Brass

2.03 MANUFACTURE

A. GENERAL:

Gate valves shall be of the nonrising stem type.

RESILIENT-SEATED

GATE VALVES


B. END CONNECTIONS:

Gate valve end connections shall be flanged for exposed installations and mechanical

joint for buried installations.


Gate valves shall be provided with geared operators. Exposed valves shall be supplied

with an enclosed bevel gear and handwheel to permit side operation. Buried valves shall be

provided with enclosed spur gears and 2" square operating nuts to permit operation through a

valve box from above.

2.04 PRODUCT DATA

The following information shall be provided in accordance with Contractor submittal

requirements:


PART 3--EXECUTION

All gate valves will be installed exposed to outdoor weather conditions or buried.

Mechanical joints shall be restrained as specified in Section 15064, where shown on the

drawings.

Gate valves shall be installed in the closed position.

**END OF SECTION**

RESILIENT-SEATED

GATE VALVES



BUTTERFLY VALVES


SECTION 15103

BUTTERFLY VALVES

PART 1--GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. SCOPE:

This section includes materials, testing and installation of manually operated butterfly

valves (BFV) for buried service on pipelines 18" diameter and larger. Valves for pipelines 16"

diameter and smaller shall be resilient seated gate valves (RWGV's) in accordance with Section

15102.

Provide valves on potable and recycled water pipelines as specified herein and in

accordance with CMWD Standards Drawings and Specifications.

1. Valves and component parts: Equal or exceed specified requirements.

2. Manufacturer: Normally engaged in manufacture of such valves.

3. Valves furnished for Work: New and currently under manufacture.

4. Valves discontinued by manufacturer as of bid opening date: Not

acceptable.

5. Coatings in accordance with Section 09961.

6. In accordance with NSF 61.

Section includes:

1. Butterfly Valves.

2. Butterfly Valve Operators.

1.02 REFERENCES

Reference Title

ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

NSF/ANSI 61 Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects

ASTM A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings

ASTM A126 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves,

Flanges and Pipe Fittings

BUTTERFLY VALVES


Reference Title

ASTM A240 Standard Specification for Heat-Resisting Chromium and

Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip

for Pressure Vessels

ASTM A536 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings

AWWA C207

AWWA C110

AWWA C504 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves

AWWA C115

AWWA C550 Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and

Hydrants


Meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA C504, NSF/ANSI 61 and the requirements

of these specifications. Butterfly valves shall be hydrostatically tested and coatings holiday

detected prior to shipment to the field. Valves delivered to the site prior to successful hydrostatic

testing and holiday detection will be subject to rejection.

Valves shall be the same size as the line in which they are installed unless otherwise

specified

Valves provided for recycled water pipelines shall have a minimum pressure rating of

235 psi unless otherwise specified. All valves shall be of at least the same pressure class as the

adjoined pipe.

Valve interior and exteriors surfaces shall be protected as specified.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01330.

1. The valve manufacturer's catalog data showing the size to be used, valve

dimensions, pressure rating and materials of construction.

2. Actuator manufacturer's catalog data and detail construction sheets

showing the dimensions, materials, number of turns, and required torque

input of the actuator to be provided.

3. Manufacturer's Affidavits and Certificates of compliance as specified

including:

BUTTERFLY VALVES


4. Actuators used were furnished and installed by the valve manufacturer.

5. Valves have successfully passed hydrostatic testing per AWWA C504 and

coatings testing by the valve manufacturer.

6. Manufacturer's catalog data and proof of NSF certification on the lining

materials to be used.


Provide records of tests performed on valves or component parts thereof that are required

by AWWA Valve Standard specified in these Specifications if requested by Engineer within one

year period after acceptance of Work.

Provide manufacturer's Certificate or Affidavit of Compliance in accordance with

AWWA C550, Section 1.3.

Install and test valves in accordance with Drawings, Specifications and AWWA C504.

Test each valve body under test pressure equal to twice its design water-working

pressure, unless specified otherwise.

Actuators shall be of the same manufacturer as the valve unless otherwise specified.

Actuators shall be installed, adjusted, tested and certified by the valve manufacturer prior to

shipping.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

Butterfly valves, butterfly valve operators and component parts shall be selected from the

CMWD’s Approved Materials list meeting the minimum requirements specified herein.

2.02 COMPONENTS

A. BODIES:

Class 150B or Class 250B, short-bodied, unless otherwise shown on Drawings.

Cast Iron ASTM A126 or Ductile Iron ASTM A536 65-45-12.

Flange drilling in accordance with ANSI B16.01 standard for cast iron flanges.

BUTTERFLY VALVES


B. DISCS:

Manufactured of materials listed in Section 4.4 of AWWA C504, except bronze.

Prior to application of required coating, plug casting holes in disc.

Mechanically secured to shaft with Type 304 stainless steel, straight through taper pins

and locking nuts.

No travel stops for disc on interior of body.

Inside flow diameter (smallest flow area not including any portions occupied by seat):

Not less than 1-1/2 inches smaller than nominal pipe diameter.

Bubble tight with rated pressure applied from either side of valve.

Bi-directional for control of flow from either direction.

C. RUBBER SEATS:

Installed in valve body.

Adjustable and replaceable while installed in pipeline.

D. SEATING EDGE:

Stainless steel, ASTM A240, Type 304 or 316 or alloy of nickel-chromium (nichrome).

E. SHAFT SEALS:

Designed for use of standard split "V" type packing or standard O-ring seals.

F. COATING AND LINING:

Fusion bonded epoxy in accordance with AWWA C550.

1. THICKNESS: 5 to 8 mil DFT. Liquid epoxy lining shall be applied in

two (2) coats in accordance with AWWA C210. Powder epoxy coating materials shall contain

one hundred percent (100%) solids, in accordance with AWWA 213.

Epoxy lining and coating of valve surfaces shall be performed by the manufacturer in a

facility with qualified personnel, where the environment can be controlled. Epoxy lining and

coating of valves in the field is prohibited.

BUTTERFLY VALVES


2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVE ACTUATORS/OPERATORS

A. OPERATORS AND COMPONENT PARTS:

AWWA C504, unless otherwise specified in these specifications.

B. BUTTERFLY VALVES:

Butterfly valves shall open by turning left (counterclockwise) Valve disc shall rotate 90

degrees from the full open to full closed (tight shut) position.

Compute operation torque of each valve and operator in accordance with Appendix of

AWWA Standard C504 for velocity of 16 fps and applicable pressure drop across valve.

1. OPERATORS: Sized for bi-directional flow.

Actuators for buried service shall be provided with a 2" square-operating nut and have

travel stops, which can be adjusted in the field without having to remove the actuator from the

valve.

Actuators shall be sized for opening and closing the valve at the valve's full rated

working pressure and at a flow velocity of 16 ft/s.

Actuators shall accept a minimum of 300 foot-pounds of input torque at the full open and

full closed positions without damage to the actuator or the valve.

Actuators equipped with 2" operator nuts shall require a maximum input torque of 150

foot-pounds to operate the valve. A maximum input torque of 80 foot-pounds shall be required to

operate valves with hand wheels.

2.04 GATE WELLS AND EXTENTION STEMS

Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be in accordance with CMWD

Standard Dwg W-23, CMWD Specification Section 15000 and CMWD’s Approved Materials

List.


3.01 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Valves shall be delivered and stored in accord with AWWA C504 and AWWA C550.

The port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard or wood while in transit and during

storage in the field. These covers shall remain in place until the valve is ready to be installed.

Valves shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. Valves shall not be stacked.

BUTTERFLY VALVES


3.02 INSTALLATION

Butterfly valves shall be used for open/closed operations and throttling service and

frequent operation after long periods of inactivity.

Install valves with the bolt holes straddling the vertical and horizontal centerlines of pipe,

with the operating nut in the vertical position, unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans.

Valves shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendation in accordance with the

applicable specification for the piping material and joint type being used for the valve and the

water main.

Joints shall be cleaned and installed in accordance with Section 15085. Install valves as

shown on Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer’s requirements.

3.03 INSULATING FLANGE KITS

Flange insulating kits shall be installed as specified per Section 15085.

3.04 CORROSION PROTECTION

A. BURIED VALVES:

All bolted connections and bolted valve components shall be coated with Wax Tape in

accordance with Section 09902 and the entire valve encased in polyethylene in accordance with

Section 15050.

Buried valves shall have only the stem and operating nut exposed and the wrap shall be

attached so that valve operation will not disturb the wrapping or break the seal. Refer to the

applicable valve specification to determine other coating requirements.

B. EXPOSED VALVES:

The exterior of valves installed above ground or exposed in vaults or enclosures shall be

field painted in accordance with Section 09900.

3.05 DISINFECTION AND TESTING

Disinfection and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041, as part

of the process of disinfecting the main pipeline. The valves shall be operated during the

disinfection period to completely disinfect all internal parts.

Valves shall be hydrostatically tested in conjunction with the pipeline in which it is

connected in accordance with Section 15044.

**END OF SECTION**

ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES


SECTION 15110


PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section specifies eccentric plug valves.


A. REFERENCES:















Reference Title

ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125,

250, and 800



ASTM A436 Austenitic Gray Iron Castings


AWWA C504 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves



B. PROOF OF DESIGN TESTS:

The Contractor shall furnish the Construction Manager three certified copies of a report

from an independent testing laboratory certifying successful completion of proof-of-design

testing conducted in accordance with AWWA C504, Section 5.2, except that where the word

"disc" appears in the standard, it is understood to mean "plug." In lieu of testing the valves at an

independent testing laboratory, proof-of-design testing may be performed at the valve manufac-

turer's laboratory, but must be witnessed by a representative of a qualified independent testing

laboratory, and all test reports must be certified by the laboratory representative. Proof-of-design

testing shall have been performed on not less than three 6-inch diameter valves, with all three

test units demonstrating full compliance with the test standards. Failure to satisfactorily

complete the test shall be deemed sufficient evidence to reject all valves of the proposed make or

manufacturer's model number.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS


Component Material

Body Cast iron, ASTM A126, Class B

Plug Cast iron, ASTM A126, Class B, or cast iron ASTM

A436 (Ni-resist), or ductile iron, ASTM A536

Plug facing Neoprene or Buna-N

Body seats

Less than 3 inches Cast iron, ASTM A126, Class B

3 inches and larger Stainless steel, ASTM A276, Type 304 or nickel

Packing Buna V-flex or TFE





purpose.



2.02 MANUFACTURE

A. GENERAL:

Valves shall be straight-flow nonlubricated resilient plug type suitable for driptight, bi-

directional shutoff at the specified valve design pressure. Port areas for the valve shall be at least

80 percent of the adjacent full pipe area. Valve body seats consisting of nickel for valves 3

inches and larger shall be constructed of a welded-in overlay of not less than 90 percent pure

nickel. Upper and lower journal bearings shall be replaceable, sleeve-type, corrosion resistant,

and permanently lubricated. Packing shall be self-adjusting chevron type replaceable without

disassembling the valve.

Unless otherwise specified, valves shall, as a minimum, conform to the following

pressure ratings:

Size, inches Design pressure, psig

12 and smaller 175

14 through 36 150

B. END CONNECTIONS:

Valves 3 inches and smaller shall have threaded ends. Valve flange drilling for valves

larger than 3 inches shall be per ANSI B16.1, Class 125. Grooved-end valves may be provided

with grooved-end piping systems.


Unless otherwise specified, valves 4 inches and smaller shall be provided with a lever

type manual operator. Valves larger than 4 inches shall be provided with totally enclosed worm

gear operators. All operator components shall be sized for the valve design pressure in

accordance with AWWA C504, Section 4.5. Operators shall comply with applicable portions of

Section 15184.

2.03 PRODUCT DATA


1. Manufacturer's product data.

2. Proof-of-design test reports specified in paragraph 15110-1.02 B.



PART 3 -- EXECUTION

Unless otherwise specified, valves shall be provided with the seat downstream away from

flow. Valves at tank connections shall be installed with seat away from tank. Valves on pump

discharge lines shall be installed with seat adjacent to the pump.


BACKFLOW PREVENTERS


SECTION 15112

BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, installation, and testing of reduced-pressure backflow

prevention devices and check valve and double check valve assemblies.



are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest


State of California Department of Health Services Division of Drinking Water and

Environmental Management, Approved Backflow Prevention Assemblies for Service Isolation.

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

Agencies of Jurisdiction Rules and regulations regarding "Cross Connection Control and

Backflow Prevention."

CMWD Standard Drawings.

CMWD Standard Specifications 15000, 15041, 15044, 15057, 15062, 15064 and 15100.

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

Reduced-pressure backflow prevention assemblies shall be provided on all commercial,

industrial irrigation and multi-family water and where indicated on the drawings.

Reduced-pressure backflow prevention assemblies shall be provided on all irrigation

services by potable and recycled water.

Reduced-pressure backflow prevention assemblies shall be provided on potable water

services where recycled water, well water or any other water supply is served to the same

property.

Reduce pressure backflow preventers assemblies shall be provided at all points of

connections to City sources at construction sites.

Double check detector assemblies shall be provided on all fire services.

BACKFLOW PREVENTERS


The Construction Manager shall be the final authority as to the location, installation, and

type of backflow prevention device required.

1.05 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

The Design and construction of the backflow prevention assembly shall meet the

requirements called for in this specification except that any modifications specifically shown on

the Approved Plans shall take precedence over these general standards.

The nominal size of the backflow prevention device shall be equal to or greater than the

size of the purchased meter. For example, a 1" meter shall have a 1" or larger backflow device.

The assembly shall include same size valves located on either side of the backflow

prevention assemblies. Four test cocks shall be appropriately located on the assembly for testing

and certification.

The nominal size of double check detector assemblies shall be as shown on the Approved

Plans or as directed by the Fire Department.

Enclosures and concrete slabs shall be provided only as shown on the Approved Plans.


Backflow prevention assemblies shall be delivered and stored in accordance with

AWWA C210, AWWA C213, and AWWA C550. The port openings shall be covered with

plastic, cardboard, or wood while in transit and during storage in the field. These covers shall

remain in place until the backflow assembly is ready to be installed. Backflow assemblies shall

not be stored in contact with bare ground. Backflow assemblies shall not be stacked.

1.07 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

Backflow prevention assemblies and enclosures for recycled water shall be identified

with purple-colored coating, identification labels, or signs in accordance with Section 15000.


Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed for backflow prevention assemblies in


BACKFLOW PREVENTERS


PART 2 -- MATERIALS

2.01 BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES

Backflow prevention assemblies shall be among those listed on the list of "Approved

Backflow Prevention Assemblies for Service Isolation" as issued by the State of California

Department of Health Services, Division of Drinking Water and Environmental Management.

2.02 CONCRETE

Concrete used for slabs and anchor or thrust blocks shall be in accordance with Section

03300.


Warning/Identification Tape shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved

Materials List.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

Installation shall comply with the latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code,

applicable local agency and City requirements.

Backflow prevention assemblies shall be installed in accordance with the Standard

Drawings.

Water service and fire service shut-off valves will be secured closed during installation

until an approved backflow prevention device is installed and tested in compliance with this

specification.

When static pressure exceeds 1.03MPa (150psi), or when recommended by the backflow

device manufacturer, a pressure-reducing valve shall be installed as shown on the Standard

Drawings.


Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the

Standard Drawings.

3.03 CONCRETE

Concrete thrust or anchor blocks and slabs shall be installed in accordance with Standard

Drawings.

BACKFLOW PREVENTERS


3.04 ENCLOSURES

Enclosures shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the

Standard Drawings.

3.05 DISINFECTION

Disinfection and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041, as part of

the process of disinfecting the main pipeline. The backflow assemblies shall be operated during

the disinfection period to completely disinfect all internal parts.


Backflow assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in conjunction with the pipeline to

which they are connected in accordance with Section 15044.

3.07 TESTING

The Construction Manager will inspect and initially test each backflow prevention

assembly after inspection of its proper installation is complete.

Required maintenance of the backflow prevention device and appurtenances and annual

testing of the device shall be the private owner's responsibility.

**END OF SECTION**

SPRING LOADED SWING

CHECK VALVES


SECTION 15118

SPRING-LOADED SWING CHECK VALVES

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section specifies spring-loaded swing check valves.

1.02 REFERENCES















Reference Title




ASTM B148 Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings

AWWA C508 Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 In. Through

24 In. NPS

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

The Owner and Construction Manager believe the following candidate manufacturers are

capable of producing equipment and/or products that will satisfy the requirements of this

Section. This statement, however, shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular

manufacturer’s products, nor shall it be construed that named manufacturers’ standard equipment

SPRING LOADED SWING

CHECK VALVES


or products will comply with the requirements of this Section. Candidate manufacturers include

Golden Anderson and APCO, or equal.

2.02 MATERIALS


Component Material

Body, cover Cast iron, ASTM A126, Class B

Disc Ductile iron, ASTM A536

Seat rings Aluminum bronze, ASTM B148 or Stainless

steel, ASTM A276, Type 316

Hinge shafts and hinge pins Stainless steel, ASTM A276, Type 301 or 304

Shaft bushings Bronze, AWWA C508





purpose.

2.03 MANUFACTURE

Disc, disc arm, shaft, keyways, lever and spring shall be heavily reinforced and designed

for resistant to impact forces resulting from hydraulic transients. The design of the keyways,

shafts, keys, lever arms, springs, spring anchors and all related parts shall be designed to

withstand the forces associated with a spring tension that requires not less than a 5 psig

differential pressure across the valve leaf to open the valve. Spring tension shall be adjustable

and initially set for a 2 psig differential to open the valve. The valve design shall permit

mounting levers and springs on either side of the valve. The design of the spring attachment shall

permit adjustment of closing force by tensioning the spring or replacement with different active

length springs.

Valves shall be provided with a clear opening equal to or greater than the connecting piping,

with no raised seating surface. Seats shall be threaded onto the body or fitted with an O-ring seal

and locked in place with stainless steel screws or pins and shall be replaceable. Shafts shall be

provided with stuffing box and packing or O-ring seals at each end. Seals shall be externally

replaceable. Minimum shaft diameters shall be as follows:

Valve Inlet Connection

Size, inches Shaft diameter, inches

3 0.75

4 0.825

6 1.0

SPRING LOADED SWING

CHECK VALVES


Valve Inlet Connection

Size, inches Shaft diameter, inches

8 1.75

10 2.0

12 2.5

14 2.75

16 3.25

18 3.5

20 3.75

The pivot arm shall be secured to the disc with either twin bolted connections with

lockwashers or a pinned nut. In either instance, the connection shall be designed to prevent disc

movement relative to the arm. Shaft bearings shall extend the entire length of the shaft other

than the section required for the disc arm attachment. Disc and lever arms shall be keyed to the

shaft and retained by bushings or pins.

Unless otherwise specified, valves shall, as a minimum, conform to the following

pressure ratings:

Size, inches

Working pressure,

pressure, psig Hydrostatic test

2 through 12 200 350

14 through 30 150 300

Check valves wetted parts shall be coated with fusion bonded epoxy.

2.04 PRODUCT DATA

Manufacturer's catalog information including dimensions, cross-sectional views, details

of construction and materials list shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

Spring loaded swing check valves shall be installed in accordance with the

manufacturer's recommendations.


SPRING LOADED SWING

CHECK VALVES



JACKED PIPE CASING


SECTION 15125

JACKED PIPE CASING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section includes materials and installation of jacked pipe casings. Where the

Contractor proposes to install pipelines using directional drilling or jack and boring, a complete

submittal of the methods and materials shall be made to the Construction Manager for approval

prior to the initiation of the work.

Pipe casings shall be used in conjunction with the installation of potable water, recycled

water, and sewer mains as specified and as directed by the Construction Manager.

B. DEFINITIONS:

1. CARRIER PIPE: Pipe installed within the casing pipe.

2. ANNULAR SPACE: Void between pipe casing and carrier pipe.



are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. References shall be made to the latest


Reference Title

ASTM A36 Specification for Structural Steel.

ASTM A139 Specification for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel

Pipe.

ASTM A283 Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile

Strength Carbon Steel Plates.

AWWA C200 Standard for Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches and Larger.

AWWA C206 Standard for Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe.

AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code.

JACKED PIPE CASING


1.03 SUBMITTALS

The following items shall be submitted for review and approval by the Construction

Manager prior to the start of the casing work:

1. Pipe casing; diameter, thickness, materials and class of steel per ASTM

standard, proposed lubricants and welding procedures and details.

2. Locations and sizes of trenches and pits including configuration of the

jacking pits and jacking pit bracing or shoring. Pit excavations deeper than

20' require the shoring system to be certified by a Licensed Professional

Engineer of the State of California.

3. Jacking plan and profile drawing detailing the placement of the jacked

casing with installation schedule, equipment and procedures.

4. Summary of the backfilling method to be used.

5. Record copies of the Contractor’s Worker Protection and Safety Plan and

C-34 or License.

6. Method of restraint to be used for the casing and carrier pipes.

7. Casing spacers and end seals

8. Submit record copies of permits associated with excavation and

installation.


Pipe casings shall be provided for carrier piping as specified or as required by the


1. Submit a complete description of proposed installation methods and

materials of casing pipes and other items for review.

2. Calculations - Submit all structural and deflection calculations for jacked

casings. The Contractor shall perform calculations to determine the

thickness required to withstand earth, impact, buckling and installation

forces from the jacking equipment and with a wall thickness not less than

specified. Provide calculations signed and stamped by a Licensed

Professional Engineer of the State of California.

JACKED PIPE CASING


1.05 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND FACILITIES

The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all existing utilities,

facilities, and structures that may be encountered in or near the area of the work.

1.06 SAFETY AND PERMITTING REQUIREMENTS

If a railroad crossing is required, the Contractor shall obtain insurance and permits as

required by the owner of the railroad at no additional cost to the City

Pipe jacking and boring projects 30" in diameter or larger are required to be classified by

the State of California. Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Occupational Safety and

Health.

Protection of workers in trench excavation shall be as required by the State of California

Construction Safety Orders, the State of California State Health and Safety Code, the

requirements of CAL-OSHA.

All excavations shall be performed, protected, and supported as required for safety and in

the manner set forth in the operation regulations prescribed by CAL-OSHA.

It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain excavation permits, traffic control

permits, or other applicable permits from the local agency which has jurisdiction.

A pre-job safety conference with representatives of the Division of Occupational Safety,

CAL-OSHA, the Construction Manager, the Contractor and Contractor's employees shall be held

before the work begins.

Contractors performing this work are required to hold a current C-34 or General

Engineering Contracting License from the State of California.


Installation by operator with minimum 5 years experience in similar work.

Notify Construction Manager a minimum of 3 working days in advance of starting

excavation and installation operations. Perform work in the presence of Construction Manager,

unless otherwise approved in advance of testing.

Qualifications for welders:

1. Perform welding by skilled welders, welding operators and tackers with

demonstrated adequate experience in the type of materials used.

2. Qualify welders in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.1 by an independent

local, approved testing agency not more than 6 months prior to

commencing work on casing and pipeline.

JACKED PIPE CASING


3. Use machines and electrodes similar to those used in the Work in

qualification tests.

4. Furnish materials and bear the expense of qualifying welders.

Welding requirements:

1. Pre-qualify welding procedures used to fabricate steel casings in

accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.1.

2. Welding procedures shall be required for, but not necessarily limited to,

longitudinal and girth or special welds for pipe cylinders, casing joint

welds, reinforcing plates.

1.08 LINE AND GRADE TOLERANCE

Lay pipe casing true to line and grade.

1. No bends or changes in grade for full length of casing.

2. Allowable grade deviations in horizontal and vertical alignments: No

greater than 0.2 feet per 100 feet in any direction; maximum deviation of

0.5 feet over entire length of pipe casing.

1.09 CASING SPACERS AND END SEALS

Casing spacers and end seals shall be used for all pipe installations with casings.

If the carrier pipe is not installed within the casing, as a continuous operation, following

completion of jacking, then bulkhead and portals and backfill the approach trenches. Bulkheads

will be removed at a later time to allow for the installation of the carrier pipe.

PART 2 -- MATERIALS

2.01 PIPE CASINGS

Jacked pipe casings shall be steel.

The minimum size and thickness of jacked steel pipe casings shall be as follows, unless

otherwise required by the agency having jurisdiction over the road, utilities, or improvements or

required by service or installation conditions.

JACKED PIPE CASING


Carrier

Pipe Size

Minimum

Casing Size

Min. Steel Casing

Wall Thickness

6" 14" 3/8"

8" 16" 3/8"

10" 18" 3/8"

12" 20" 3/8"

16" 30" 1/2"

18" 30" 1/2"

20" 36" 1/2"

24" 42" 1/2"

30” 42” 7/8”

36” 48” 7/8”

42” 60” 7/8”

Where the carrier pipe nominal diameter is greater than 42-inches, the minimum casing

pipe diameter (OD) shall be great enough to provide a minimum 6” clearance between the casing

pipe and the bell OD of the carrier pipe. The minimum steel casing thickness shall be shall be

per the approved design calculations.

It is the Contractor's responsibility to choose a size of casing at or above the minimum

specified, and to ensure that the jacking is done with a high degree of accuracy to permit

installation of the carrier pipe to the lines and grades as specified.

Steel pipe casings shall be as follows:

1. Steel pipe casings, unless otherwise approved by the Construction

Manager, shall be butt-welded sheets (spiral welding of pipe now allowed) conforming to ASTM A 36/A 36M, ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade D, or ASTM A 570/A 570M, Grade 33. Other steel grades may be used upon approval of the Construction Manager.

2. The ends of the pipe shall be perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the

pipe with a maximum deviation of no more than 5 mm/m (1/16 inch per foot) of pipe diameter, with a maximum of 6 mm (¼ inch), measured with a square and a straight edge across the end of the pipe.

3. Pipe ends shall be square and smooth so that jacking loads are evenly

distributed against the pipe end faces without point loads when the pipe is jacked. Pipe used for jacking shall be capable of withstanding the jacking forces imposed by the process of installation, as well as the final in-place loading conditions.

JACKED PIPE CASING


4. Steel pipe casings shall not be lined or coated with any material unless otherwise shown. If required, steel pipe casing shall be lined and coated with liquid epoxy paint per AWWA C210. Liquid epoxy shall be applied in three coats to a minimum thickness of 0.012". The final coat of the liquid epoxy shall be blue for potable water and purple for recycled water steel casing pipe.

5. Permalok™ mechanical joining system shall be acceptable or welded

beveled ends prepared for full penetration butt-welds. Press fit or Permalok Steel casing pipe shall be:

a. Smooth-welded steel pipe conforming to ASTM A-139 Grade B. b. Machined ends that are sealed with a silicon sealant that acts as a

joining lubricant. Field joints shall be watertight. c. Provide Permalok casing pipe as manufactured by Permalok

Corporation, 472 Paul Avenue, St. Louis, MO 63135 (800-280-5511), or equal.

Grout holes shall be provided for casing pipes larger than 36-inches in diameter. Provide

2-inch diameter threaded grout holes at centerline and crown at a spacing not exceeding five feet

for contact grouting. 2.02 CASING SPACERS

Casing spacers shall be stainless steel, centered-restrained position type with PVC liner

and non-metallic anti-friction runners in accordance with the City’s Approved Materials List.

A. Manufacturers:

1. PowerSeal Pipe Products, Model 4810.

2. Advanced Products and Systems, Inc., Model SI-8 and

SI-12 or

3. Approved equal. 2.03 CASING END SEALS

Casing end seals, in accordance with the City’s Approved Materials List, shall wrap

around the casing and carrier pipe to provide a barrier to backfill material and seepage. The

casing end seal shall be a minimum 1/4" thick styrene butadiene rubber sheet attached to the

carrier pipe and casing with 1" wide stainless steel bands. Zippered casing end seals with

stainless steel bands may also be used.

A. MANUFACTURERS:

1. PowerSeal Pipe Products

JACKED PIPE CASING


2. Advanced Products and Systems, Inc, or

3. Approved equal. 2.04 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Where casings are installed by open cut or within open excavations,

Warning/Identification Tape materials shall be provided in accordance with Section 02224 and

the City’s Approved Materials List. PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compaction operations shall be performed in


Dewatering shall be in accordance with Section 02140.

Sheeting, shoring and bracing shall be in accordance with Section 02350

Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving and placing the pipe

casing. All pipe-casing materials shall be lowered into the trench in a manner that prevents

damage. The pipe casing shall not be dropped, dragged or handled in a manner that will cause

dents, cracks, or other damage to the pipe casing. 3.02 PREPARATION

Investigate existing soils and subsurface conditions to provide appropriate equipment to

counter conditions which can cause delay, such as groundwater, running sand, boulders and so

forth.

Pothole existing utilities within and adjacent to proposed location of casing. Coordinate

potholing with respective utility owners.

Lubricate casing and runners with Drilling Mud or Flaxsoap. Use of petroleum products

such as oil and grease, as lubricants not permitted. 3.02 JACKING PIT

The approach trench for jacking or boring operations shall be adequately shored to

safeguard existing substructures and surface improvements and to ensure against ground

movement in the vicinity of the casing portal.

Placement of equipment in the approach trench of the jacking pit shall be firmly bedded

on the required line and grade using heavy timbers, structural steel, or concrete cradles of

sufficient length to provide accurate control of jacking alignment. Provide space to insert the

casing lengths to be jacked. Anchor the timbers and structural steel sections to ensure action of

JACKED PIPE CASING


the jacks in line with the axis of the casing. Place a timber or structural steel bearing block

between the jacks and the end of the casing to provide uniform bearing upon the casing end

evenly distribute the jacking pressure.

After jacking equipment and debris from the tunnel have been removed from the

approach trench of jacking pit, prepare the bottom of the jacking pit as a pipe foundation.

Remove all loose and disturbed materials below pipe grade to undisturbed earth and re-compact

the material in accordance with Section 02223.

3.03 PIPE CASING INSTALLATION

Installation of pipe casings shall be as described below and in accordance with the

Standard Drawings.

A. JACK AND BORE INSTALLATION

Only workers experienced in jacking operations shall be used in performing the work of

jacking and boring.

1. The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that extreme care is required

in placing the casing so as to permit the installation of the carrier pipe to

the lines and grades as specified.

2. Gravity flow pipelines are designed at grades that do not permit variance

from the lines and grade as specified.

3. Fit a sectional shield or steel jacking head to the leading section of the

casing. The shield or head shall extend around the outer surface of the

upper two-thirds of the casing and project at least 18" beyond the driving

end of the casing. It shall not protrude more than 1/2" beyond the outer

casing surface.

4. The leading section of casing shall be equipped with a jacking head

securely anchored thereto to prevent any wobble or variation in alignment

during the jacking operation.

5. To avoid loss of ground outside the casing, carry out excavation entirely

within the jacking head and not in advance of the head. In general,

excavated materials shall be removed from the casing as jacking

progresses and no accumulation of excavated material within the casing

will be permitted.

6. A jacking band to reinforce the end of the pipe receiving the jacking thrust

will be required.

JACKED PIPE CASING


7. Control the application of jacking pressure and excavation of material

ahead of the advancing casing to prevent it from becoming friction-bound

or deviating from required line and grade. Do not encroach upon the

minimum annular space detailed. Restrict the excavation of material to the

least clearance to prevent binding in order to avoid settlement or possible

damage to overlying structures or utilities.

8. Steel casing sections shall be full-circumference butt-welded in the field.

It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide stress transfer across

the joints capable of resisting the jacking forces involved.

B. OPEN TRENCH INSTALLATION:

Pipe casings shall be lowered onto the bedding of the proper lines and grades as

specified.

Pipe casings shall have firm bearing along their full length.

Steel casing sections shall be jointed by full-circumference butt welding in the field. Steel

casing shall have all areas of damaged coating repaired.

3.04 CARRIER PIPE INSTALLATION

Upstream and downstream elevations of the carrier pipe shall be verified prior to

installing the end seals.

Carrier pipe shall be pushed into the casing incorporating the use of casing spacers as

described below.

1. PVC, ductile-iron and CCFRPM carrier pipe joints shall be mechanically

restrained.

2. Steel carrier pipe sections shall be lap joint welded in accordance with

AWWA 200 and AWWA 206

The portion of carrier pipe installed within a casing shall have pressure, leakage, and

infiltration testing completed in accordance with Section 15043 and 15044 prior to installation of

the end seals.

The annular space between the carrier pipe and casing shall be filled as specified.

JACKED PIPE CASING


3.05 CASING SPACERS

Casing spacers shall be used to prevent the carrier pipe bell from touching the casing and

to maintain a uniform space between the carrier pipe and casing interior. Casing spacers shall be

installed on the carrier pipe at intervals per the manufacturer's recommendations with a minimum

of three spacers per pipe section equally spaced.

3.06 CASING END SEALS

Casing end seals shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations.

Carrier pipe shall pass hydrostatic or leakage tests in accordance with Sections 15044 or

15043 prior to the installation of casing end seals or backfilling operations.

**END OF SECTION**

FULL-PORT BALL VALVES


SECTION 15129


PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section specifies full-port resilient seat ball valves for raw sewage service.


A. REFERENCES:















Reference Title

ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125, 250

and 800


AWWA C507-

99

Standard for Ball Valves, 6 In. Through 48 In. (150 mm

Through 1,200 mm)

B. DESIGN CRITERIA:

Full-port resilient seat ball valves 6 inches through 48 inches in size shall comply with

AWWA C507, including applicable hydrostatic testing



1.03 SUBMITTALS

Submittals shall comply with the requirements of Section 01300. Submittals shall

include the following information.






whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated and, therefore


denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph.

The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify

compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. The

submittal shall be accompanied by a detailed, written justification for each

deviation. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification


specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for

rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS


Component Material

Body: Cast iron, ASTM A126, Class B

Ball: Cast iron, ASTM A48, Class 40 or

Ductile iron, ASTM A536 65-45-12

Shaft: Stainless Steel, ASTM A-276 18-8Type 304





purpose.



2.02 MANUFACTURE

A. GENERAL:

Design of valve shall be such that with the valve in the open position, the full and

unobstructed circular inlet and outlet port diameter shall be as specified in Table 2 of AWWA

Standard C507. With the valve in the closed position, the valve shall be bubble tight at rated

pressure.

Valves shall be double seated with two sets of ball and body seats. All seats shall be of a

synthetic rubber compound. Seats shall be retained in the valve body by mechanical means

without retaining rings, segments, screws or hardware of any kind in the flow stream. Seats shall

seal a full 360° without interruption and have a plurality of grooves mating with a spherical

stainless steel seating surface on the ball. Valve seats shall be field adjustable around the full

360° circumference and replaceable without dismantling the operator, ball or shaft. Where line

size permits, seats shall also be capable of being adjusted without removing the valve from the

line. Manufacturer shall certify that the rubber seat is field adjustable and replaceable.

Exposed ball valves shall be rising stem type. Buried or submerged ball valves shall be

of the non-rising stem type. Valves shall be provided with a Teflon braid packing.

B. END CONNECTIONS:

Full-port ball valve end connections shall be flanged or threaded as specified. Threaded

ends shall not be provided on ball valves with end connections larger than 4 inches. End flanges

shall be integral with the ball valve body and be faced' and drilled in accordance with ANSI

B16.1 for 125-pound flanges.


Unless specified otherwise, valves less than 12 inch size shall be provided with

handwheels, and valves 12 inches and larger shall be provided with geared operators.

D. BYPASS:

Unless otherwise specified, ball valves 16 inches and larger, shall be provided with a

bypass valve sized in accordance with AWWA C507.

2.03 PRODUCT DATA


1. Affidavits of compliance, as required by AWWA C507.




PART 3 -- EXECUTION

Ball valves shall be installed in the closed position.


SOLENOID VALVES


SECTION 15147

SOLENOID VALVES

PART 1--GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies 2- and 3-way solenoid valves, direct operated type, for control of

process fluids. .

B. TYPE:

Valves with piping connections less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter shall be direct-acting type.

C. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:

Unless otherwise specified, solenoid valves shall be designed to seal or unseal the

pressurized (supply) port upon the action specified in the paragraph 1.03, Solenoid Valve Schedule.

Valves shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. in accordance with UL 429 and UL

1002. Solenoid valves for gas service shall be approved by Factory Mutual Engineering Corpora-

tion. The minimum acceptable operating pressure differential for pilot operated valves shall be

5 psi.

1.02 REFERENCES















SOLENOID VALVES


Reference Title

ASTM A48 Gray Iron Castings

UL 429 Electrically Operated Valves

UL 1002 Electrically Operated Valves for Use in Hazardous Locations,

Class I, Groups A, B, C, and D, and Class II, Groups E, F, and G

1.03 SOLENOID VALVE SCHEDULE

Servicea

Solenoid

valve

number

Line

size,

inches

Valve

size,

inches

Operating

pressure

maximum,

psig

Operating

temp.,

maximum,

degrees F

NEMA

Enclosure

Type

Unpowered position:

Normally Open (NO)

or

Normally Closed (NC) Voltage

2W SV1011 3/8 1/2 100 80 4x NO 120AC

2W SV1021 3/8 1/2 100 80 4x NO 120AC

2W SV1031 3/8 1/2 100 80 4x NO 120AC

2W SV1041 3/8 1/2 100 80 4x NO 120AC

2W SV1051 3/8 1/2 100 80 4x NO 120AC

2W SV1061 3/8 1/2 100 80 4x NO 120AC

2W SV1071 3/8 1/2 100 80 4x NO 120AC

2W SV1081 3/8 1/2 100 80 4x NO 120AC

RW SV2014 3/4 3/4 100 80 4x NO 120AC

RW SV2014 3/4 3/4 100 80 4x NO 120AC

RW SV2014 3/4 3/4 100 80 4x NO 120AC

RW SV2014 3/4 3/4 100 80 4x NO 120AC

RW SV 1 1 100 80 4X NC 120AC

a See Section 15050 for description of service fluids.

PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

The Owner and Construction Manager believe the following candidate manufacturers are

capable of producing equipment and/or products that will satisfy the requirements of this

Section. This statement, however, shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular

manufacturer’s products, nor shall it be construed that named manufacturers’ standard equipment

or products will comply with the requirements of this Section.

SOLENOID VALVES


A. DIRECT ACTING TYPE:

Candidate manufacturers include:

1. Automatic Switch Company (ASCO)

2. Honeywell-Skinner

3. or equal

2.02 MATERIALS

A. DIRECT ACTING TYPE:


Component Material

Body Stainless steel, Type 304

Seal Teflon or Buna-N

Disc Teflon or Buna-N

2.03 EQUIPMENT

A. GENERAL:

Solenoid valves shall be rated for continuous duty at 24 volts DC or 120 volts AC as

indicated. Valves shall be threaded for sizes 2-inch and smaller and flanged for sizes 2-1/2 inch and

larger.

B. DIRECT ACTING TYPE AND PILOT TYPE:

Solenoid valves shall be suitable for the area location and usages as indicated in the schedule

with fully encapsulated Class H coils. Enclosure type:

1. NEMA 1 general purpose, molded epoxy construction

2. NEMA 4X watertight / dust tight / corrosion resistant

3. NEMA 7 explosion proof

Unspecified solenoid valves enclosures shall be NEMA 4X.

2.04 PRODUCT DATA

Manufacturer's product data shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300.

SOLENOID VALVES


PART 3--EXECUTION

Solenoid valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

**END OF SECTION**

AIR RELEASE AND

VACUUM RELIEF VALVES


SECTION 15151

AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVES

FOR SOLIDS BEARING LIQUIDS

AND HYDRAULIC TRANSIENT CONTROL

PART 1--GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies air release valves, air and vacuum relief valves, and combination

valves for solids bearing liquids (wastewater) and hydraulic transient control system service for all

municipal water utilities.

Products furnished under this specification shall be subject to performance verification by

independent laboratory test in accordance with the requirements set forth in this section. Certified

documentation of the independent test verification shall be part of the information submitted under

this section. Submittals lacking the required documentation will be rejected.

Air Release and Vacuum Relief Valves for recycled water transmission mains shall be

provided in accordance with CWMD Specification Section 15108 and the District’s approved

products list.

B. TYPES:

1. GENERAL: Valves furnished under this specification shall be tubular in

design with direct acting cylindrical hollow and solid float mechanisms designed to function

efficiently in the presence of grease, fibers and particulate material commonly present in municipal

and domestic wastewaters, wastewater treatment effluents, storm water and raw water applications.

The design shall incorporate materials and geometry that provides self-flushing of the valve

internals on emptying.

Valve designs employing float guide brackets, levers, springs and ball type floats are specifically

prohibited. Valves furnished under this section shall be fitted with provisions for connection to

piping or system fittings and direct vents with threaded or flanged outlets as specified for

connection to discharges for direction of exhaust flows as indicated in this section. Valves shall be

rated for internal working pressures of 150, 250 or 300 psig, to provide compatibility with

connections to specified piping systems.

Main venting orifices and outlet connections shall be equal in diameter to the specified

pipeline or system connection diameter.

AIR RELEASE AND



The table presented in paragraph 15151-1.03 specifies the minimum acceptable performance

for venting air or relieving vacuum conditions for a given size valve under the differential pressure

conditions stated. Should a proposed manufacturer’s standard product for a stated size be incapable

of meeting the indicated performance requirements as demonstrated by the specified independent

test results, then the next larger available standard size valve shall be used. Under no circumstances

will specially modified products be considered for installation in this project.

2. AIR RELEASE VALVES: Wastewater air release valves (ARV) shall have

both large and small venting orifices to vent the accumulation of air and other gases within the line

or system under pressure. As the pipeline approaches the full condition on filling, the large orifices

shall be sealed by the primary float and the secondary float shall allow the remaining air to vent at a

reduced rate to prevent development of hydraulic transients.

3. AIR AND VACUUM VALVES: Wastewater air and vacuum valves

(ARVV) shall have a dual float system with a large venting orifice to permit the release of air as the

line is filling or relieve the vacuum as the line is draining or is under negative pressure. As the

pipeline approaches the full condition on filling, the large orifices shall be sealed by the primary

float and the secondary float shall allow the remaining air to vent at a reduced rate to prevent

development of hydraulic transients. In addition to venting during pipeline filling, the ARVV valve

shall function to remove small quantities of air or gas accumulating in the pipeline at the ARVV

connection point.

4. COMBINATION AIR VALVES: Wastewater combination air valves

(CARV) shall have operating features and capacities of both the air and vacuum valve and the air

release valve.

1.02 REFERENCES















AIR RELEASE AND



Reference Title

ASTM A240 Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium Nickel Stainless

Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels

1.03 VALVE SCHEDULE

Valve locations and function (i.e., ARV, ARVV or CARV) will be indicated on the

drawings long with a suffix to indicate size. Valve performance requirements and connection sizes

shall be in accordance with the following schedule.

Valve

suffix

Valve size,

inches c

System and vent

connectiona

Pressure relief

capacity,

minimum,

standard cubic

feet/min

at 0.75

psi

differentialb

Anti-shock vent

capacity,

maximum, standard

cubic ft/min

at 14.5 psi

differentialb

Vacuum relief capacity,

minimum

standard cubic feet/min

at 5 psi differentialb

A 2 T 200 200 400

B 3 T 500 405 1,000

C 4 F 700 590 1,700

D 4 d F 700 590 1,700

E 4 F 900 600 2,400 a (F= Flange, T = Threaded) outlet/outlet connection connections

b Capacities shall be documented by an independent testing method acceptable to the Construction Manager and shall be

as listed in a report detailing the testing methodology. The report shall be dated not more than five years prior, shall be

specific to the model proposed, shall be signed by the test author and shall be notarized as true and correct. c Size of both pipeline and vent piping connection, if a vent pipe is indicated .

d valve shall seat a 0 pressure differential


A. PERFORMANCE CONFIRMATION:

The Contractor shall cause the manufacturer of the valves to provide certified performance

information documenting the performance curve for the air release/vacuum relief rates for each size

valve to be furnished under this contract. The performance curves shall be the product of an

independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Construction Manager, current to within five years

from the date of the submittal, specific to the construction details for the model proposed, and

confirming performance not less than that required by this specification. The test methodology may

use mathematical modeling techniques to affirm specific model size performance so long as the test

performance for the valve(s) have been spot-checked by bench tests of the valve size in question

and the results show modeling performance within ± 5 percent of bench test results. Software

employed for the mathematical model shall be commercially available and shall be developed

AIR RELEASE AND



specifically for applications similar the fluid flows encountered in the products to be furnished

under this section, i.e., compressible fluid flow at ambient temperatures under pressure ranges to be

encountered in the proposed application. The performance confirmation report shall be dated,

signed by the author responsible for the test information and notarized as true and correct.

B. FACTORY TESTS:

Assembled valves shall be pressure tested at 150 percent of rated valve pressure. The test

pressure shall be held for a period of 90 minutes during which time there shall be no weeping or

leakage of test fluid. Test pressure at the end of the test shall be not less than 98 percent of the

specified test value.

A low pressure leak test to determine valve seat leakage. The valve shall be filled with

water and pressurized to 7.5 psi. The test pressure shall be held for a period of not less than 5

minutes during which leakage past the seats shall be zero.

All floats shall be exercised by alternating pressures and levels in the valve chambers to

demonstrate function.

The Contractor shall furnish certified and notarized test affidavits signed by an officer of the

manufacturing corporation attesting to the successful completion as specified. Test affidavits shall

be specific to each valve and shall carry the valve’ s serial number, model number and size.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

Submittal material, to be provided in accordance with Section 01300, shall include the

following:

1. Catalog information for each size to be furnished

2. A copy of this specification section and the referencing section and all

other applicable specification sections governing the product. The

specification copies shall be complete with addendum updates included,



a. Check marks (√ ) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as

a whole.

b. If deviations from the specifications are indicated and, therefore


denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified

paragraph.

c. Remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify

compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications.

AIR RELEASE AND



d. The submittal shall be accompanied by a detailed, written

justification for each deviation.

e. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections,

along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the

specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient

cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further

consideration.

3. Certified performance information as specified under paragraph 15151-1.04.

Certifications will be required for all manufacturers’ products even though

the proposed manufacturer is named in this section. Submittals that are not

accompanied by the specified certified performance curve confirmation

reports will be rejected with no detailed review for conformance to the

requirements of this Section.

4. Materials of construction

5. Installation requirements

PART 2--PRODUCTS


Valves known to be capable of meeting the requirements of this section include Vent-Tech

SWG, as furnished by International Valve Marketing, or Vent-O-Mat RGX as produced by RF

Technologies, Inc. Equal products, as determined by the restrictions set forth in the following

paragraphs, will be accepted so long as the requirements set forth in this section are met in all

respects and the required documentation has been provided.

Alternative manufacturers’ products will be considered, provided the following information

has been submitted and accepted as proof the proposed substitution provides equal or improved

performance over that of the specified product and materials. Any submittal requesting substitution

shall include the information specified under paragraph 15151-1.04 and the following:

1. Detailed construction and functional description of operation with bill of

materials and detailed graphics showing construction features and step-by-

step operation demonstrating compliance with the features and operational

characteristics specified in this section.

2. Certified performance (air venting and vacuum venting) curves for each size

valve to be provided. Performance curves shall be certified and notarized

correct by an independent testing laboratory. Refer to paragraph 15151-1.04

for minimum requirements.

AIR RELEASE AND



3. Not less than four affidavits of performance signed by general managers or

executive officers of the owning agency and notarized. The affidavits of

performance shall, as a minimum, document the following:

a. Side-by-side operation with the specified Vent-Tech or Vent-O-Mat

valves in unscreened wastewater service for periods of not less than

6 months.

b. During the side-by-side periods of operation, the proposed valve and

the specified valves shall have been inspected for clogging and

function on not less than a weekly basis and shall not have required

more maintenance effort than the valves specified in this section.

c. The affidavits shall contain unreserved acceptance of the proposed

valve as a complete equal to the Vent-Tech or Vent-O-Mat valves

specified herein.

2.02 MATERIALS

Component Material

Body and cover

Hardware

Stainless steel, ASTM A240, Type 316L

Stainless Steel, Type 316

Primary and secondary floats High density polyethylene

Seats Nitrile or EPDM

Trim and venting orifices Stainless steel, ASTM A240, Type 316L





purpose.

2.03 CONSTRUCTION

A. GENERAL:

All wastewater air release and vacuum valves shall have tubular elongated bodies and shall

be specifically designed for operation on wastewater and wastewater applications. Valve bodies

shall be certified for not less than 150 of the test pressure listed for the connected piping system and

shall have over pressure relief features to prevent catastrophic rupture of the valve body. The relief

feature shall be incorporated into easily replaced components. The valve size shall be the nominal

size of the valve inlet and outlet (piping connection) as herein described. All valve clearances shall

be designed for unobstructed flow of air through all passages with a net cross-sectional area at least

equal to that of the nominal piping connection. The valve manufacture shall be prepared to

AIR RELEASE AND



document compliance with this requirement in all respects for each component in the valve

assembly.

B. BODY:

The valve body shall have a fused glass lining or equivalent finish. The valve body shall, be

sized to assure the unobstructed annular space between the valve floats and the inner surface of the

valve body exceeds the cross-sectional area of the valve’s inlet and outlet connections. Valved

upper and lower flushing ports (1/2 inch minimum) shall be provided. Materials for flushing ports

shall be the same as the body.

C. AIR INLET/OUTLET FITTING:

The air inlet/outlet fitting shall have a net opening equal in cross-sectional area to the valve

size and shall be screened with a high efficiency punched screen to prevent ingression of airborne

debris. The connection from the air inlet cap chamber to the valve body shall be a smooth toroidial

transition, polished to facilitate movement from the cap to the body with minimal energy losses by

gradual acceleration to the connection with the valve body air passages. The underside of the fitting

shall be finished smooth to effect an air tight seal with the anti-surge floats. The valve shall form an

airtight seal with an internal pressure of no more than 3 psig.

D. AIR OUTLET/INLET FITTING:

The air outlet/inlet fitting at the connection to the piping shown shall formed to provide a

smooth transition to the valve outlet in a manner equal to that described in paragraph 15151-2.03 C.

The connection to the piping system shall have a cross-sectional area as described in paragraph

15151-2.03 A.

E. FLOATS:

The anti shock float shall have not less than five tubular orifices to evenly distribute

pressurized air across the face of the float. Air inlets for the tubular orifices shall be a smooth,

rounded transition to reduce shock and discharged moisture as the as the float seats. The main float

shall be tubular in construction, fitted with a centering guide on the upper float cap for contacting

and centering on the anti-shock float.

2.04 SPARE VALVES

One spare valve shall be provided for each type and size of valve specified.

2.05 PRODUCT DATA


1. Manufacturer's product data.

AIR RELEASE AND



2. Applicable O&M instructions per Section 01430.

3. Affidavits certifying results of factory tests.

PART 3--EXECUTION

Wastewater air release and vacuum valves shall be installed in accordance with the

manufacturer's recommendations. Isolation valves shall be provided below each air valve, as shown

on the Contract Drawings.

**END OF SECTION**

POWER ACTUATED VALVE

AND GATE SCHEDULES


SECTION 15180

POWER ACTUATED VALVE AND GATE SCHEDULES

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section contains schedules of power actuated valves and gates for this work that

incorporate actuators specified in Section 15185.

1.02 VALVE SIZING

Where the specific valve is smaller than the connected pipe, the Contractor shall provide

reducers.

1.03 SCHEDULE

Powered actuator types are specified in Section 15185 and for use in the valve and gate

schedule are defined as follows:

Actuator Type

(ACTUSPEC)

Service Definition

EMTT Throttling (Modulating) Electric motor multi-turn

EMTI Isolating (Open-Close) Electric motor multi-turn

EQTI Isolating (Open-Close) Electric motor quarter-turn


AND GATE SCHEDULES


ELECTRIC MOTOR ACTUATED VALVE SCHEDULE

Type of valve: Full-Port Ball Valves per Section 15129.

Valve

Number

Service

Valve

size,

inches

Actuator

type

Actuator

Enclosure

Open/close

Time

seconds;

Motor duty,

minutes

BV-1016

BV-1026

BV-1036

BV-1046

BV-1056

BV-1066

BV-1076

BV-1086

RS

RS

RS

RS

RS

RS

RS

RS

20

20

20

20

14

14

14

14

EQTI

EQTI

EQTI

EQTI

EQTI

EQTI

EQTI

EQTI

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

60/60

60/60

60/60

60/60

60/60

60/60

60/60

60/60

BV-2023 RS 24 EQTI NEMA 4X 60/180

BV-2024 RS 24 EQTI NEMA 4X 60/180

Type of valve: Eccentric Plug Valves per Section 15110.

Valve

Number

Service

Valve

size,

inches

Actuator

type

Actuator

Enclosure

Open/close

Time

seconds;

Motor duty,

minutes

PV-1015

PV-1025

PV-1035

PV-1045

PV-1055

PV-1065

PV-1075

PV-1085

PV-1090

RS

RS

RS

RS

RS

RS

RS

RS

RS

16

16

16

16

12

12

12

12

18

EQTI

EQTI

EQTI

EQTI

EQTI

EQTI

EQTI

EQTI

EQTI

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

NEMA 4X

60/120

60/120

60/120

60/120

60/60

60/60

60/60

60/60

60/60


AND GATE SCHEDULES


ELECTRIC MOTOR ACTUATED GATE SCHEDULE

Type of gate: Slide Gate per Section 11109.

Valve

Number

Service

Gate

size,

inches

Actuator

type

Actuator

Enclosure

Open/close

Time

seconds;

Motor duty,

minutes

SG-1001 RS 54 x 54 EMTT NEMA 7 150/150

*** END OF SECTION ***


AND GATE SCHEDULES



MANUAL VALVE AND

GATE OPERATORS AND

OPERATOR APPURTENANCES


SECTION 15184

MANUAL VALVE AND GATE OPERATORS AND


PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section specifies manual operators for valves and gates, and operator appurtenances.

1.02 REFERENCES















Reference Title

AWWA C500 Gate Valves 3 through 48 inch NPS, for Water and Sewage

Systems

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

Except as specified in valve and gate specification sections, manual operators shall be as

specified herein. Operators shall be mounted on the valve or gate and provided as a unit. Each

valve body or operator shall have cast thereon the word "OPEN," an arrow indicating the

direction to open, and flow direction arrows.

MANUAL VALVE AND

GATE OPERATORS AND



2.02 OPERATORS

A. GENERAL:

Manual operators shall have operating torques less than 80 foot-pounds. Unless specified

otherwise, each manual operator shall be provided with an operating wheel. Unless specified

otherwise, the direction of rotation of the operator shall be counterclockwise for opening.

B. WRENCH NUTS:

Wrench nuts shall comply with Section 3.15 of AWWA C500. A minimum of two

operating keys, but no less than one key per every ten valves, shall be provided for operation of

the wrench nut operated valves.

C. CHAIN WHEELS:

Chain wheels shall be ductile iron. Operating chains shall be galvanized.

2.03 OPERATOR APPURTENANCES

A. VALVE BOXES:

Valve boxes shall be cast iron and shall have suitable base castings to fit properly over

the bonnets of their respective valves and heavy top sections with stay-put covers. Covers shall

be hot-dip galvanized.

B. FLOOR BOXES: (NOT USED)

C. ADJUSTABLE SHAFT VALVE BOXES:

Adjustable shaft valve boxes shall be concrete or cast iron Brooks No. 3RT, Christie G5,

Empire 7-1/2 valve extension box, or equal. Box covers on water lines shall be impressed with

the letter "W." Gas line covers shall be impressed with the letter "G."

2.04 PRODUCT DATA

Manufacturer's catalog information and other data confirming conformance to design

and material requirements shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300.

MANUAL VALVE AND

GATE OPERATORS AND



PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

Installation shall be as specified herein. Valve operators shall be located so that they are

readily accessible for operation and maintenance. Valve operators shall be mounted for

unobstructed access, but mounting shall not obstruct walkways. Valve operators shall not be

mounted where shock or vibration will impair their operation. Support systems shall not be

attached to handrails, process piping, or mechanical equipment.

3.02 OPERATORS

A. GENERAL:

Valves and gates shall be provided with manual operators, unless specified otherwise.

Where possible, manual operators shall be located between 48 inches and 60 inches above the

floor or a permanent work platform.

B. WRENCH NUTS:

Wrench nuts shall be provided on buried valves, on valves which are to be operated

through floor boxes, and where specified. Extended wrench nuts shall be provided if necessary

so that the nut will be within 6 inches of the valve box cover.

C. CHAIN WHEELS:

Unless otherwise specified, valves with centerlines more than 7 feet, 6 inches above the

specified operating level shall be provided with chain wheels and operating chains. Chain wheel

operated valves shall be provided with a chain guide. Operating chains shall be looped to extend

within 4 feet of the specified operating level below the valve. For plug-type valves 8 inches and

larger, the operator shall be provided with a hammer blow wheel. Hooks shall be provided for

chain storage where the chain may hang in a walkway.

3.03 OPERATOR APPURTENANCES

A. VALVE BOXES:

Valve boxes extending to finished surfaces shall be provided for buried valves.


MANUAL VALVE AND

GATE OPERATORS AND




POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES

JANUARY 2014 PWS CONTRACT NO. 13-40UTIL 15185-1

SECTION 15185

POWERED VALVE AND GATE

ACTUATORS AND APPURTENANCES

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies powered actuators for valves and gates and actuator appurtenances.

B. TYPES:

For use in the control valve schedule in Section 15180 and in this section, powered

actuators are defined as follows:

Actuator Type

(ACTUSPEC) Service Definition

EMTT Throttling (Modulating) Electric motor multi-turn

EMTI Isolating (Open-Close) Electric motor multi-turn

EQTI Isolating (Open-Close) Electric motor quarter-turn

1.02 REFERENCES















POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES

15185-1 PWS CONTRACT NO. 13-40UTIL JANUARY 2014

Reference Title

ASTM A519 Seamless Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing

ASTM B584 Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications

JIC P-1 Pneumatic Standards for Industrial Equipment and General

Purpose Machine Tools

NEMA ICS-2 Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies

1.03 SUBMITTALS






Check marks shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If

deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested

by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a



The Construction Manager shall be the final authority for determining
















3. Manufacturer's catalog information and other data confirming

conformance to design and material requirements.

POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES


4. Application sheets and schedules for each valve and actuator showing

required mounting, operating torque for valve, torque capacity of actuator,

and power or air pressure requirements. Valve identification (tag) number

shall be clear for each application.

5. List of components being provided for each valve, actuator and positioner.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

Actuators shall be factory-mounted on the valve or gate and provided as a unit. Each

valve body or actuator shall have cast thereon the word "OPEN," an arrow indicating the

direction to open, and flow direction arrows.

2.02 POWERED ACTUATORS

A. GENERAL:

Actuators shall be sized to produce an operating torque equal to twice the maximum

required valve operating torque under the specified flow conditions. Specific requirements for

each type powered actuator are specified on the actuator specification sheets in paragraph 15185-

3.04.

B. ELECTRIC ACTUATORS

1. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, electric actuators shall be

provided in accordance with the actuator specification sheets and the following requirements.

2. MOTOR: Actuator motors shall be heavy duty, specifically designed for

valve or gate actuator service. Motors shall be of totally-enclosed, non-ventilated construction.

Motor shall have an internal space heater with nominal rating of 25-watts. Motors shall be rated

as specified in Section 15180 and shall be or shall incorporate:

a. Four-pole 1800 RPM or provide pole-speed as required for the

application.

b. Suitable for use with 460 volt, 3-phase, 60-Hertz power with +/-

10% voltage fluctuation.

c. NEMA Class F insulation.

d. Thermistor for thermal protection embedded in the motor

windings.

POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES


e. Automatic motor overload relay reset.

f. Four conduit openings.

3. ENCLOSURE: Motor and electrical enclosures shall be rated for the

application and location specified:

a. NEMA-4X Weatherproof

b. NEMA-7 Explosion proof

4. MOTOR STARTER: Actuator shall be provided with a three phase full

voltage reversing starter rated at 30-amperes both mechanically and electrically interlocked with

overload protection or elements in each of the three poles.

Control Transformer shall be epoxy encapsulated and impregnated and rated at a

minimum of 75VA with 120Vac secondary and other required secondary voltages of 18 Vac and

12 Vac as required, with short-circuit and overload protection.

Provide lockable internal circuit breaker or internal disconnect switch where

possible.

5. DISCONNECT SWITCH: Actuator shall be provided with a lockable,

heavy-duty, nonfused-disconnect switch that is close-coupled to the motor actuator.

6. GEARING: Gearing shall be double-reduction, with a helical gear and

pinion forming the first reduction and a worm and worm gear forming the second. The helical

gear and pinion shall be fabricated from heat-treated alloy steel with hobbed and finished shaved

teeth. The worm shall be fabricated from heat-treated alloy steel, ground, carburized and

hardened. The worm gear shall be fabricated from high tensile strength bronze with hobbed

teeth.

The stem nut shall be fabricated from high tensile strength bronze and shall be the

two-piece type, when possible. It shall be possible to remove the stem nut from rising stem

actuators from the top without removing the actuator from the valve or gate, disconnecting any

electrical wiring, or disassembling any of the gearing. All gearing shall be designed to withstand

a 100 percent overload.

7. TORQUE SWITCH: Electric actuators shall be provided with a double-

torque switch set to disengage motor power at 75 percent of the shaft's design torque. The torque

switch shall operate in both the opening and closing directions and shall operate during the

complete cycle without the use of auxiliary relays, linkages, latches, or other devices.

Each side of the torque switch shall have a numbered dial for set point

adjustment. A calibration tag shall be mounted near each switch for correlating the dial settings

with output torque.

POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES


8. MANUAL ACTUATOR: Electric actuators shall be provided with a

handwheel for manual operation. The handwheel shall not rotate during motor operation nor

shall a locked motor prevent manual operation. Motor or manual selection shall be

accomplished by a positive declutching knob or lever which will disengage the motor and motor

gearing mechanically but not electrically. Prohibit manual and motor simultaneously operation.

Hand operation shall not require more than 100 pounds of rim effort at maximum torque.

9. HAMMER BLOW DEVICE: Electric actuators shall be provided with a

built-in lost-motion device that allows sufficient travel of the worm gear, prior to engaging the

stem nut, for the motor to reach full speed. This action shall impart a "hammer blow" to start the

valve or gate in motion in either direction. The load shall be shared equally by two lugs cast

integrally on the drive sleeve.

10. CONDUIT OPENINGS: Electric actuators shall be provided with the

largest available: power conduit opening; control conduit opening; and instrument conduit

opening.

2.03 ACTUATOR APPURTENANCES

A. TUBING:

Unless otherwise specified, tubing furnished with powered actuators shall be in

accordance with paragraph 17211-2.03.

B. TUBE FITTINGS:

Unless otherwise specified, tube fittings furnished with powered actuators shall be in

accordance with paragraph 17211-2.03.

C. AIR PRESSURE FILTER REGULATORS:

Filter regulators shall be provided where specified. Filter regulators shall have aluminum

bodies and a second tapped output gage connection. Filter regulators shall be provided with an

output pressure gage and range spring appropriate for the intended application. The output

pressure gage shall be a minimum of 2 inches in diameter and shall have an accuracy of plus or

minus 2 percent of scale, or better.

The filter element shall be 40 micron, replaceable and shall be made of resin-impregnated

cellulose. The filter dripwell shall be equipped with a drain cock. Filter regulators shall be

adjustable over the spring range by means of a wrench-adjustable set screw. The set screw shall

be equipped with a lock nut. Filter regulators shall be equipped with an internal relief valve to

maintain the output pressure at set point during periods of no flow. Filter regulators shall be

Fisher Type 67FR, or equal.

POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES


D. IDENTIFICATION TAGS:

Each powered actuator shall be provided with a 16-gage stainless steel identification tag

that bear the equipment description and tag number of the actuator, as specified. Characters shall

be 1/4 inch, die-stamped. Identification tags shall be securely attached to the actuator in a

readily visible location using stainless steel screws or wire.

2.04 PRODUCT DATA

The following information, and technical data for all equipment specified in this section

shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300.

1. Testing procedures and forms specified in paragraph 15185-3.02 A.

2. Training Certification Form 11000-B specified in paragraph 15185-3.03.

3. Operating and maintenance data in conformance with Section 01730.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. GENERAL:

Installation shall be as specified herein. Valve actuators shall be located so that they are

readily accessible for operation and maintenance and mounted for unobstructed access.

1. Valve actuator mounting shall not obstruct walkways.

2. Valve actuator support systems shall not be attached to handrails, process

piping, or mechanical equipment.

3. Valve actuators mounting shall not be located where shock or vibration

will impair their operation.

B. POWERED ACTUATORS:

1. GENERAL: Powered actuators shall have their manual operating

accessory, where possible, located between 48 inches and 60 inches above the floor or a

permanent work platform

2. IDENTIFICATION TAGS: Tags shall be located in a clearly visible

location on the valves. If necessary, reposition and reattachment with stainless steel screws or

wire.

POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES


3. ELECTRICAL POWER WIRING: Electric power wiring and equipment

shall be in compliance with Division 16.

4. SIGNAL WIRING: Electrical signal wiring and equipment shall be in

compliance with Division 16.

5. INSTRUMENT SUPPLY AND SIGNAL AIR CONNECTIONS:

Instrument supply and signal air connections shall comply with Section 17140.

3.02 TESTING

A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

Testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01660, and this section. No

required test shall be applied without prior notice to the Construction Manager to witness any

test. At least 14 days before the commencement of any testing activity, a detailed step-by-step

test procedure, complete with forms for the recording of test results shall be provided. All

equipment necessary to perform the required tests shall be provided.

B. PIPING TESTING:

Piping systems shall be tested for leaks in compliance with Section 15050.

3.03 TRAINING

Operation and maintenance training for the equipment provided under this section shall

be provided for the Owner's personnel in accordance with Section 01664. Training shall be

certified on Form 11000-B specified in Section 01999.

3.04 ACTUATOR SPECIFICATION (ACTUSPEC) SHEETS

The following ACTUSPEC sheets are included in this section:

POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES


3.04 GATE ACTUATOR SPECIFICATION SHEETS (ACTUSPEC)

Actuator Type: EMTT - 460 Vac, 3-Phase, 60-Hertz

Description: Electric Multi-Turn Throttling valve actuator

Construction: Actuators shall be Limitorque; EIM Series 2000; or Rotork

IQ Multi-Turn (60-starts/per hour) or IQM Multi-Turn

Modulating (600 or 1200-starts/per hour); modified as

necessary to meet the spatial clearances of the application

and provide the specified features and to meet the specified

operating requirements.

Controller: EMTT actuator controllers shall consist of a solid-state

electronic, servo-amplifier comparator and an electro-

mechanical reversing starter.

The controller shall accept an external 4 to 20 mAdc

isolated position input signal into a maximum load of 250

ohms. A position feedback signal shall be generated by a

1000-ohm potentiometer coupled directly to the shaft of

rotary motion valves and to the actuator gear train of linear

motion valves or gates.

The controller shall compare the input signal with the

feedback signal to produce an error signal. The controller

shall cause the motor to move the valve or gate in a

direction so as to reduce the magnitude of the error signal.

The controller positioning accuracy shall be plus or minus

1.0 percent of travel or better.

Operating speeds shall be 12 inches per minute for linear

actuators and 180 degrees per minute for rotary actuators or

as specified in Section 15180 Equipment Features table

The controller shall be Limitorque Modutronic 20, EIM

Futronic II, Rotork IQ (Multi-Turn) or IQM (Multi-Turn

Modulating), or equal.

POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES



Actuator Type: EMTT - 460 Vac, 3-Phase, 60-Hertz (continued)

Controls: Control power shall be provided by an integral 120 volts

AC, single-phase control transformer unless a separate

power source is shown on the electrical drawings. The

transformer shall be sized to operate at not more than

80 percent of rating with the connected load shown. The

transformer shall have protective secondary fusing.

Actuators shall be provided with an integral control station

that includes a "LOCAL/ REMOTE" selector switch, an

"OPEN" pushbutton, a "CLOSE" pushbutton, and a

"STOP" pushbutton.

When the "LOCAL/REMOTE" selector switch is in the

"LOCAL" position, momentary operation of the "OPEN"

or "CLOSE" pushbutton shall cause the actuator to drive

the valve or gate to the appropriate limit.

When the "LOCAL/ REMOTE" selector switch is

in the "LOCAL" position, momentary operation of the

"STOP" pushbutton shall cause the actuator to stop.

When the "LOCAL/ REMOTE" selector switch is

in the "REMOTE" position, the actuator shall move in

response to the external position input signal, and the

pushbuttons shall have no effect.

POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES


3.04 VALVE ACTUATOR SPECIFICATION SHEETS (ACTUSPEC)

Actuator Type: EQTI - 460 Vac, 3-Phase, 60-Hertz

Description: Electric Quarter-turn Isolation valve actuator

Construction: Actuators shall be Limitorque Type L120, with "T" Series

90 degree gear actuator or Limitorque electronic model

MXA; EIM Series 2000; Rotork IQT or Rotork IQ where a

gear box is required due to high-torque applications;

modified as necessary to provide the specified features and

to meet the specified operating requirements.

Gear Box: 90-degree gear actuator.

Controller: An unfused disconnect type combination starter in

compliance with NEMA ICS.




transformer shall be sized to operate at not more than

80 percent of rating with the connected load shown. The



that includes an "OPEN" pushbutton, a "CLOSE"

pushbutton, and a "STOP" pushbutton.

Momentary operation of the "OPEN" or "CLOSE"

pushbutton shall cause the actuator to drive the valve or

gate to the appropriate limit.

Momentary operation of the "STOP" pushbutton shall

cause the actuator to stop. Terminals for remote "OPEN"

and "CLOSE" pushbuttons shall be provided.

Position Switches: Actuators shall be provided with a minimum of two rotor-

type switch assemblies containing a minimum of

8 contacts. When shown on the electrical drawings, the

actuator shall have 16 contacts, 4 on each of 4 rotors.

Position switches shall be heavy-duty, open-contact type,

with rotary wiping action. Contacts shall be rated at 3

POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES



Actuator Type: EQTI 460 Vac, 3-Phase, 60-Hertz (continued)

amps at 120 volts AC. Position switches and gearing shall

be an integral part of the actuator. Position switch gearing

shall be of the intermittent type and shall allow switch set

points to be set at any point of travel between fully open

and fully closed.

Switches shall not be subject to breakage or slippage due to

over-travel. The position switch assembly shall be

enclosed in its own housing.

POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES


3.04 VALVE ACTUATOR SPECIFICATION SHEETS (ACTUSPEC)

Actuator Type: EMTI – 460 Vac, 3-Phase, 60-Hertz

Description: Electric Multi-turn Isolation valve actuator

Construction: Actuators shall be Limitorque Type L120 or electronic

model MXA; EIM Series 2000; or Rotork IQ; modified as

necessary to provide the specified features and to meet the

specified operating requirements.

Controller: Unfused disconnect type combination starter in compliance

with NEMA ICS.




transformer shall be sized to operate at not more than 80

percent of rating with the connected load shown. The



that includes an "OPEN" pushbutton, a "CLOSE"

pushbutton, and a "STOP" pushbutton.

Momentary operation of the "OPEN" or "CLOSE"

pushbutton shall cause the actuator to drive the valve or

gate to the appropriate limit.

Momentary operation of the "STOP" pushbutton shall

cause the actuator to stop. Terminals for remote "OPEN"

and "CLOSE" pushbuttons shall be provided.

Position Switches: Actuators shall be provided with a minimum of two rotor-

type switch assemblies containing a minimum of

8 contacts.

When shown on the electrical drawings, the actuator shall

have 16 contacts, 4 on each of 4 rotors. Position switches

shall be heavy-duty, open-contact type, with rotary wiping

action. Contacts shall be rated at 3 amps at 120 volts AC.

POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES



Actuator Type: EMTI – 460 Vac, 3-Phase, 60-Hertz (continued)

Position switches and gearing shall be an integral part of

the actuator. Position switch gearing shall be of the

intermittent type and allow switch set points to be set at any

point of travel between fully open and fully closed.

Switches shall not be subject to breakage or slippage due to

over-travel. The position switch assembly shall be

enclosed in its own housing.


POWERED VALVE AND

GATE ACTUATORS AND

APPURTENANCES



INSULATIONS FOR EXPOSED

PIPING AND EQUIPMENT


SECTION 15250

INSULATION FOR EXPOSED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies insulation for exposed piping and related equipment and

appurtenant surfaces. Refer to Section 16232 for insulation associated with the Diesel Generator.

B. TEMPERATURE CLASSES:

Insulation for exposed piping and equipment is classified for the following temperature

ranges: low, medium, high, and very high.

Low temperature class insulation shall be suitable for an operating temperature range of

minus 100 to plus 100 degrees F.

Medium temperature class insulation shall be suitable for an operating temperature range

of 100 to 800 degrees F.

High temperature class insulation shall be suitable for an operating temperature range of

800 to 1200 degrees F.

Very high temperature class insulation shall be suitable for an operating temperature

range of 1200 to 1800 degrees F.

1.02 REFERENCES


















Reference Title

ASTM B209 Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate

ASTM C533 Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation

ASTM C534 Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal

Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form

ASTM C552 Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation

ASTM E96 Water Vapor Transmission of Materials

FEDSPEC L-P-535E Plastic Sheet (Sheeting) “Plastic Strip” Poly (Vinyl

Chloride) and Poly (Vinyl Chloride-Vinyl Acetate),

Rigid

ASTM C547 Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

Piping insulation shall be tubular type or the flexible blanket type. Insulation for valves,

strainers, fittings, expansion joints, flanges and other connections shall be segmented sections,

molded, or blanket type coverings of the specified type and thickness of pipe insulation, or the

flexible blanket type. Equipment insulation shall be flexible blanket type or rigid board type cut

to fit the surface.

2.02 INSULATION

A. GENERAL:

Low temperature class insulation shall be of the unicellular elastomeric thermal, cellular

glass, or fiberglass type.

Medium temperature class insulation shall be of the cellular glass or fiberglass type.

High temperature class and very high temperature class insulation shall be of the calcium

silicate type or the flexible blanket type. Piping and equipment subjected to vibration (such as

engine exhaust) shall be insulated with flexible blanket type.




B. UNICELLULAR ELASTOMERIC THERMAL TYPE:

Unicellular elastomeric thermal type insulation shall conform to the requirements of

ASTM C534, Type I.

C. CELLULAR GLASS TYPE:

Cellular glass type insulation shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C552, Type II.

D. FIBERGLASS TYPE:

Fiberglass type insulation shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C547, Type I,

Grade A.

E. CALCIUM SILICATE TYPE:

Calcium silicate type insulation shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C533, Type

II, Class C.

F. FLEXIBLE BLANKET TYPE:

1. HIGH TEMPERATURE CLASS: High temperature insulation shall be

removable 1-inch or 2-inch thick blanket-type insulation designed for continuous 1200 degree F

service. The blanket shall be a custom sewn, flexible, reusable jacket, custom designed to

closely fit the piping or the equipment housing. Blanket shall be custom fitted to not restrict

access to any instrumentation or equipment. Insulation shall not compact or shake down in

vibrating service. Blanket insulation shall consist of a noncombustible silica cloth jacket and

nonasbestos white ceramic fiber insulation. Insulating blanket shall be Hitco AIM, Advanced

Thermal Products, SEI Temp-Set 1200, or equal.

2. VERY HIGH TEMPERATURE CLASS: Very high temperature

insulation shall be removable 1-inch or 2-inch thick blanket-type insulation designed for

continuous 1800 degree F service. The blanket shall be a custom sewn, flexible, reusable jacket,

custom designed to closely fit the piping or the equipment housing. Blanket shall be custom-

fitted to not restrict access to any instrumentation or equipment. Insulation shall not compact or

shake down in vibrating service. Blanket insulation shall consist of a noncombustible silica cloth

jacket and high purity alumina and silica nonasbestos white ceramic fiber insulation. Insulating

blanket shall be Hitco AIM, Advanced Thermal Products, or equal.

2.03 INSULATION JACKETS

A. LAMINATED JACKETS:

Laminated jackets shall consist of aluminum and white kraft paper. Jackets shall have a

perm rating for water vapor transmission of not more than 0.02 in accordance with procedure A

of ASTM E96.




B. ALUMINUM JACKETS:

Aluminum jackets shall be constructed of smooth finish aluminum sheet conforming to

ASTM B209, alloy 5005, 3003, or 3105, temper H16, with integral vapor barrier. Jackets shall

be 0.016 inch thick.

Sheet metal screws shall be aluminum or stainless steel.

Jackets shall be secured with 0.020 by 3/4 inch type 304 stainless steel expansion bands.

2.04 INSULATION COVERS

A. POLYVINYLCHLORIDE (PVC) COVERS:

Polyvinylchloride covers shall be one piece, premolded polyvinylchloride conforming to

FEDSPEC L-P-535E, Composition A, Type II, Grade E4.

B. ALUMINUM COVERS:

Aluminum covers shall be constructed of smooth finish aluminum sheet conforming to

ASTM B209, alloy 5005, 3003, or 3105, temper H16, with integral vapor barrier. Covers shall

be 0.016 inch thick.

C. SOFT COVERS: (not used)

2.05 SHIELDS

Unless otherwise specified, thermal pipe hanger shields shall be provided at pipe

supports. Thermal hanger shields shall be as specified in Section 15096.

2.06 FLASHING

Flashing shall include aluminum caps, sealant and reinforcing. Aluminum caps shall be

20 gage thick and shall be cut to completely cover the insulation. Sealants shall be as

recommended by the insulation manufacturer.

Reinforcement in flashing heated up to 370 degrees F shall be nylon fabric.

Reinforcement in flashing for hotter surfaces shall be wire mesh or as recommended by the

insulation manufacturer.

2.07 PRODUCT DATA


1. Manufacturer and manufacturer's type designation.




2. Samples, for each insulation material type, of typical jacket and closures

for fittings, valves and appurtenances.

3. Descriptive literature and catalog data for materials to be used showing

methods of installation.

4. Certification of ratings for water vapor transmission and puncture and

stiffness as specified in paragraph 15250-2.03 A.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. GENERAL:

Insulation shall be applied over clean, dry surfaces. Double layer insulation, where

specified or required to achieve the specified surface temperature, shall be provided with

staggered section joints.

B. PIPE SUPPORTS AND SHIELDS:

Unless otherwise specified, thermal pipe hanger shields shall be provided by the

Contractor and installed during pipe support installation. Where thermal pipe hanger shields are

used, apply the following to all butt joints:

1. On hot pipe systems, the Contractor shall apply 3-inch wide vapor barrier

tape or band over the butt joints.

2. On cold water, chilled water, or refrigerant piping, the Contractor shall

apply a wet coat of vapor barrier lap cement on all butt joints and seal the

joints with a minimum 3-inch wide vapor barrier tape or band.

C. PROTECTION:

Insulation and jackets shall be protected from crushing, denting, and similar damage

during construction. Vapor barriers shall not be penetrated or otherwise damaged. Insulation,

jacket, and vapor barriers damaged during construction shall be removed and new material shall

be installed.

D. PIPING INSULATION:

1. GENERAL:

a. PIPE: Piping shall be continuously insulated along its entire length

including all in-line devices such as valves, fittings, flanges, couplings, strainers and other piping




appurtenances. Unless otherwise specified, piping insulation shall be provided with laminated

jackets specified in paragraph 15250-2.03 A. Insulation shall be butted firmly together and

jacket laps and joint strips provided with lap adhesive. Jackets shall be provided with their

seams located on the underside of pipe.

PVC covers specified in paragraph 15250-2.04 A shall not be used with

medium- or high-temperature class insulation. Removable flexible blanket-type insulation need

not be jacketed.

b. FITTINGS, CONNECTIONS, FLANGES AND VALVES:

Fitting, connection, flange and valve insulation shall be provided with covers specified in

paragraph 15250-2.04. Insulation shall be secured in place with 20-gage wire and a coat of

insulating cement. Covers shall overlap the adjoining pipe insulation and jackets. Covers shall

be provided with their seams located on the underside of fittings and valves.

2. LOW TEMPERATURE CLASS:

a. PIPE: Insulation shall have ends sealed off with a vapor barrier

coating.


Insulation for pipe sizes 2 inches and less, shall be provided with rigid PVC covers specified in

paragraph 15250-2.04 A. Covers shall be sealed at edges with vapor barrier adhesive. The ends

of covers shall be secured with vinyl tape. The tape shall overlap the jacket and the cover at least

1 inch. Vapor barrier shall not be penetrated.

Insulation for pipes 2 1/2 inches and larger shall be provided with rigid

aluminum covers specified in paragraph 15250-2.04 B. Covers shall be mechanically secured by

corrosion-resistant tacks pushed into the overlapping throat joint.

3. MEDIUM, HIGH, AND VERY HIGH TEMPERATURE CLASS:

a. PIPE: Except for flexible blanket type, insulation shall have ends

sealed with end joint strips and held in place by waterproof adhesive.


Except where soft covers are specified, rigid insulation shall be provided with rigid aluminum

covers specified in paragraph 15250-2.04 B. Covers shall be mechanically secured by corrosion-

resistant tacks pushed into the overlapping throat joint.

4. OUTDOOR PIPING:

a. PIPE: Rigid insulation shall be provided with aluminum jackets

specified in paragraph 15250-2.03 B. Flexible blanket-type insulation shall be designed for

outdoor, weather-exposed service.




b. FITTINGS, CONNECTIONS, FLANGES AND VALVES: Rigid

insulation shall be provided with rigid aluminum covers specified in paragraph 15250-2.04 B.

Flexible blanket type insulation shall be designed for outdoor, weather-exposed service.

E. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INSULATION:

1. GENERAL: Refer to Section 16232 for insulation associated with the

Diesel Generator.

F. FLASHING:

Flashing shall be provided at jacket penetrations and terminations. Clearance for flashing

shall be provided between insulation system and piping supports.

A heavy tack coat of sealant shall be troweled over the insulation, extending over the

jacket edge 1 inch and over the pipe or protrusion 2 inches. Reinforcement shall be stretched

over the tack coat after clipping to fit over pipe and jacket. Clipped reinforcing shall be strapped

with a continuous band of reinforcing to prevent curling. Sealant shall then be troweled over the

reinforcement to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch.

Aluminum caps shall be formed to fit over the adjacent jacketing and to completely cover

coated insulation. Cap shall be held in place with a jacket strap.

3.02 INSULATION THICKNESS SCHEDULE

The insulation dimensional tolerances shall comply with the specified standards.

Equipment insulation shall match thickness of attached piping. The minimum insulation

thicknesses, exclusive of jacket, shall be as follows:

Piping servicea

Fluid

temperature

range,

degrees F

Insulation thickness in inches for nominal pipe sizes

Runouts

up to 2

inchesb

1 inch and

less

1.25 to 2

inches

2.50 to 4

inches

5 and 6

inches

8 inches

and larger

Plumbing:

HW 100-150 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5

1W 55-75 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

____________________ a See specification Section 15050.

b Runouts to individual terminal units (not exceeding 12 feet in length).

g For condensation control, see specification Section 15050. Unless otherwise specified, connected equipment

shall be uninsulated.






PLUMBING


SECTION 15400

PLUMBING

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section specifies drains, piping, appurtenances and general requirements for

plumbing systems, when not otherwise specified on the drawings.


A. REFERENCES:















Reference Title

UPC (1988) Uniform Plumbing Code

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 CLEANOUTS

A. GENERAL:

Unless otherwise specified, cleanouts shall be the same size as the pipe connected.

Cleanouts shall be provided with clamping collars where waterproofing membranes are located

in the floor. Bronze plug with tapered thread shall be provided for cleanouts on pressurized

PLUMBING


systems. Cleanouts on chemical waste or drain lines shall be of the same material and type of

joint as the pipe.

B. TYPE I CLEANOUT:

Unless otherwise specified, Type I cleanouts shall be Josam series 56010, J. R. Smith

series 4020, or equal.

C. TYPE II CLEANOUT:

Unless otherwise specified, Type II cleanouts shall be Josam series 56010(-12), J. R.

Smith series 4140, or equal.

D. TYPE III CLEANOUT:

Unless otherwise specified, Type III cleanouts shall be Josam series 58500 (-20), J. R.

Smith series 4420, or equal, with cast iron frame and cover as specified on the drawing details.

E. TYPE IV CLEANOUT:

Unless otherwise specified, Type IV cleanouts shall be Josam series 58500(-20), J. R.

Smith series 4420, or equal.

F. TYPE V CLEANOUT:

Unless otherwise specified, Type V cleanouts shall be Josam series 58890, J. R. Smith

series 4472, or equal.

2.02 DRAINS

A. FLOOR DRAINS:

1. GENERAL: Floor drains shall be provided with clamping collars where

waterproofing membranes are located in the floor.

2. TYPE I FLOOR DRAIN: Unless otherwise specified, Type I floor drains

shall be Josam series 32130, J. R. Smith series 2225, or equal.

3. TYPE II, III, AND IV FLOOR DRAINS: Unless otherwise specified,

Type II, III, and IV floor drains shall be Josam series 32120, J. R. Smith series 2220, or equal.

4. TYPE V FLOOR DRAIN: Unless otherwise specified, Type V floor

drains shall be Josam series 30000-A, J. R. Smith series 2010-A, or equal.

5. TYPE VI FLOOR DRAIN: Unless otherwise specified, Type VI floor

drains shall be Josam series 49850 (-31), J. R. Smith series 3066, or equal.

PLUMBING


C. CONDENSATE DRAINS:

Unless otherwise specified, condensate drains shall be as specified for piping system 24

in Section 15050.

2.09 PRODUCT DATA

Brochures of plumbing equipment, including catalog data and installation information,

shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. GENERAL:

Work shall be in accordance with the Uniform Plumbing Code.

Plumbing shall be provided to avoid obstructions, allow 7.5-foot minimum headroom,

and keep openings and passageways clear.

No holes shall be made in structural members.

Torn and pierced waterproofing shall be repaired.

Fixtures, fittings, valves, and copper and brass items shall be wrapped with burlap or

building paper. Wrapping shall be removed at completion of the work.

B. VALVES AND ACCESSORIES:

Valves shall be provided upstream of branches, apparatus and fixtures.

Valves on branch lines and at distribution points shall be provided with a 2-inch heavy

brass disc, stamped and stenciled with 1/4-inch high letters, stating portion of system controlled

by valve. Valve locations shall be shown on record drawings. The Contractor shall provide a

chart of location and use of main valves.

Adjustable shaft valve boxes shall be provided for underground valves.

C. DIELECTRIC UNIONS:

Dielectric unions shall be provided at connections between pipe or fittings of different

material.

PLUMBING


E. PIPING:

Pipes shall not be supported by plumbing fixtures or equipment. Changes in pipe size

shall be made with reducing fittings. The use of bushings is not acceptable.

Unless otherwise specified, underground piping outside buildings shall have a minimum

cover of 24 inches.

Hot and cold water piping shall be separated by at least 6 inches.

3.02 CLEANING AND FLUSHING

Piping and equipment shall be cleaned and flushed in accordance with paragraph

15050-3.05.


PACKAGED ROOFTOP

AIR CONDITIONING UNIT


SECTION 15782

PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT

PART 1--GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies horizontal rooftop single package air conditioning unit utilizing a

hermetic type scroll compressor and centrifugal fans for the evaporator and condenser, and electric

heating. The unit shall be pre-piped and pre-wired and will provide cooling and heating for an

electrical room containing several variable speed drives and other electrical equipment. The unit

will be located outdoors at a municipal wastewater lift station facility in Carlsbad, CA. The unit

shall be equipped with a prefabricated roof curb and all other accessories and controls required for

providing a complete heating, cooling, and ventilation package.

B. EQUIPMENT LIST:

Item Equipment No.

Electrical Room Air Handling Unit ACU-2390

C. OPERATING REQUIREMENTS:

ANSI / AHRI Capacity Ratings:

Equipment Number ACU-2390

Air Flow, cfm 2,400

Minimum Total Cooling Capacity, BTUh 84,100

Minimum Sensible Cooling Capacity, BTUh 64,125

External Static Pressure, in, w.c. 0.3

SEER 10.00

Evaporator Fan Speed, rpm 1075

Sound Rating, dB 82

Total Heating Capacity, kW 10

Operating voltage/ phase 460/3

Units shall be supplied with single connection power feed.

PACKAGED ROOFTOP




A. REFERENCES:

The general requirements applicable to all mechanical equipment, as summarized in Section

11000 are applicable to the equipment specified in this section.

This section also contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this


standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In

the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the











Reference Title

AMCA 211 Certified Ratings Program – Product Rating Manual for

Fan Air Performance

ANSI / AHRI 210/240 Performance Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning &

Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)

NFPA 90A Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating

Systems

UL Underwriter Laboratories

1.03 SUBMITTALS

Submittals shall be provided and include the following:





Check marks shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If

deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by

PACKAGED ROOFTOP






Construction Manager shall be the final authority for determining



Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-

up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any requested

deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be

sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further

consideration.

2. Cooling coil capacity at rated conditions.

3. Catalog dimensional data.


Units shall be shipped completely assembled and ready to operate. Units shall be charged

with refrigerant R-22. Units shall be stored and handled in accordance with manufacturer’s

instructions.

PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

The Owner and Engineer believe the following candidate manufacturers are capable of

producing equipment and/or products that will satisfy the requirements of this Section. This

statement however shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular manufacturer’s

products, nor shall it be construed to mean that named manufacturers’ standard equipment or

products will comply with the requirements of this Section. Candidate manufacturers include

Trane, Carrier, or equal.

2.02 MATERIALS

Component Material

Structural base Steel

Coil fins Aluminum

Coils Copper tube, Heresite coating




PACKAGED ROOFTOP




purpose.

2.03 EQUIPMENT FEATURES

The air conditioning units shall be designed for indoor suspended horizontal mounting and

operation. Provide four spring hangers for ceiling mounted unit to damper vibration.

A. FANS:

1. Evaporator:

Blower shall be of the forward-curved, centrifugal, direct drive type. Motor shall have

permanently lubricated bearings.

2. Condenser:

Blower shall be of the forward-curved, centrifugal belt drive type. Motor shall have

permanently lubricated bearings.

B. COMPRESSORS

Compressor shall be a fully hermetic scroll type unit, mounted on spring type vibration

isolators and equipped with internal line break protection.

C. COILS:

Coils shall be of non-ferrous construction with aluminum fins mechanically bonded to

seamless copper tubes with all joints brazed. Coils shall be coated with a Heresite coating system

for corrosion protection in a marine environment.

E. CASING:

Unit casing shall be a minimum 20 gage steel and the interior shall be insulated with ½ inch

thick neoprene coated fiberglass. Insulation shall be bonded to interior surfaces by sprayed water

reduceable adhesive.

The unit shall be equipped with three same side access panels and two bottom hanging

removable doors to facilitate easy access for maintenance. The unit shall also be equipped with two

¾ inch threaded condensate drain connections below the evaporator coils and one ¾ inch

connection for the condenser coil wash down. Connections shall be factory plugged for field

removal.

Unit shall be equipped with pre-fabricated roof mounting curb and a junction box for power

connection and opening for routing of control wiring. Exterior surfaces shall be cleaned and coated

with an epoxy resin primer and finished with an enamel finish.

PACKAGED ROOFTOP



F. FILTERS:

The filter section shall consist of factory installed cleanable air filter, removable from the

same side as the access panels.

G. ELECTRIC HEATERS:

Electric heater elements shall be heavy duty nickel-chromium wire and designed to operate on

460V, 3-phase power. Each heater shall have an automatic reset, high limit cutout. Heater elements

shall be individually fused. Heater control shall be achieved through the room thermostat and

additional interlocking circuits such as fan airflow switches.

2.04 CONTROLS

The air handling units specified in this section are expected to run intermittently. Equipment

supplier shall provide the manufacturer’s standard room thermostat for cooling and fan control.

Standard sub-base shall include “Compressor Malfunction Light” designated to illuminate if

compressor lockout is activated.

2.05 PRODUCT DATA

The following information shall be provided:

1. Applicable operating and maintenance information.

2. Dimensional drawings.

3. Certification that the units have been tested and rated in accordance with the

applicable AMCA standard test code and certified ratings program.

4. NEC and UL labels.

2.06 SPARE PARTS

One extra set of V-belts and one set of filters shall be provided.

PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

Air conditioning unit shall be installed as specified and in accordance with manufacturer's

recommendations. Ductwork shall be connected to the air conditioning unit through flexible

connections. Air conditioning unit shall comply with noise requirements as specified.

PACKAGED ROOFTOP



3.02 TESTING

After completion of installation, each air handling unit shall be completely field-tested and

balanced in accordance with Sections 01660 and 15990 to guarantee compliance with these

specifications.

**END OF SECTION**

CENTRIFUGAL FRP

FOUL AIR FANS


SECTION 15828

CENTRIFUGAL FIBERGLASS REINFORCED

PLASTIC (FRP) FOUL AIR FANS

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies centrifugal fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) foul air fans for

corrosive air service. The centrifugal FRP fan shall be non-overloading industrial duty, medium

or high pressure, belt driven with flat or airfoil, backwardly inclined impellers and electric motor

drivers provided by the fan manufacturer, but shipped separately. Fans shall be suitable for

conditions at a wastewater treatment plant in Carlsbad, California. Refer to Section 13565 for the

Biofilter equipment.

B. EQUIPMENT LIST:

Schedule B

Item Equipment No.

Biofilter Foul Air Fan 1

Biofilter Foul Air Fan 2

EXF-4060

EXF-4065


A. GENERAL:

The fans specified in this section shall be designed and selected for continuous operation

with air containing corrosive and organic vapors and gases generated during the conveyance of

municipal wastewater.

Vapors and gases may be expected include methane, hydrogen sulfide, dimethyl sulfide

(DMS) and water-saturated air. The airstream may also be expected to contain droplets of dilute

sulfuric acid. Air temperatures are expected to vary between approximately 40 and 105 degrees

F. Fans shall bear the AMCA rating seal for air. Fan discharge and rotation shall be as shown on

the drawings.

B. OPERATING REQUIREMENTS:

Fans shall meet flow and pressure requirements at altitude of the site. Fans shall be

selected for efficient operation on the stable part of the operating curve, and adhere to the

following operating requirements:

CENTRIFUGAL FRP

FOUL AIR FANS


Equipment

No.a

Capacity,

cfm

Static

pressure

inches

W.C.

Fan speed,

rpm Noise,

dBA

Approx.

fan,

BHP

Motor,

HP

Approx.

wheel diam.,

inches

EXF-4060

EXF-4065

8,300

8,300

12

12

Max: 3,000

Max: 3,000

95

95

22

22

25

25

24

24

aFans shall be, SWSI arrangement 1 or 9 (Hartzell) or configured as shown on the drawings

The fan shall be selected such that the required operating speed is no greater than 85

percent of the maximum allowable fan speed. The speed differential will allow increases in

volume and/or pressure.

C. REFERENCES:

This paragraph references the following documents. They are a part of this section as

specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of

the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.

Reference Title

ANSI / ABMA 9 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings

AMCA 211 Certified Ratings Program – Product Rating Manual for Fan

Air Performance

ASTM D4167-82 Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Fans and Blowers

PS 15-69 National Bureau of Standard Voluntary Product Standards

1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

Equipment shall be installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Environmental

conditions will be as described in Section 01800.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

The following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:




marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements or

those parts which are to be provided by the Contractor or others. Check

marks shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If

CENTRIFUGAL FRP

FOUL AIR FANS


deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by

the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a



The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of

requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not

underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the

specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification


specification requirements shall be cause for rejection of the entire

submittal and no further submittal material will be reviewed.

2. Fan performance curves for the specified operating conditions.

3. Motor data in accordance with the requirements of Section 11060.

4. Bearing ratings with supporting calculations for the fan and motor at

design conditions.

5. Dimensioned drawing of fan including motor V-belt drive and base.

6. Vibration isolation design data in accordance with Section 11021.

7. Description of RTP materials and construction methods.

8. Certification that the units have been tested and rated in accordance with

the applicable AMCA Standard Test Code and Certified Ratings Program

and that they bear the AMCA seal.

9. Sound power level ratings of fan and motor in eight octave bands in

accordance with AMCA Standards 300 and 301.

10. Octave band sound power levels generated by the fan and motor at the

specified operating point.

11. Sound pressure level outside the fan measured at 5.0 feet when both inlet

and outlet are ducted.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS


Fan shall be backwardly inclined, or airfoil bladed fiberglass fan as manufactured by New

York Blower, Hartzell or equal, modified as needed to provide the required performance and

specified features.

CENTRIFUGAL FRP

FOUL AIR FANS


2.02 MATERIALS

A. COMPONENTS:

Fan materials shall be as follows:

Component Material

Housing Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic

Wheel Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic

Door gasket and shaft seal Neoprene or Teflon

Hub Type 316 stainless steel encapsulated in FRP

Bolts/Nuts/Fasteners Type 316 stainless steel

Base Steel - epoxy coated

Shaft Type 316L stainless steel with FRP sleeve

B. FRP FABRICATION:

1. HOUSING: Fan housings shall be ultraviolet light stabilized and shall

contain fire retardant vinyl ester resin to achieve a Class I flame spread. Housings shall be built

up with laminate construction using Hetron 92-resin, or equivalent, as manufactured by the

Hooker Chemical Company, a C-glass veil for corrosion resistance and chopped strand or woven

fiberglass for structural core strength. Outer layers shall be a 100 percent resin gel coat. Inner

layer shall be a C-glass corrosion resistant veil followed by another resin rich gel coat layer and

another C-glass veil. The structural core layer shall be comprised of resin and chopped strand or

woven fiberglass. Total glass content shall be 40 percent. Housing shall be graphite impregnated

and grounded to prevent static buildup.

2. WHEEL: Fan wheel shall be built up using laminate construction. Wheel

resin shall be Atlac 382 or its equivalent. Wheel material shall contain fire retardant vinyl ester

resin to limit burning. The first layer of the wheel laminate shall be a 10 percent resin gel. The

next layer shall be a C-glass corrosion resistant veil followed by another resin rich gel coat and

another C-glass veil. The structural core consisting of chopped strand or woven fiberglass and

resin shall be laid followed by a C-glass veil, a resin rich gel coat, another C-glass veil, and a

final 100 percent resin gel coat. Total glass content shall be 30 to 40 percent. Wheel shall be

graphite impregnated and grounded to prevent static buildup.

2.03 CONSTRUCTION

A. FAN CONSTRUCTION:

Fan shall be medium or high pressure, V-belt driven, single width, single inlet,

arrangement 1 or 9 or configured as shown on the drawings. The fan wheel shall be the overhung

type with pillow block bearings. Bearings shall be rated for a minimum AFBMA L-10 bearing

CENTRIFUGAL FRP

FOUL AIR FANS


life of 50,000 hours of operation. The stainless steel shaft hub and bushings shall be completely

encapsulated in a reinforced plastic laminate. The shaft and wheel shall be permanently affixed

as one unit.

A sleeve extending from the back plate of the fan wheel through the fan housing shall be

provided for protection of the fan shaft. The rotor shall be statically and dynamically balanced

after fabrication. Labyrinth Teflon shaft seals with stainless steel or FRP retaining rings shall be

provided to prevent any shaft air leakage. The fan shall be provided with a 1-inch FRP drain at

the lowest point of the scroll housing. Sleeved inlet and flanged outlet shall be provided suitable

for use with flexible connections.

All flanges shall be factory drilled. All fasteners and fan hardware, including internal and

encapsulated hardware shall be 316 stainless steel. The base shall be fabricated of steel with two

coats of epoxy paint for corrosion resistance, adequately braced, and equipped with lifting eyes.

An inspection port/cleanout door, and a drain coupling shall be provided.

B. ACCESSORIES:

1. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS: TFE flexible connections specifically

designed for the corrosive atmosphere specified shall be provided for flexible joints at the fan to

duct connections. Sleeves shall be secured to the duct and the fan inlet stub connectors with

double type 316 stainless steel band clamps on the fan inlet in order to secure a gastight

connection. The flexible connection on the fan discharge shall be flanged to achieve a positive,

gastight seal. Flanged type expansion joints shall be W-design configuration, constructed with

compound curve molded corners with arch pre-molded. Corners on rectangular expansion joints

shall be completely molded and free of splices. Backing rings shall be 3/8-inch thick, 2 inches

wide, Type 316 stainless steel, ANSI/ASME B16.1, Class 25 diameter and drilling. Thickness

shall be 1/4 inch minimum; flanges shall be a minimum of 3/4-inch thick. Length shall be 12

inches flange-to-flange with the following additional dimensions:

a. Extension: 1 inch.

b. Compression: 2 inches.

c. Lateral offset: 1-1/2 inches.

Flexible connections shall be Holz Rubber Company, Inc.; Style 945 (flanged

style), Mercer Rubber Duct connector MI-9, or equal.

2. FAN MOUNTING: Fans shall be mounted on concrete curbs with Type B

mountings as specified in Section 11021. Vibration isolation mountings shall have a minimum

certifiable deflection of 2.5 inches. Mountings shall be of the height-saving type.

3. ACCESS DOOR: Fan shall have an access door opposite the fan

discharge at approximately the 2:00 o'clock or 10:00 o'clock position when viewing from the

drive side of the fan. Door shall be a minimum of 6-inches by 9-inches.

CENTRIFUGAL FRP

FOUL AIR FANS


2.04 DRIVE UNIT

The fan shall be V-belt driven by an electric motor mounted to the fan pedestal or

adjacent to the fan. Drives 40-horsepower and lower shall be Arrangement 9.

The motor mounting plates shall be slotted to allow tension adjustment of the drive belts

and a shaft and belt guard, as specified in Section 11000, shall be supplied.

The electric motor shall be TEFC designed for operation on 460 Vac, three-phase, 60

Hertz electrical service. The electric motors shall be of premium efficiency, severe duty motors

as specified in Section 11060. The motor shall be protected by an internal temperature device

that self resets.

2.05 STANDBY COMPONENTS

The following shall be provided for each fan size:

1--set wheel bearings

1--set V-belts

1--shaft seal

2.06 PRODUCT DATA

The following information shall be provided:

1. All operation and maintenance information specified in Section 01730,

except items 4, 8, 9, and 10.


the applicable AMCA Standard Test Code and Certified Ratings Program.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

The fan shall be connected and installed on a concrete base and as shown on the Contract

drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. Duct alignment to the

fan inlet and outlet shall be straight and true. Misalignment taken up by the flexible connections

is not allowed.

After 72-hours running time, the Contractor shall retighten the drive belts. Contractor

shall confirm by tachometer measurements, actual operating rpm of both fan and motor, and shall

take motor amperage measurements to determine horsepower draw of the fan. Actual flow and

pressure developed by all fans shall be checked and adjusted based on the pressure requirements

in the system.

CENTRIFUGAL FRP

FOUL AIR FANS


The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all required fan appurtenances, such

flexible connectors, band clamps, and mounting hardware which that fan manufacturer does not

include in his scope of supply.

3.02 TRAINING

The CONTRACTOR shall provide the services of a factory trained instructor for the

purpose of training the OWNER's personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the fans

and associated appurtenances. Training shall consist of a minimum of 2 hours addressing the

theory of operation, testing, troubleshooting, and maintenance of all fan equipment in this

specification section. Training shall be certified on Form 11000-B specified in Section 01999.


CENTRIFUGAL FRP

FOUL AIR FANS



GRAVITY VENTILATORS


SECTION 15844

GRAVITY VENTILATORS

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies roof mounted gravity ventilators with dampers for exhaust or intake

relief service. The location of the work is a wastewater lift station facility in Carlsbad, California.

B. TYPE:

Gravity ventilators under this section shall be round low silhouette aluminum units.

C. EQUIPMENT LIST:

Schedule B

Item Equipment No.

Generator Room Relief Vent 1

Generator Room Relief Vent 2

Grinder Vault Relief Vent

GRV-3011

GRV-3012

GRV-0905


A. GENERAL:

Gravity ventilators furnished under this section shall be designed and selected for

continuous operation.

B. OPERATING REQUIREMENTS:

Gravity ventilators shall be designed to meet the following operating requirements:

Item

Max relief,

cfm

Max static pressure

drop, inches W.C. Service

Generator Room Relief Vents (each)

Grinder Vault Relief Vent

10,000

2,100

0.15

0.25

Intake

Intake

GRAVITY VENTILATORS


1.03 SUBMITTALS

The following Submittals shall be provided:

1. Catalog data and drawings.

2. Performance data at design conditions.

3. Curb data and construction.


Equipment shall be installed at locations as shown on the drawings. Environmental

conditions will be as described in Section 01800.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER

A. Greenheck.

B. Aerovent.

C. Approved equal.

2.02 MATERIALS

Gravity ventilator material shall be as follows:

Component Material

Hoods Aluminum

Covers Aluminum

Bird screens Aluminum or stainless steel

Fasteners Stainless steel

Roof curbs Welded aluminum

2.03 CONSTRUCTION

A. VENTILATORS:

Gravity ventilators shall be factory made and shipped to the job site in preassembled

sections including covers, screens and all required fasteners.

GRAVITY VENTILATORS


B. PREFABRICATED CURBS:

The Generator Room Relief Ventilators shall be provided with a prefabricated sound

attenuation mounting curb. The outer shell of the curb shall be formed with an integral cant strip

and mounting flange. The corners shall be mitered and welded continuously to form a one-piece

leakproof shell. The bottom of the curb shall have a baseplate which encloses the lower edge of

the roof insulation. Wooden nailing strips shall be bolted to the top of the curb shell to provide

means for easily attaching the flashing material to the curb.

The Grinder Vault Relief Ventilator shall be mounted on a concrete curb as shown on the

drawings.

C. RELIEF DAMPERS:

Dampers shall be constructed of stainless steel with a counterweight to open when

differential pressure across the damper exceeds 0.1 in of w.c. The maximum pressure drop at

full open position shall be as specified in 15844-1.02.

D. BIRD SCREENS:

All gravity ventilators shall be provided with 1/2-inch x 1/2-inch, aluminum or stainless

steel bird screen as specified in 15844-2.02.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

Install each ventilator as shown on the drawings and as recommended by the

manufacturer.

3.02 FIELD TESTING

Each roof vent shall be completely field tested in accordance with Sections 01660 and

15990 to guarantee compliance with the specifications.


GRAVITY VENTILATORS



TUBULAR CENTRIFUGAL

ROOF SUPPLY FANS


SECTION 15858

TUBULAR CENTRIFUGAL ROOF SUPPLY FANS

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

SCOPE:

This section specifies roof mounted supply fans complete with fans, motors, dampers,

curbs and accessories required for ventilation systems. Equipment specified in this section is

subject to air streams bearing high moisture content and corrosive substances. All fans described

in this Section shall be suitable for installation in a Class I, Div 1 area. The location of work is a

wastewater facility in Carlsbad, California.

B. EQUIPMENT LIST:

Item Equipment No.

Pump Room Supply Fan SPF-4040

Grinder Vault Supply Fan SPF-4070

Wet Well Supply Fan 1 SPF-4080

Wet Well Supply Fan 2 SPF-4085


Fan motors shall be nonoverloading on all points of the operating curve. Fans shall be

designed for continuous duty service and to comply with the following:

Equipment

No.

Capacity,

cfm

Static

pressure,

in. w.c.

Maximum fan

speed, rpm

Motor

HP

Sound

level,

dBA

Operating

voltage/phase

SPF-4040 16,200 0.50 700 7.5 71 460/3

SPF-4070 2,100 0.25 400 0.5 44 460/3

SPF-4080 5,800 0.25 1,600 3 74 460/3

SPF-4085 5,800 0.25 1,600 3 74 460/3

CENTRIFUGAL ROOF

SUPPLY FANS



A. REFERENCES:















Reference Title

AMCA Standard 211 Certified Ratings Program – Product Rating

Manual for Fan Air Performance

AMCA Standard 301 Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from

Laboratory Test Data

ANSI / ABMA 9 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings

B. CERTIFICATION:

Fans shall bear the AMCA rating seal.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

The following information shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of

Section 01300:









TUBULAR CENTRIFUGAL

ROOF SUPPLY FANS




















4. Motor data form 11060-A as required in Section 11060.


Environmental conditions are specified in Section 01800.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS


Fans shall be weatherproof, curb mounted, low profile, centrifugal supply fans

manufactured by Hartzell, Greenheck, Loren Cook, Penn, or equal, modified as necessary to

provide the specified features and to meet the specified operating conditions.

2.02 MATERIALS

Component Material

Housing Aluminum

Hub ring Aluminum

Fan wheel shaft Steel

Fan wheel Aluminum

Curb Aluminum

CENTRIFUGAL ROOF

SUPPLY FANS






purpose.

2.03 EQUIPMENT

A. FAN:

All fans in this section shall meet AMCA type B spark resistance.

The fan hood shall be designed with a removable, insulated cover to provide easy access

to the motor and fan compartment.

The fan wheel shall be backward inclined and shall be statically and dynamically

balanced at the factory. The fan wheel shaft, on belt-driven fans, shall be mounted in heavy

duty, permanently sealed, permanently lubricated, ball bearing pillow blocks. Bearings shall be

rated for a minimum AFBMA L-10 bearing life of 80,000 hours.

The V-belt drive shall be as specified in paragraph 11000-2.03. The fan and drive

assembly shall be mounted on vibration isolators.

B. MOTOR:

The motor shall operate at 1750 rpm unless otherwise specified and shall be the

manufacturer’s standard explosion-proof motor. Motors shall be mounted on vibration isolators.

Each fan housing shall contain a weatherproof motor shutoff switch, and wiring post.

C. FILTERS:

Permanent, washable, 2-inch aluminum filters shall be provided for the fan housing.

Filters shall be mounted in filter racks built in to the fan housing. The racks shall allow filters to

slide out vertically for removal and inspection. The filters shall cover all air intake openings into

the fan compartment.

D. CURB:

Each fan shall be provided with a prefabricated aluminum mounting curb. The outer

shell of the curb shall be formed with an integral cant strip and mounting flange. The corners

shall be mitered and welded continuously to form a one-piece leakproof shell. The bottom of the

curb shall have a baseplate which encloses the lower edge of the roof insulation. A damper

holding tray shall be provided. Wooden nailing strips shall be bolted to the top of the curb shell

to provide means for easily attaching the flashing material to the curb. For fans mounted on

TUBULAR CENTRIFUGAL

ROOF SUPPLY FANS


concrete equipment curbs as shown on the drawings, curb adapters shall be fabricated for use

together with prefabricated curbs modified as required for installation.

2.04 SPARE PARTS

One set of V-belts shall be provided for each fan.

2.05 PRODUCT DATA

The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300.

1. Motor data as specified in paragraph 11060-2.05.



3. Applicable operating and maintenance data in accordance with Section

01730.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

Each fan shall be installed as specified and in accordance with manufacturer's recom-

mendations.

3.02 FIELD TESTING

Each fan shall be completely field tested in accordance with Section 15990.


CENTRIFUGAL ROOF

SUPPLY FANS



PROPELLER WALL FANS


SECTION 15863

PROPELLER WALL FANS

PART 1--GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies wall-mounted fans complete with fans, motors, dampers and

accessories required for ventilation systems. The location of the work is a wastewater lift station

facility in Carlsbad, California.

B. EQUIPMENT LIST:

Schedule B

Item Equipment No.

Generator Room Supply Fan SPF-4050




Equipment

No.

Capacity,

cfm

Static

pressure,

in. w.c.

Maximu

m fan

speed,

rpm

Motor

HP Noise, dBA

Drive

type

Operating

voltage/phase

SPF-4050 1,450 0.10 1,750 ¼ 75 Direct 120/1


A. REFERENCES:









PROPELLER WALL FANS








Reference Title

AMCA Standard 211 Certified Ratings Program – Product Rating


AMCA Standard 301 Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from


B. CERTIFICATION:


1.03 SUBMITTALS

The following information shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of section

01300:





Check marks (�) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole.












consideration.






PROPELLER WALL FANS








Environmental conditions are as specified in Section 01800.

PART 2--PRODUCTS


Fans shall be the wall mounted, V-belt or direct driven propeller type. Fans shall be

manufactured by Aerovent, Greenheck, Penn Ventilator, or equal, modified to provide the specified

features and to meet the specified operating conditions.

2.02 MATERIALS

Component Material

Propeller Aluminum

Venturi Aluminum

Wall panel Aluminum

Fan propeller shaft Stainless Steel


Bird screen Aluminum

Pillow blocks Cast iron

Sheaves Cast iron





purpose.

PROPELLER WALL FANS


2.03 EQUIPMENT

A. FAN:

The fan shall be V-belt or direct driven as specified in paragraph 15863-1.01 C. The fan

shaft, on belt-driven fans, shall be mounted in heavy-duty ball bearing pillow blocks with grease

fittings. Bearings shall be rated for a minimum AFBMA L-10 bearing life of 50,000 hours.

Belt-driven fans shall be furnished with adjustable pitch sheaves and adjustable motor bases

suitable for a plus or minus 5 percent adjustment in operating speed. The V-belt drive shall be as

specified in paragraph 11000-2.03.

B. MOTOR:

Unless otherwise specified, motors shall operate at 1750 rpm and shall be Type 2 as

specified in Section 11060. Motors 1 HP and larger shall be the high efficiency type. Motors

1/2 HP and smaller shall be the fan manufacturer's standard motor.

C. FAN PANEL:

Each fan panel shall have a spun venturi to direct air smoothly to the propeller blades. The

fan, drive motor and fan guard shall be securely attached to the fan panel by means of a four-legged

angle or tubular frame and mounting pads. The fan panel, frame, and mounting pads shall receive

the manufacturer's standard enamel coating unless otherwise specified.

D. ACCESSORIES:

The fan shall be provided with a steel mounting collar, and a spring-loaded aluminum

backdraft damper where specified. Mounting collars shall be protected with a baked epoxy finish.

Fans shall be provided with inlet guards constructed of steel wire with lacquer finish. Inlet guards

shall conform to OSHA standards and shall be removable to provide motor access.

Where the motor and drive assembly are specified to be installed in a weather-exposed

location such as the exterior side of an exterior wall, or when indicated on the drawings, a sheet

metal shroud or weather hood shall be provided for the fan. This shroud shall protect the fan and

drive assembly from direct exposure to the elements without restricting airflow to the fan. A bird

screen shall be provided with the shroud.

2.04 SPARE PARTS

One set of V-belts shall be provided for each belt-driven fan.

PROPELLER WALL FANS


2.05 PRODUCT DATA


1. Motor data as specified in paragraph 11060-2.05.

2. Certification that the units have been tested and rated in accordance with the

applicable AMCA Standard Test Code and Certified Ratings Program.


01730.

PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

Each fan shall be installed as specified and in accordance with manufacturer's

recommendations.

3.02 FIELD TESTING

Each fan shall be completely field tested in accordance with Section 15990 to guarantee

compliance with the specifications.

**END OF SECTION**

PROPELLER WALL FANS



CENTRIFUGAL ROOF

EXHAUST FANS


SECTION 15873

CENTRIFUGAL ROOF EXHAUST FANS

PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies roof mounted upblast exhaust fans complete with fans, motors,

dampers, curbs and accessories required for ventilation systems.

B. EQUIPMENT LIST:

Item Equipment No.

Pump Room Exhaust Fan EXF-4045




Equipment

No.

Capacity,

scfm

Static

pressure,

in., w.c.

Maximum

fan speed,

rpm

Motor

HP

Drive

type

Operating

voltage/phase

EXF-4045 16,200 0.5 900 3 Belt 460/3

D. SOUND AND VIBRATION:

Fans specified in this section shall operate at noise levels below 20 sones, as defined by

AMCA Standard 301.


A. REFERENCES:


section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section

and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.

CENTRIFUGAL ROOF

EXHAUST FANS



at the time of Notice Inviting Bids. If referenced documents have been discontinued by the





associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a

later date, discontinued or replaced.

Reference Title

ANSI / ABMA 9 Loading Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball

Bearings

ANSI / ABMA 11 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller

Bearings

AMCA 211 Certified Ratings Program – Product Rating


AMCA 301 Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from


B. CERTIFICATION:


1.03 SUBMITTALS

The following information shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of

Section 01300:










the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining








CENTRIFUGAL ROOF

EXHAUST FANS













Environmental conditions are as specified in Section 01800.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS


Fans shall be weatherproof, curb mounted, low profile, centrifugal upblast exhaust fans

manufactured by Hartzell, Aerovent, Greenheck, Loren Cook, Penn, or equal, modified to

provide the specified features and to meet the specified operating conditions.

2.02 MATERIALS

Component Material

Hood Aluminum

Fan wheel Aluminum

Fan wheel shaft Stainless steel

Fan housing Spun aluminum


Curb Aluminum

2.03 EQUIPMENT

A. FAN:

Fan housing shall be designed to provide easy access to the motor and fan unit. The fan

inlet shall be provided with a venturi throat that is overlapped by the fan wheel.

CENTRIFUGAL ROOF

EXHAUST FANS


The fan wheel shall have forward curved, backward inclined or airfoil blades as provided

standard by the manufacturer for the specified conditions. The wheel shall be statically and

dynamically balanced at the factory. The fan wheel shaft, on belt-driven fans, shall be mounted

in a heavy duty, permanently sealed, permanently lubricated, ball bearing pillow block. Bearings

shall be rated for a minimum ABMA L-10 bearing life of 100,000 hours.

The entire drive assembly, as a unit, shall be removable through the support structure

without dismantling the fan housing. Belt-driven fans shall be furnished with adjustable pitch

sheaves and adjustable motor bases suitable for a plus or minus 5 percent adjustment in operating

speed. The V-belt drive shall be as specified in paragraph 11000-2.03.

B. MOTOR:

Motors shall operate at 1750 rpm and shall be Type 2 as specified in Section 11060.

Motors shall be mounted on vibration isolators and shall be sealed from the exhaust air stream.

Each fan housing shall contain a weatherproof motor starter with watertight conduit

penetration.

C. DAMPER:

Each fan shall be provided with spring loaded barometric type, aluminum backdraft

dampers at the fan inlet.

D. CURB:

Each fan shall be provided with a prefabricated mounting curb. The outer shell of the

curb shall be formed with an integral cant strip and mounting flange. The corners shall be

mitered and welded continuously to form a one-piece leakproof shell. The bottom of the curb

shall have a baseplate which encloses the lower edge of the roof insulation. A damper holding

tray shall be provided. Wooden nailing strips shall be bolted to the top of the curb shell to

provide means for easily attaching the flashing material to the curb.

E. ACCESSORIES:

All fans shall be provided with aluminum bird screens.

2.04 SPARE PARTS

One set of V-belts shall be provided for each belt-driven fan.

CENTRIFUGAL ROOF

EXHAUST FANS


2.05 PRODUCT DATA

The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 1300 and with

all other pertinent articles of the General Conditions:

1. Bearing ratings for the fan and motor at operating conditions.




01730.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

Each fan shall be installed as specified and in accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations.

3.02 FIELD TESTING

Each fan shall be completely field tested in accordance with Sections 01660 and 15990 to

guarantee compliance with the specifications.


CENTRIFUGAL ROOF

EXHAUST FANS



DISPOSABLE AIR FILTERS


SECTION 15887


PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies replaceable cartridge type filters for ventilation and process

airstreams. The location of the work is a wastewater lift station facility in Carlsbad, California.

B. EQUIPMENT LIST:

The following is a list of equipment requiring disposable air filters:

Schedule B

Equipment No. Item

ACU-2093 MCC/Electrical Room Air Conditioning Unit


Average filter efficiencies shall be 25 to 30 percent and minimum average filter

arrestance shall be 90 percent, as defined by ASHRAE Standard 52 for face velocities up to 600

feet per minute. Initial resistance to airflow shall not exceed 0.30-inch water column at a face

velocity of 600 feet per minute.


A. FACTORY TESTS:

A representative filter of each size, model, and manufacturer provided shall be tested in

accordance with ASHRAE Standard 52. All tests shall be witnessed by an independent certified

testing laboratory approved by ASHRAE. Certified copies of all test data shall be provided.

B. REFERENCES:

















Reference Title

ANSI / ASHRAE 52.2 Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning

Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size

ASTM F1040 Filter Units, Air Conditioning: Viscous-Impingement

and Dry Types, Replaceable

UL 900 Air Filter Units

C. CERTIFICATION:

All filters shall meet the fire-resistance requirements of UL 900, Class 2. All filters shall

bear either the UL label or a certified test report from a recognized independent testing

laboratory, attesting to compliance with UL 900.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS


Filters shall be American Air Filter, Eco-Air, Farr, or equal, modified to provide the

specified features and performance.

2.02 MATERIALS

Component Material

Filter media Cotton/synthetic blend fabric

Media support grid Steel or aluminum

Filter frame Beverage board

Holding frame Galvanized steel

Cabinet assembly housing Galvanized steel

Mounting tracks Aluminum




Filters shall have total cross-sectional surface areas as specified. Filters shall be either

single units or composites comprised of standard 24-inch by 24-inch or 24-inch by 12-inch units.

Filters shall be the pleated media, disposable type, with materials and construction

conforming to ASTM F1040, Type 1. Filter media shall be a high-loft, nonwoven, reinforced

fabric with a minimum thickness of 0.15 inch. The minimum effective filter media for 4-inch

thick filters shall be 7.0 square feet per square foot of filter face area. The minimum effective

filter media for 2-inch thick filters shall be 4.4 square feet per square foot of filter face area. The

filter media shall be bonded to and supported by a welded wire grid located on the leaving air

side of the filter. The media support grid shall have a minimum effective open area of 95

percent. The filter frame shall be rigid, high wet-strength beverage board, with diagonal support

members bonded to the air entering and air leaving sides of the filter media pleats. The inside

periphery of the frame shall be bonded to the filter media and support grid to eliminate the

possibility of air bypass.

2.04 AUXILIARY DEVICES

A. AIR FILTER GAGE:

One air filter gage for each filter or bank of filters shall be provided for measuring the

resistance to airflow through the filter. The gage shall be of the inclined tube, differential

manometer type with over-pressure safety traps to prevent loss of gage fluid. The gage shall be

constructed of solid acrylic plastic with a built-in level vial and adjustable mirror-polished scale.

The scale shall range from 0.10-inch up to 1.0-inch water column. Each gage shall be provided

complete with tubing, two static pressure reading pitot tubes, and mounting hardware. Air filter

gage shall be Dwyer Instruments 250 series, or equal.

B. HOLDING FRAME ASSEMBLY:

Individual holding frames, which can be riveted or bolted together to form a filter bank or

module of the required size, shall be provided for filter enclosures where specified. Holding

frames shall be 16-gage, rectangular units of welded construction and sized to accommodate the

filters specified. Each holding frame shall be formed with an integral sealing flange along all

four sides to provide a mating surface for the front of the filter unit. A sealing gasket attached to

the holding frame sealing flange shall be provided to assure an airtight seal between holding

frame and filter. Each filter shall be pressure clamped to a holding frame with removable

fasteners in such a manner that the filter can be removed and replaced without disturbing the

adjoining filters and frames.

C. SIDE-ACCESS CABINET ASSEMBLY:

Side-access cabinet type enclosures shall be provided for in-line filter installations in

ductwork where specified. Each assembly shall consist of the housing, access doors, filter

mounting tracks, and mechanism for securing and sealing the filter elements. The entire



assembly shall be factory fabricated and assembled and shall be sized to accommodate the filters

specified. The housing shall be 16-gage, welded construction, and shall be reinforced with

bracing and equipped with flanges for ease of installation into the ductwork. The cabinet

housing shall be equipped with two 16-gage access doors to facilitate removal and replacement

of filters from either side of the unit. The periphery of each door shall be gasketed and provided

with latches for airtight sealing.

2.05 PRODUCT DATA

The following product data shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:

1. Catalog data and dimensional drawings.

2. Certified copies of factory test results as specified in paragraph 15887-

1.02 A.

3. Certification of compliance with UL 900 as specified in paragraph 15887-

1.02 C.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

Each filter shall be installed as specified and in accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations. The perimeter of each filter holding frame, in a holding frame assembly, shall

be caulked to provide an airtight seal between frames. The manufacturer's minimum

recommended clearances for filter removal shall be provided at all filter banks, cabinets, and

equipment containing disposable filters.


SHEET METAL DUCTWORK


SECTION 15891


PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies plenums, sheet metal housings, ductwork, equipment connections,

reinforcing and other devices required to make the air distribution systems in non-process areas

complete and operational.

B. TYPE:

Ductwork and appurtenances shall be designed and fabricated specifically for the

applications described under the conditions specified.

C. DESIGN CRITERIA AND CONSIDERATIONS:

1. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, sheet metal gage, reinforcing,

hanger and support systems, ductwork joint types and other basic design construction details

shall be in accordance with the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National

Association (SMACNA) HVAC Duct Construction Standards unless otherwise specified.

Ductwork shall be fabricated to the configurations and dimensions specified. Dimensions

specified indicate net free area; dimensions shall be increased by the thickness of the lining

where internal lining is required.

2. LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK: Low pressure ductwork shall convey

air with a velocity less than 2000 fpm and maximum static pressure of 2 inches of water column.

Low-pressure ductwork shall conform to 2-inch w.c. pressure class.

3. MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK: Medium pressure ductwork,

where specified, shall convey air with a velocity greater than 2000 fpm and a maximum static

pressure of 6 inches of water column. Medium pressure ductwork shall conform to 6-inch w.c.

pressure class.

4. SYSTEM LEAKAGE: All joints shall be sealed as required to limit total

system leakage to a maximum of 1 percent of the specified equipment airflows.

5. CHANGE IN DUCT SIZE: Change in duct size shall be made by a

uniformly tapering section. The change in direction of the tapering section shall not be more

than 1 inch in 5 inches of run, unless otherwise specified.



6. BENDS IN DUCT: With the exception of mitered bends, all bends in

ducts shall have inside radii equal to the duct width or diameter. Double wall turning vanes shall

be provided at all 90-degree mitered bends.

7. DUCT SLEEVES: Whenever ducts extend through concrete or masonry

walls, floors or ceilings, they shall be provided with a sleeve as specified in paragraph

15891-2.04. Concrete inserts shall be provided before pour to support all ductwork under this

section.

8. DUCT OPENINGS: Access doors or hand holes shall be provided in

ducts at locations to reach modulating dampers, fusible links, controllers and any other moveable

devices in the ducts. The opening shall be 1 inch less duct size or of adequate size to reach in

and maintain these devices. Two-inch diameter nipples with threaded caps shall be welded to the

duct where specified or directed by the engineer for balancing the system.

9. VIBRATION ISOLATION FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS: Flexible

connections shall be provided at duct connections to motor-driven air handling equipment and

other locations specified. Flexible connections shall be UL approved and provided with the

necessary angle, straps, bolts, clips, or other fasteners to secure the flexible material to the

equipment and ducts. Flexible connections exposed to the weather shall be provided with

approved sheet metal or Hypalon weather covers.

10. INSULATION: (Not Used)


A. REFERENCES:

















Reference Title

ASHRAE CH 1 Handbook - Equipment Volume, Duct Construction

ASHRAE CH 33 Handbook - Fundamentals Volume, Duct Design

ASTM A653/A653M Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron

Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM A924/A924M General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated

by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM B209 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate

ASTM B211 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Bar, Rod, and Wire

ASTM B308/B308M Aluminum - Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles

NFPA 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and

Ventilating Systems

SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible

IMC International Mechanical Code

UL 181 Factory-made Air Ducts and Connectors

CEC California Energy Commission, Building Energy

Efficiency Standards

B. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES:

Ductwork construction, installation, and air system performance shall comply with

California Energy Commission, IMC, ASHRAE, and SMACNA Duct Construction Standards.

1.03 SUBMITTALS





















2. An 8-1/2-inch by 11-inch manual with detail sheets or catalog data of

flexible duct connectors, duct sleeves, duct access doors, turning vanes,

volume dampers, supports, hangers, etc.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

The Contractor shall provide all ductwork, plenums, and all auxiliary work and products

of any kind necessary to make the HVAC systems complete and ready for operation. Ductwork

shall comply with the following restrictions and conditions:

1. Ductmate or ELGEN systems shall be used as an option by the Contractor

for low and medium pressure systems. Follow manufacturing guidelines

for sheet gauge, intermediate reinforcement size and spacing.

2. Pittsburgh Lock will be used on Longitudinal Seams. Snap lock seams

shall not be permitted.

3. Where space conditions permit, full radius turns shall be used at offsets.

4. Turning vanes shall be provided where tees, bends, and elbows are not

1-1/2 times the width at centerline and in all rectangular elbows.

5. Ductwork elbows, takeoffs, and fittings shall be in accordance with the

SMACNA and ASHRAE standards for the pressure class and conditions

specified.

6. Visible duct deflection, loss of shape, or unwarranted noise or vibration

resulting from faulty or inadequate support, reinforcing, metal gage,

fabrication, or joint spacing shall be corrected at no expense to the Owner.



2.02 MATERIALS

A. LOW AND MEDIUM PRESSURE SYSTEMS:

Component Material

Duct Aluminum, alloy 3003-H14, conforming to ASTM

B209 and ASTM B211

Duct sleeve Aluminum, alloy 3003-H14, conforming to ASTM

B209 and ASTM B211

Flexible duct connector Noncombustible, weather and ozone resistant, abrasion-

proof nylon/polyester base fabric with a vinyl coating or

woven fiberglass fabric with coating weighing not less

than 22 ounces per square yard. Maximum flame spread

rating of 25, smoke rating of 50 for all materials

including connecting tape, etc.

Turning vanes Aluminum to match duct material

Hangers and supports, rivets

and bolts, reinforcing

Aluminum, alloy 6061-T6 conforming to ASTM B308

to match duct material.

2.03 JOINTS AND REINFORCING

Transverse stiffeners and joints shall be appropriately spaced to maintain duct cross-

section integrity in accordance with the pressure class specified and at the prevailing operating

velocities. After joints are crimped, they shall be further secured by bottom punching or riveting.

All ducts shall be reinforced by beading. All plenums and casings shall be similarly beaded and

further reinforced with 1-inch x 1-inch x 1/8-inch angles running diagonally between joints,

riveted to the casings.

Low pressure ductwork shall have TDF flanged joints. Medium pressure ductwork shall

have flanged or welded joints. Joints shall not interfere with airflow in the ducts. Exterior ducts

shall be stiffened, braced, and supported in a manner designed to maintain duct integrity and

cross-section under wind and snow loads specified in the appropriate codes or standards as

specified in the California Building Code. Interior ducts shall be suitably braced and stiffened at

floor and roof penetrations as well as over their unsupported length in a manner designed to

maintain duct integrity and limit vibration and noise in accordance with recognized standards of

the industry.

Ducts over 17 inches in largest dimension shall be beaded on all four sides. In ducts over

72 inches at each transverse joint 3/8-inch stay rods shall be installed. Spacing between rods or

rods on side of duct shall not exceed 48 inches.



2.04 DUCT SLEEVES

Sleeve flanges shall not be less than 4 inches wide and shall be installed tight against

each side of the barrier. Sleeves shall be 2 inches larger than the duct or external duct insulation.

The space between the duct (or insulation) and the sleeve shall be packed with fiberglass or

material of original wall. Duct flanges not less than 4 inches wide shall be installed tight against

the wall on each side and fastened to the duct sleeves.

2.05 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. GENERAL:

Duct support spacing shall be in accordance with the SMACNA standards for the

pressure class and conditions specified and prevailing in the system. Supports shall be spaced to

prevent visible duct deflection and loss of system integrity. Aluminum ductwork shall be

constructed with strength and dimensional stability comparable to conventional steel duct. In the

absence of other criteria, aluminum sheet and reinforcing shall have a moment of inertia three

times greater than that recommended for steel ductwork. Supports shall be designed in

accordance with California Building Code 2009 for seismic zone in Carlsbad, CA.

B. CONCEALED CEILING SPACES:

Rectangular ductwork shall be supported with channel strut, or metal strap hanger

screwed to the sides and bottom of duct; one strap each side with minimum of two screws in side

and one in bottom of each strap.

C. EXPOSED AREAS:

Rectangular ductwork shall be supported with shelf angle trapeze hanger or unistrut/

channel strut with rods or angles by welding or bolting. Sway bracing shall be provided,

minimum of one at right angle to each duct run.

Round ductwork shall be supported with two half round bands with rods bolted to the

bands. Sway bracing shall be provided, minimum of one at right angle to each duct run.

2.06 ACCESS DOORS

The doors shall be rigid and shall be provided with airtight gaskets and shall not vibrate

or cause noise under service. Doors in insulated ducts shall be the insulated type. Doors shall be

continuous hinged type with cam latch on outside.

Plenum access doors shall be 24 inches by 66 inches or as specified.



2.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS

Flexible connection joints shall be airtight and have a minimum allowance of 1-inch

slack all around. Flexible connections shall be designed to be removed from the line and be

reinstalled without disassembling adjacent ductwork.

Connections shall be installed with a minimum 4-inch clearance between metal parts on

fan connections, equipment connections, and our distribution devices.

2.08 TURNING VANES

Turning vanes shall be 2-inch blades for ducts up to 18 inches in either dimension and

shall be 4-1/2-inch blades for larger ducts. All turning vane assemblies shall be finished with

an air-dried phenolic corrosion resistant coating prior to installation. All turning vanes shall be

constructed of double thickness vanes.

2.09 DAMPERS

Manually operated, opposed blade or single blade, quadrant-type balancing dampers shall

be provided in each branch duct take-off after leaving the main duct on low pressure systems.

Balancing dampers shall be provided on medium pressure systems where specified. Splitter

dampers shall be provided only where specified.

Single-blade dampers shall be constructed for ducts 9-1/2 inches by 30 inches and

smaller. Opposed blade dampers shall be constructed with a maximum blade size of 12 inches

by 72 inches.

2.10 DUCTWORK COATING

Exposed uninsulated or internally insulated ductwork shall be coated on all external

surfaces in accordance with Section 09900 except in mechanical rooms.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

Ductwork shall be installed in accordance with SMACNA and NFPA. All ductwork

indicated on the drawings is schematic. Therefore, changes in duct size, duct configuration, and

location may be necessary to conform to field conditions.

Ductwork and accessories shall be installed to provide a system free from buckling,

warping, breathing, and vibration. Ductwork installation shall permit installation of other

required services without piercing, crimping, or reducing duct sizes. Where space conditions

permit, full radius turns shall be used at offsets. The inside of all ducts visible through grilles

and registers shall be painted flat black.



All ductwork shall be made airtight. Flanged joints shall be sealed with closed-cell

neoprene gaskets compressed between mating flanges. All other joints and seams shall be sealed

with liquid or mastic type sealants. Taped joints shall not be permitted. All joints shall comply

with the requirements of SMACNA Seal Class A.

All duct fittings shall be fabricated with continuously welded seams and joints.

Should field inspection determine that deviations from these specifications have been

made, the Contractor will be directed to bring the installation into compliance at the Contractor’s

expense.

3.02 TESTS

Tests shall be as specified in Section 15990. Duct test holes with patches in ducts shall

be provided where directed or necessary for testing and balancing purposes.

3.03 DUCTWORK SCHEDULE

Sheet metal ductwork material shall be as follows. Foul air ductwork shall be fiberglass

reinforced plastic (FRP) as specified in Section 13234 or high-density polyethylene (HDPE) as

specified in Section 15065.

Area Material Design criteria

MCC/Electrical Room Aluminum Low-pressure

Lift Station Pump/Motor Room Aluminum Low-pressure


LOUVERS


SECTION 15944

LOUVERS

PART 1--GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. SCOPE:

This section specifies intake and exhaust air louvers and accessories.

B. PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:

1. GENERAL: Louver shall be suitable for air supply or discharge service and

shall be sized as specified.

Equipment

No.

Louver dimension, inches

Minimum free

area, %

Maximum

airflow

velocity, fpm Remarks Width Height Depth

NA 120 144 6 45 500 Engine

cooling air

exhaust


A. REFERENCE:















LOUVERS


Reference Title

AA DAF 45 Designation System for Aluminum Finishes

ANSI / AMCA 500-L Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for Rating

ASTM B221 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,

Wire, Profiles, and Tubes

ASTM C1071 Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal and

Sound Absorbing Material)

B. CERTIFICATION:

Louvers shall bear the AMCA certified ratings seal for both air performance and water

penetration.

PART 2--PRODUCTS


Louvers shall be Airolite, Construction Specialties, Ruskin, or equal, modified to provide

the specified features.

2.02 MATERIALS

Component Material

Blades ASTM B221, 6063-T52 extruded aluminum alloy

Frame ASTM B221, 6063-T52 extruded aluminum alloy

Fasteners Stainless steel or aluminum

Bird screen Aluminum


A. BLADES:

Blades shall be of the fixed, drainable type with interlocking blade braces to provide an

uninterrupted horizontal line. Blades for all louvers shall be minimum 0.081 inch (12 gage) thick.

Slideable interlocked mullions shall have provisions for expansion and contraction.

B. FRAME:

The frame shall be minimum 0.081 inch (12 gage) thick for all louvers. The louver frame

shall be assembled by welding. The head, sill, and jamb shall be one-piece structural members and

shall have an integral calking slot and retaining bead.

LOUVERS


C. SCREEN:

The louver shall be furnished with a removable bird screen constructed of 1/2-inch mesh,

16-gage (0.063 inch) wire and secured within a 10-gage extruded aluminum frame. The screen

shall be mounted on the interior louver face but independent of the louver.

D. FINISH:

Unless otherwise specified, all louvers shall receive a 215-R1, Aluminum Association

Code AA-C22A41, clear anodized finish after assembly. Minimum coating thickness shall be

0.7 mil.

2.04 PRODUCT DATA

Certified results of pressure drop test data and water penetration data for all louvers shall be

provided in accordance with Section 01300.

PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

The louver shall be aligned, connected, and installed as specified and in accordance with the

manufacturer's recommendations. A bituminous coat shall be applied to all aluminum surfaces in

contact with concrete or masonry.

**END OF SECTION**

LOUVERS



HVAC SYSTEMS TESTING,

ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING


SECTION 15990

HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING

PART 1--GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section specifies the labor and services necessary to test, adjust, and balance under

actual operating conditions air and hydronic systems design flow rates. Nothing herein shall be

construed as relieving the contractor of his overall responsibility of this portion of the work.


A. REFERENCES:















Reference Title

NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau

AABC Associated Air Balance Council

ANSI / ASHRAE 70 Method of Testing the Performance of Air Outlets and Air

Inlets

B. TESTING AGENCY:

The Contractor shall procure the services of an independent air and hydronic balancing and

testing agency, belonging to the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or the National

Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB), to perform air and hydronic balancing, testing and




adjustment of systems. The Contractor shall submit a copy of the National Project Certification

Performance Guaranty, issued to the testing agency by the AABC, as a part of the balancing report

specified in paragraph 15990-2.01 B.

C. CODES AND STANDARDS:

The Contractor shall comply with applicable procedures and standards of the certification

sponsoring association:

1. "National Standards for Field Measurements and Instrumentation, Total

Systems Balance, Air Distribution-Hydronics Systems," AABC.

2. "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of

Environmental Systems", NEBB.

3. "Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and

Inlets," ASHRAE.

Calibration and maintenance of instruments and accuracy of measurements shall comply

with the requirements of the standards.

1.03 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

Tests and adjustments shall include the complete testing and balancing of all hydronic

systems and heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems and necessary adjustments to the

heating, air conditioning, and ventilating equipment to accomplish the specified design flow rates.

Should any apparatus, material or work fail to meet the specified requirements in these tests,

the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and retest the apparatus, material, or work at no

additional cost to the Owner.

1.04 BALANCING

A. GENERAL:

The Contractor shall review plans and specifications prior to testing and balancing the air

and hydronic systems. The contractor shall submit a proposed approach and schedule for approval

prior to the start of testing and balancing work. Characteristics to be tested and adjusted to conform

to the values specified include the following:

1. Total airflow rates delivered by fans, air conditioning units, and air-handling

units.

2. Flow rates at all grilles, registers, diffusers, supply and exhaust and return

ducts.




3. Distribution patterns at air outlets.

4. Total water flow rates at each heating and cooling coil, control valve, and

pump.

5. Capacity and temperature rise or drop across each heating and cooling coil.

6. Operation and modulation of each control valve.

B. AIRFLOW RATE MEASUREMENTS:

Airflow rates shall be obtained by adjustment of the fan speeds, dampers, or registers. All

flow rates shall be measured with supply, return, and exhaust systems operating with heating and

cooling coils wet, with filter bank resistance midway between the design values specified for clean

and dirty filters, with auxiliary systems in operation and with all doors and windows closed.

Flow rates at grilles, registers, branch ductwork and air distribution patterns shall be tested

in strict accordance with ASHRAE Standard-70.

C. WATER FLOW RATE MEASUREMENTS:

Total water flow rates shall be measured at each heating coil, cooling coil, unit heater, heat

recovery coil, control valve and pump. Water flow rates shall be obtained by adjustment of

balancing cocks, valves, and fittings. All flow rates shall be measured with control valves

100 percent open. Pump capacities shall be determined by differential pressure measurement.

Temperature shall be measured across the heat transfer elements in the system.

1.05 SUBMITTALS






Check marks (�) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole.















consideration.

2. Sample copy of each of the NEBB or AABC report forms.

3. Proposed approach and schedule of testing and balancing work as specified

in paragraph 15990-1.04 A.

4. A description of each air and hydronic system including equipment to be

balanced.

PART 2--PRODUCTS

2.01 BALANCING REPORT

A. REPORT DATA:

The final certified balancing report shall include the following actual field-verified data:

1. Equipment data

a. Manufacturer and model, size, arrangement, class, location, and

equipment number.

b. Motor horsepower, voltage, phase, and full load amperage.

c. Fan cfm, static pressure, rpm, and operating motor BHP.

d. Pump gpm, discharge pressure, suction pressure, pressure change

across pump, total discharge head, gpm at major equipment and

operating motor BHP.

2. Duct size, supply or exhaust recorded cfm, velocity, pressure measurements,

location of all measurements.

3. Pipe size, recorded gpm, velocity, pressure measurements, balancing valve

size and model, location of all measurements.

4. Terminal units

a. Manufacturer and model, supply or exhaust, location, and

identification number.

b. Recorded and design cfm.




c. Recorded and design noise levels and velocities, where specified.

B. REPORT REQUIREMENTS:

1. Each individual final reporting form must bear the signature of the person

who recorded the data and that of the supervisor of the reporting

organization.

2. One certified organization shall perform the testing and balancing services.

3. All instruments which were used shall be listed and identified including the

last date each was calibrated.

C. FINAL REPORT:

Final report shall be submitted prior to Contractor's request for final inspection. In addition

to providing all specified data and information on applicable reporting forms, report shall include

the following:

1. A schedule for testing and balancing parts of the systems which must be

delayed due to seasonal, climatic, occupancy, or other conditions beyond

control of the Contractor. Delayed work shall be completed as early as the

proper conditions will allow, after consultation with the Construction

Manager.

2. Due to delayed testing, reports shall be submitted after execution of those

services.

3. A total balance report shall include the following components:

a. General Information and Summary

b. Instrument Calibration

c. Air Systems

d. Hydronic Systems

e. Temperature Control Systems

f. Special Systems

g. Sound and Vibration Systems

h. Record drawings with specified and measured flow rates

2.02 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION

At completion of testing and balancing, Contractor shall submit a Certificate of Compliance

stating that each apparatus, device, outlet, and system has been tested, adjusted, and balanced so that

it is operating in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations and with the specified

conditions.




2.03 PRODUCT DATA


1. The balancing report specified in paragraph 15990-2.01.

2. Documentation to confirm compliance with codes and standards.

3. NEBB or AABC certification

PART 3--EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

The balancing agency shall conduct the above field tests in the presence of the Construction

Manager.

Following completion of testing and balancing the system shall be left in proper working

order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and

restoring thermostats to specified settings.

3.02 PERFORMANCE OF WORK

A. AIR SYSTEMS:

1. GENERAL: Testing, adjusting, and balancing shall be performed after the

system installation is complete but prior to acceptance of the project.

2. MEASUREMENTS: The Contractor shall perform the following:

a. Measure and adjust air supply and exhaust units to deliver at least

100 percent of the design air volume at 100 percent cooling.

b. Measure static air pressure conditions on fans, including filter and

coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan.

c. Adjust fan speeds and motor drives within drive limitations, for

required air volume. Set a speed to provide air volume farthest

distance from the fan without excess static pressure. Check draw

amps of fans on initial start-up. If running amps exceed nameplate,

shut off motor immediately, notify Construction Manager, and make

necessary drive changes as directed.

d. Evaluate building and room pressure conditions to determine

adequate supply and return air conditions.




Airflow rates shall be measured with supply, return, and exhaust systems operating with

heating and cooling coils wet, with filter bank resistance midway between design values specified

for clean and dirty filters, with auxiliary systems in operation. The deflection pattern of supply

outlets shall be adjusted to ensure uniform air distribution throughout the space served.

Airflow rates supplied, exhausted, or returned shall be within plus or minus 5 percent of the

design values specified.

3. SYSTEMS TO BE BALANCED:

1. MCC/Electrical Room Air Conditioning Unit ACU-2039

2. Lift Station Pump Room Ventilation and Exhaust systems

3. Grinder Vault Ventilation system

4. Foul Air Withdrawal and Biofilter Systems

B. HYDRONIC SYSTEMS: Not Used

3.03 FINAL INSPECTION

Following completion of testing and balancing, but prior to submitting the balancing report,

the Contractor shall recheck, in the presence of the Construction Manager, random selections of

data water and air quantities, air motion, and sound levels recorded in the report. Points and areas

for recheck shall be as selected by the Construction Manager. Measurement and test procedures

shall be as approved for work forming basis of the report.

Selections for recheck will not exceed 25 percent of the total tabulated in the report, except

for special air systems, as described in Section 15891, which may require 100 percent recheck for

safety reasons.

In the event the report is rejected, all systems shall be readjusted and tested, new data

recorded, new reports submitted, and new inspection test made.

Following acceptance of the reports by the Construction Manager, the Contractor shall

permanently mark all damper positions, circuit balancing valves, and balancing valves so that they

can be restored to their correct position if disturbed at any time. If a balancing device is provided

with a memory stop, it shall be set and locked. Devices shall not be marked until after final

inspection.

**END OF SECTION**



